392
Seats and Restraint Systems ........................... 1-1 Front Seats ............................................... 1-2 Rear Seats ............................................... 1-6 Safety Belts .............................................. 1-8 Child Restraints ....................................... 1-29 Airbag System ......................................... 1-49 Restraint System Check ............................ 1-58 Features and Controls ..................................... 2-1 Keys ........................................................ 2-2 Doors and Locks ....................................... 2-8 Windows ................................................. 2-12 Theft-Deterrent Systems ............................ 2-14 Starting and Operating Your Vehicle ........... 2-16 Mirrors .................................................... 2-28 OnStar ® System ...................................... 2-30 HomeLink ® Transmitter ............................. 2-32 Storage Areas ......................................... 2-36 Sunroof .................................................. 2-37 Vehicle Personalization ............................. 2-38 Instrument Panel ............................................. 3-1 Instrument Panel Overview .......................... 3-4 Climate Controls ...................................... 3-21 Warning Lights, Gages, and Indicators ........ 3-26 Message Center ....................................... 3-40 Driver Information Center (DIC) .................. 3-49 Trip Computer ......................................... 3-51 Audio System(s) ....................................... 3-52 Driving Your Vehicle ....................................... 4-1 Your Driving, the Road, and Your Vehicle ..... 4-2 Towing ................................................... 4-34 Service and Appearance Care .......................... 5-1 Service ..................................................... 5-3 Fuel ......................................................... 5-5 Checking Things Under the Hood ............... 5-10 Headlamp Aiming ..................................... 5-53 Bulb Replacement .................................... 5-53 Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement ......... 5-57 Tires ...................................................... 5-58 Appearance Care ..................................... 5-86 Vehicle Identification ................................. 5-94 Electrical System ...................................... 5-95 Capacities and Specifications ................... 5-102 Maintenance Schedule ..................................... 6-1 Maintenance Schedule ................................ 6-2 Customer Assistance and Information .............. 7-1 Customer Assistance and Information ........... 7-2 Reporting Safety Defects ........................... 7-10 Index ................................................................ 1 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M

2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Seats and Restraint Systems ........................... 1-1Front Seats ............................................... 1-2Rear Seats ............................................... 1-6Safety Belts .............................................. 1-8Child Restraints ....................................... 1-29Airbag System ......................................... 1-49Restraint System Check ............................ 1-58

Features and Controls ..................................... 2-1Keys ........................................................ 2-2Doors and Locks ....................................... 2-8Windows ................................................. 2-12Theft-Deterrent Systems ............................ 2-14Starting and Operating Your Vehicle ........... 2-16Mirrors .................................................... 2-28OnStar® System ...................................... 2-30HomeLink® Transmitter ............................. 2-32Storage Areas ......................................... 2-36Sunroof .................................................. 2-37Vehicle Personalization ............................. 2-38

Instrument Panel ............................................. 3-1Instrument Panel Overview .......................... 3-4Climate Controls ...................................... 3-21Warning Lights, Gages, and Indicators ........ 3-26Message Center ....................................... 3-40

Driver Information Center (DIC) .................. 3-49Trip Computer ......................................... 3-51Audio System(s) ....................................... 3-52

Driving Your Vehicle ....................................... 4-1Your Driving, the Road, and Your Vehicle ..... 4-2Towing ................................................... 4-34

Service and Appearance Care .......................... 5-1Service ..................................................... 5-3Fuel ......................................................... 5-5Checking Things Under the Hood ............... 5-10Headlamp Aiming ..................................... 5-53Bulb Replacement .................................... 5-53Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement ......... 5-57Tires ...................................................... 5-58Appearance Care ..................................... 5-86Vehicle Identification ................................. 5-94Electrical System ...................................... 5-95Capacities and Specifications ................... 5-102

Maintenance Schedule ..................................... 6-1Maintenance Schedule ................................ 6-2

Customer Assistance and Information .............. 7-1Customer Assistance and Information ........... 7-2Reporting Safety Defects ........................... 7-10

Index ................................................................ 1

2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M

Page 2: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem,CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALAEmblem, and the name IMPALA are registeredtrademarks of General Motors Corporation.

This manual includes the latest information at the time itwas printed. We reserve the right to make changesafter that time without further notice. For vehicles firstsold in Canada, substitute the name “General Motors ofCanada Limited” for Chevrolet Motor Division wheneverit appears in this manual.

Keep this manual in the vehicle, so it will be there if it isneeded while you are on the road. If the vehicle issold, leave this manual in the vehicle.

Canadian OwnersA French language copy of this manual can be obtainedfrom your dealer or from:

Helm, IncorporatedP.O. Box 07130Detroit, MI 48207

How to Use This ManualMany people read the owner manual from beginning toend when they first receive their new vehicle. If thisis done, it can help you learn about the featuresand controls for the vehicle. Pictures and words worktogether in the owner manual to explain things.

IndexA good place to quickly locate information about thevehicle is the Index in the back of the manual. It is analphabetical list of what is in the manual and thepage number where it can be found.

Litho in U.S.A.Part No. 05IMPALA A First Edition ©2004 General Motors Corporation. All Rights Reserved.

ii

Page 3: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Safety Warnings and SymbolsThere are a number of safety cautions in this book. Weuse a box and the word CAUTION to tell about thingsthat could hurt you if you were to ignore the warning.

{CAUTION:

These mean there is something that could hurtyou or other people.

In the caution area, we tell you what the hazard is.Then we tell you what to do to help avoid or reduce thehazard. Please read these cautions. If you do not,you or others could be hurt.

You will also find a circlewith a slash through it inthis book. This safetysymbol means “Do Not,”“Do Not do this” or “Do Notlet this happen.”

iii

Page 4: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Vehicle Damage WarningsAlso, in this manual you will find these notices:

Notice: These mean there is something that coulddamage your vehicle.

A notice tells about something that can damage thevehicle. Many times, this damage would not be coveredby your vehicle’s warranty, and it could be costly. Butthe notice will tell what to do to help avoid the damage.

When you read other manuals, you might seeCAUTION and NOTICE warnings in different colors or indifferent words.

There are also warning labels on the vehicle. They usethe same words, CAUTION or NOTICE.

Vehicle SymbolsThe vehicle has components and labels that usesymbols instead of text. Symbols are shown along withthe text describing the operation or informationrelating to a specific component, control, message,gage, or indicator.

If you need help figuring out a specific name of acomponent, gage, or indicator, reference the followingtopics:

• Seats and Restraint Systems in Section 1

• Features and Controls in Section 2

• Instrument Panel Overview in Section 3

• Climate Controls in Section 3

• Warning Lights, Gages, and Indicators in Section 3

• Audio System(s) in Section 3

• Engine Compartment Overview in Section 5

iv

Page 5: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

These are some examples of symbols that may be found on the vehicle:

v

Page 6: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

✍ NOTES

vi

Page 7: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Front Seats ......................................................1-2Manual Seats ................................................1-2Six-Way Power Seats .....................................1-3Manual Lumbar ..............................................1-3Heated Seats .................................................1-4Reclining Seatbacks ........................................1-4Head Restraints .............................................1-6

Rear Seats .......................................................1-6Split Folding Rear Seat ...................................1-6

Safety Belts .....................................................1-8Safety Belts: They Are for Everyone .................1-8Questions and Answers About Safety Belts ......1-12How to Wear Safety Belts Properly .................1-13Driver Position ..............................................1-13Shoulder Belt Height Adjustment .....................1-20Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ..................1-21Right Front Passenger Position .......................1-21Center Front Passenger Position .....................1-22Rear Seat Passengers ..................................1-23Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Children

and Small Adults .......................................1-26Safety Belt Extender .....................................1-28

Child Restraints .............................................1-29Older Children ..............................................1-29Infants and Young Children ............................1-31

Child Restraint Systems .................................1-35Where to Put the Restraint .............................1-38Top Strap ....................................................1-40Top Strap Anchor Location .............................1-41Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) ...........................1-42Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the

LATCH System .........................................1-44Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear

Seat Position ............................................1-44Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front

Seat Position ............................................1-46Airbag System ...............................................1-49

Where Are the Airbags? ................................1-52When Should an Airbag Inflate? .....................1-54What Makes an Airbag Inflate? .......................1-55How Does an Airbag Restrain? .......................1-56What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates? .....1-56Servicing Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...........1-58

Restraint System Check ..................................1-58Checking Your Restraint Systems ...................1-58Replacing Restraint System Parts After

a Crash ...................................................1-59

Section 1 Seats and Restraint Systems

1-1

Page 8: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Front Seats

Manual Seats

{CAUTION:

You can lose control of the vehicle if you try toadjust a manual driver’s seat while the vehicleis moving. The sudden movement could startleand confuse you, or make you push a pedalwhen you do not want to. Adjust the driver’sseat only when the vehicle is not moving.

If your vehicle has manual seats, lift the bar located underthe front of the seat to unlock it. Slide the seat to whereyou want it and release the bar. Try to move the seatback and forth to be sure the seat is locked in place.

1-2

Page 9: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Six-Way Power Seats

If your vehicle has this feature, the control is located onthe outboard side of the front seats. To adjust theseat do any of the following:• Move the seat forward or rearward by sliding the

control to the front or the rear.• Raise or lower the seat by sliding the control up

or down.• Raise or lower the front portion of the seat cushion

by sliding the front of the control up or down.• Raise or lower the rear portion of the seat cushion

by sliding the rear of the control up or down.

Manual Lumbar

If your vehicle has this feature, the knob is located onthe outboard side of the driver’s seat. Turn the knobtoward the front of the vehicle to increase lumbarsupport. Turn the knob toward the rear of the vehicle todecrease lumbar support.

1-3

Page 10: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Heated Seats

If your vehicle has this option, the driver’s andpassenger’s heated seat switches are located on theoutboard side of the seat.

Press LO to warm the seat to a lower temperature. PressHI to warm the seat to a higher temperature. To turn thisfeature off, move the switch to the center position.

Reclining Seatbacks

Lift the lever to release the seatback, then move theseatback to where you want it. Release the lever to lockthe seatback in place. Pull up on the lever withoutpushing on the seatback and the seatback will moveforward.

1-4

Page 11: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

But don’t have a seatback reclined if your vehicleis moving.

{CAUTION:

Sitting in a reclined position when your vehicleis in motion can be dangerous. Even if youbuckle up, your safety belts can not do theirjob when you are reclined like this.

The shoulder belt can not do its job. In acrash, you could go into it, receiving neck orother injuries.

The lap belt can not do its job either. In acrash the belt could go up over your abdomen.The belt forces would be there, not at yourpelvic bones. This could cause serious internalinjuries.

For proper protection when the vehicle is inmotion, have the seatback upright. Then sitwell back in the seat and wear your safetybelt properly.

1-5

Page 12: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Head Restraints

Adjust your head restraint so that the top of the restraintis closest to the top of your head. This positionreduces the chance of a neck injury in a crash.

Rear Seats

Split Folding Rear SeatIf your vehicle has this feature, you can fold either sideof the seatback down for more cargo space. Makesure the front seat is not reclined. If it is, the rearseatback will not fold down all the way.

To lower the rear seatback, pull forward on the seat tablocated on the outboard side of the seatback cushionand fold the seatback down. This will allow youdirect access to the trunk.

To raise the rear seatback, follow these steps:

1. Raise the seatback up and make sure it latches.

2. Push and pull on the seatback to be sure it is lockedin position.

3. Ensure that the safety belts are properly stowedover the seatback in all three positions.

1-6

Page 13: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

A safety belt that is improperly routed, notproperly attached, or twisted will not providethe protection needed in a crash. The personwearing the belt could be seriously injured.After raising the rear seatback, always checkto be sure that the safety belts are properlyrouted and attached, and are not twisted.

{CAUTION:

If the seatback is not locked, it could moveforward in a sudden stop or crash. That couldcause injury to the person sitting there. Alwayspress rearward on the seatback to be sure itis locked.

When the seat is not in use, it should be kept in theupright locked position.

1-7

Page 14: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Safety Belts

Safety Belts: They Are for EveryoneThis part of the manual tells you how to use safetybelts properly. It also tells you some things you shouldnot do with safety belts.

{CAUTION:

Do not let anyone ride where he or she can notwear a safety belt properly. If you are in acrash and you are not wearing a safety belt,your injuries can be much worse. You can hitthings inside the vehicle or be ejected from it.You can be seriously injured or killed. In thesame crash, you might not be, if you arebuckled up. Always fasten your safety belt,and check that your passengers’ belts arefastened properly too.

{CAUTION:

It is extremely dangerous to ride in a cargoarea, inside or outside of a vehicle. In acollision, people riding in these areas are morelikely to be seriously injured or killed. Do notallow people to ride in any area of your vehiclethat is not equipped with seats and safetybelts. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in aseat and using a safety belt properly.

Your vehicle has a lightthat comes on as areminder to buckle up. SeeSafety Belt ReminderLight on page 3-30.

In most states and in all Canadian provinces, the lawsays to wear safety belts. Here is why: They work.

1-8

Page 15: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

You never know if you will be in a crash. If you do havea crash, you do not know if it will be a bad one.

A few crashes are mild, and some crashes can be soserious that even buckled up, a person would notsurvive. But most crashes are in between. In many ofthem, people who buckle up can survive and sometimeswalk away. Without belts they could have been badlyhurt or killed.

After more than 30 years of safety belts in vehicles, thefacts are clear. In most crashes buckling up doesmatter...a lot!

Why Safety Belts WorkWhen you ride in or on anything, you go as fast asit goes.

Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose it is just a seaton wheels.

1-9

Page 16: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the vehicle. The riderdoes not stop.

1-10

Page 17: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

The person keeps going until stopped by something. Ina real vehicle, it could be the windshield...

or the instrument panel...

1-11

Page 18: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

or the safety belts!

With safety belts, you slow down as the vehicle does.You get more time to stop. You stop over more distance,and your strongest bones take the forces. That is whysafety belts make such good sense.

Questions and Answers AboutSafety Belts

Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after an accidentif I am wearing a safety belt?

A: You could be — whether you are wearing a safetybelt or not. But you can unbuckle a safety belt,even if you are upside down. And your chance ofbeing conscious during and after an accident,so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater ifyou are belted.

Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I have towear safety belts?

A: Airbags are in many vehicles today and will be inmost of them in the future. But they aresupplemental systems only; so they work withsafety belts — not instead of them. Every airbagsystem ever offered for sale has required the use ofsafety belts. Even if you are in a vehicle that hasairbags, you still have to buckle up to get the mostprotection. That is true not only in frontal collisions,but especially in side and other collisions.

1-12

Page 19: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Q: If I am a good driver, and I never drive far fromhome, why should I wear safety belts?

A: You may be an excellent driver, but if you are in anaccident — even one that is not your fault — youand your passengers can be hurt. Being a gooddriver does not protect you from things beyond yourcontrol, such as bad drivers.

Most accidents occur within 25 miles (40 km)of home. And the greatest number of seriousinjuries and deaths occur at speeds of less than40 mph (65 km/h).

Safety belts are for everyone.

How to Wear Safety Belts ProperlyThis part is only for people of adult size.

Be aware that there are special things to know aboutsafety belts and children. And there are differentrules for smaller children and babies. If a child will beriding in your vehicle, see Older Children on page 1-29or Infants and Young Children on page 1-31. Followthose rules for everyone’s protection.

First, you will want to know which restraint systems yourvehicle has.

We will start with the driver position.

Driver Position

Lap-Shoulder BeltThe driver has a lap-shoulder belt. Here is how to wearit properly.

1. Close and lock the door.

2. Adjust the seat so you can sit up straight. To seehow, see “Seats” in the Index.

1-13

Page 20: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

3. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.Do not let it get twisted.The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the beltacross you very quickly. If this happens, let the beltgo back slightly to unlock it. Then pull the beltacross you more slowly.

4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.If the belt is not long enough, see Safety BeltExtender on page 1-28.Make sure the release button on the buckle ispositioned so you would be able to unbuckle thesafety belt quickly if you ever had to.

5. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckleend of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder belt.

1-14

Page 21: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug onthe hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, thisapplies force to the strong pelvic bones. And you wouldbe less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slidunder it, the belt would apply force at your abdomen.This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. Theshoulder belt should go over the shoulder and acrossthe chest. These parts of the body are best able to takebelt restraining forces.

The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash,or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.

1-15

Page 22: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It will not give nearlyas much protection this way.

{CAUTION:

You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder beltis too loose. In a crash, you would moveforward too much, which could increase injury.The shoulder belt should fit against your body.

1-16

Page 23: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The belt is buckled in the wrong place.

{CAUTION:

You can be seriously injured if your belt isbuckled in the wrong place like this. In a crash,the belt would go up over your abdomen. Thebelt forces would be there, not at the pelvicbones. This could cause serious internalinjuries. Always buckle your belt into thebuckle nearest you.

1-17

Page 24: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The shoulder belt is worn under the arm. It shouldbe worn over the shoulder at all times.

{CAUTION:

You can be seriously injured if you wear theshoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, yourbody would move too far forward, which wouldincrease the chance of head and neck injury.Also, the belt would apply too much force tothe ribs, which are not as strong as shoulderbones. You could also severely injure internalorgans like your liver or spleen.

1-18

Page 25: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Q: What is wrong with this?

A: The belt is twisted across the body.

{CAUTION:

You can be seriously injured by a twisted belt.In a crash, you would not have the full width ofthe belt to spread impact forces. If a belt istwisted, make it straight so it can workproperly, or ask your dealer to fix it.

1-19

Page 26: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.The belt should go back out of the way.

Before you close the door, be sure the belt is out of theway. If you slam the door on it, you can damageboth the belt and your vehicle.

Shoulder Belt Height AdjustmentBefore you begin to drive, move the shoulder beltadjuster to the height that is right for you.

To move it down, squeeze the release lever and theshoulder belt guide as shown and move the heightadjuster to the desired position. You can movethe adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder beltguide. After you move the adjuster to where youwant it, try to move it down without squeezing therelease lever to make sure it has locked into position.

Adjust the height so that the shoulder portion of the belt iscentered on your shoulder. The belt should be away fromyour face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.

1-20

Page 27: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Safety Belt Use During PregnancySafety belts work for everyone, including pregnantwomen. Like all occupants, they are more likely to beseriously injured if they do not wear safety belts.

A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, andthe lap portion should be worn as low as possible,below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy.

The best way to protect the fetus is to protect themother. When a safety belt is worn properly, it is morelikely that the fetus will not be hurt in a crash. Forpregnant women, as for anyone, the key to makingsafety belts effective is wearing them properly.

Right Front Passenger PositionTo learn how to wear the right front passenger’s safetybelt properly, see Driver Position on page 1-13.

The right front passenger’s safety belt works the sameway as the driver’s safety belt — except for onething. If you ever pull the shoulder portion of the belt outall the way, you will engage the child restraint lockingfeature. If this happens, just let the belt go back allthe way and start again.

1-21

Page 28: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Center Front Passenger Position

Lap BeltIf your vehicle has a front bench seat, someone can sitin the center position.

When you sit in the center front seating position, youhave a lap safety belt, which has no retractor. To makethe belt longer, tilt the latch plate and pull it alongthe belt.

To make the belt shorter, pull its free end as shownuntil the belt is snug.

Buckle, position and release it the same way as the lappart of a lap-shoulder belt. If the belt is not longenough, see Safety Belt Extender on page 1-28.

Make sure the release button on the buckle is positionedso you would be able to unbuckle the safety beltquickly if you ever had to.

1-22

Page 29: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Rear Seat PassengersIt is very important for rear seat passengers to buckleup! Accident statistics show that unbelted people inthe rear seat are hurt more often in crashes than thosewho are wearing safety belts.

Rear passengers who are not safety belted can bethrown out of the vehicle in a crash. And they can strikeothers in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts.

Lap-Shoulder BeltAll rear seating positions have lap-shoulder belts. Hereis how to wear one properly.

1. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you.Do not let it get twisted.The shoulder belt may lock if you pull the belt acrossyou very quickly. If this happens, let the belt go backslightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across youmore slowly.

2. Push the latch plate into the buckle until it clicks.Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure.When the shoulder belt is pulled out all the way, it willlock. If it does, let it go back all the way and startagain. If the belt is not long enough, see Safety BeltExtender on page 1-28. Make sure the releasebutton on the buckle is positioned so that you wouldbe able to unbuckle the safety belt quickly if you everhad to.

1-23

Page 30: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

3. To make the lap part tight, pull down on the buckleend of the belt as you pull up on the shoulder part.

The lap part of the belt should be worn low and snug onthe hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this appliesforce to the strong pelvic bones. And you would be lesslikely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, thebelt would apply force at your abdomen. This could causeserious or even fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should goover the shoulder and across the chest. These parts ofthe body are best able to take belt restraining forces.

The safety belt locks if there is a sudden stop or a crash,or if you pull the belt very quickly out of the retractor.

1-24

Page 31: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

You can be seriously hurt if your shoulder beltis too loose. In a crash, you would moveforward too much, which could increase injury.The shoulder belt should fit against your body.

To unlatch the belt, just push the button on the buckle.

1-25

Page 32: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides forChildren and Small AdultsRear shoulder belt comfort guides will provide addedsafety belt comfort for older children who have outgrownbooster seats and for small adults. When installed ona shoulder belt, the comfort guide better positionsthe belt away from the neck and head.

There is one comfort guide for each outside passengerposition in the rear seat. To provide added safety beltcomfort for children who have outgrown child restraintsand booster seats and for smaller adults, the comfortguides may be installed on the shoulder belts.

Here is how to install a comfort guide and use thesafety belt:

1. Pull the elastic cord out from between the edge ofthe seatback and the interior body to remove theguide from its storage clip.

1-26

Page 33: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

2. Slide the guide under and past the belt. The elasticcord must be under the belt. Then, place the guideover the belt, and insert the two edges of thebelt into the slots of the guide.

3. Be sure that the belt is not twisted and it lies flat.The elastic cord must be under the belt and theguide on top.

1-27

Page 34: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

4. Buckle, position and release the safety belt asdescribed in Rear Seat Passengers on page 1-23.Make sure that the shoulder belt crosses theshoulder.

To remove and store the comfort guides, squeeze thebelt edges together so that you can take them out of theguides. Pull the guide upward to expose its storage clip,and then slide the guide into the clip. Turn the guide andclip inward and in between the seatback and the interiorbody, leaving only the loop of elastic cord exposed.

Safety Belt ExtenderIf the vehicle’s safety belt will fasten around you, youshould use it.

But if a safety belt is not long enough, your dealer willorder you an extender. It is free. When you go in toorder it, take the heaviest coat you will wear, sothe extender will be long enough for you. To help avoidpersonal injury, do not let someone else use it, anduse it only for the seat it is made to fit. The extender hasbeen designed for adults. Never use it for securingchild seats. To wear it, just attach it to the regular safetybelt. For more information, see the instruction sheetthat comes with the extender.

1-28

Page 35: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Child Restraints

Older Children

Older children who have outgrown booster seats shouldwear the vehicle’s safety belts.

Q: What is the proper way to wear safety belts?

A: If possible, an older child should wear alap-shoulder belt and get the additional restraint ashoulder belt can provide. The shoulder beltshould not cross the face or neck. The lap beltshould fit snugly below the hips, just touching thetop of the thighs. It should never be worn overthe abdomen, which could cause severe or evenfatal internal injuries in a crash.

Accident statistics show that children are safer if theyare restrained in the rear seat.

In a crash, children who are not buckled up can strikeother people who are buckled up, or can be thrownout of the vehicle. Older children need to use safetybelts properly.

1-29

Page 36: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Never do this.

Here two children are wearing the same belt.The belt can not properly spread the impactforces. In a crash, the two children can becrushed together and seriously injured. A beltmust be used by only one person at a time.

Q: What if a child is wearing a lap-shoulder belt,but the child is so small that the shoulder beltis very close to the child’s face or neck?

A: If the child is sitting in a seat next to a window,move the child toward the center of the vehicle.If the child is sitting in the center rear seatpassenger position, move the child toward thesafety belt buckle. In either case, be sure that theshoulder belt still is on the child’s shoulder, sothat in a crash the child’s upper body would havethe restraint that the belts provide.

If the child is sitting in a rear seat outside position,see Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Childrenand Small Adults on page 1-26.

1-30

Page 37: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Never do this.

Here a child is sitting in a seat that has alap-shoulder belt, but the shoulder part isbehind the child. If the child wears the belt inthis way, in a crash the child might slide underthe belt. The belt’s force would then be appliedright on the child’s abdomen. That could causeserious or fatal injuries.

Wherever the child sits, the lap portion of the beltshould be worn low and snug on the hips, just touchingthe child’s thighs. This applies belt force to the child’spelvic bones in a crash.

Infants and Young ChildrenEveryone in a vehicle needs protection! This includesinfants and all other children. Neither the distancetraveled nor the age and size of the traveler changesthe need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact,the law in every state in the United States and inevery Canadian province says children up to some agemust be restrained while in a vehicle.

Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles,they should have the protection provided by appropriaterestraints. Young children should not use the vehicle’sadult safety belts alone, unless there is no other choice.Instead, they need to use a child restraint.

1-31

Page 38: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

People should never hold a baby in their armswhile riding in a vehicle. A baby does notweigh much — until a crash. During a crash ababy will become so heavy it is not possible tohold it. For example, in a crash at only 25 mph(40 km/h), a 12 lb (5.5 kg) baby will suddenlybecome a 240 lb (110 kg) force on a person’sarms. A baby should be secured in anappropriate restraint.

1-32

Page 39: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Children who are up against, or very close to,any airbag when it inflates can be seriouslyinjured or killed. Airbags plus lap-shoulderbelts offer protection for adults and olderchildren, but not for young children andinfants. Neither the vehicle’s safety belt systemnor its airbag system is designed for them.Young children and infants need the protectionthat a child restraint system can provide.

1-33

Page 40: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Q: What are the different types of add-on childrestraints?

A: Add-on child restraints, which are purchased by thevehicle’s owner, are available in four basic types.Selection of a particular restraint should takeinto consideration not only the child’s weight, heightand age but also whether or not the restraint willbe compatible with the motor vehicle in which it willbe used.

For most basic types of child restraints, there aremany different models available. When purchasing achild restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in amotor vehicle. If it is, the restraint will have a labelsaying that it meets federal motor vehicle safetystandards.

The restraint manufacturer’s instructions that comewith the restraint state the weight and heightlimitations for a particular child restraint. In addition,there are many kinds of restraints available forchildren with special needs.

{CAUTION:

Newborn infants need complete support,including support for the head and neck. This isnecessary because a newborn infant’s neck isweak and its head weighs so much comparedwith the rest of its body. In a crash, an infant in arear-facing seat settles into the restraint, so thecrash forces can be distributed across thestrongest part of an infant’s body, the back andshoulders. Infants always should be secured inappropriate infant restraints.

1-34

Page 41: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

The body structure of a young child is quiteunlike that of an adult or older child, for whomthe safety belts are designed. A young child’ship bones are still so small that the vehicle’sregular safety belt may not remain low on thehip bones, as it should. Instead, it may settleup around the child’s abdomen. In a crash, thebelt would apply force on a body area that isunprotected by any bony structure. This alonecould cause serious or fatal injuries. Youngchildren always should be secured inappropriate child restraints.

Child Restraint Systems

An infant car bed (A), a special bed made for use in amotor vehicle, is an infant restraint system designedto restrain or position a child on a continuous flatsurface. Make sure that the infant’s head rests towardthe center of the vehicle.

1-35

Page 42: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

A rear-facing infant seat (B) provides restraint with theseating surface against the back of the infant. Theharness system holds the infant in place and, in a crash,acts to keep the infant positioned in the restraint.

A forward-facing child seat (C-E) provides restraint forthe child’s body with the harness and also sometimeswith surfaces such as T-shaped or shelf-like shields.

1-36

Page 43: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

A booster seat (F-G) is a child restraint designed toimprove the fit of the vehicle’s safety belt system. Somebooster seats have a shoulder belt positioner, and somehigh-back booster seats have a five-point harness. Abooster seat can also help a child to see out the window.

Q: How do child restraints work?

A: A child restraint system is any device designed foruse in a motor vehicle to restrain, seat, or positionchildren. A built-in child restraint system is apermanent part of the motor vehicle. An add-onchild restraint system is a portable one, whichis purchased by the vehicle’s owner.

For many years, add-on child restraints have usedthe adult belt system in the vehicle. To helpreduce the chance of injury, the child also has to besecured within the restraint. The vehicle’s beltsystem secures the add-on child restraint in thevehicle, and the add-on child restraint’s harnesssystem holds the child in place within the restraint.

One system, the three-point harness, has straps thatcome down over each of the infant’s shoulders andbuckle together at the crotch. The five-point harnesssystem has two shoulder straps, two hip straps and acrotch strap. A shield may take the place of hipstraps. A T-shaped shield has shoulder straps thatare attached to a flat pad which rests low against thechild’s body. A shelf- or armrest-type shield hasstraps that are attached to a wide, shelf-like shieldthat swings up or to the side.

1-37

Page 44: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

When choosing a child restraint, be sure the childrestraint is designed to be used in a vehicle. If it is, itwill have a label saying that it meets federal motorvehicle safety standards.

Then follow the instructions for the restraint. You mayfind these instructions on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both. These restraints use the belt system orthe LATCH system in your vehicle, but the child alsohas to be secured within the restraint to help reduce thechance of personal injury. When securing an add-onchild restraint, refer to the instructions that come with therestraint which may be on the restraint itself or in abooklet, or both, and to this manual. The child restraintinstructions are important, so if they are not available,obtain a replacement copy from the manufacturer.

Where to Put the RestraintAccident statistics show that children are safer if they arerestrained in the rear rather than the front seat. We,therefore, recommend that child restraints be secured ina rear seat, including an infant riding in a rear-facinginfant seat, a child riding in a forward-facing child seatand an older child riding in a booster seat. Never put arear-facing child restraint in the front passenger seat.

1-38

Page 45: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Here is why:

{CAUTION:

A child in a rear-facing child restraint can beseriously injured or killed if the right frontpassenger’s airbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing child restraintwould be very close to the inflating airbag.Always secure a rear-facing child restraint in arear seat.

If you need to secure a forward-facing childrestraint in the right front seat, always movethe front passenger seat as far back as it willgo. It is better to secure the child restraint in arear seat.

{CAUTION:

A child in a child restraint in the center frontseat can be badly injured or killed by the rightfront passenger’s airbag if it inflates. Neversecure a child restraint in the center front seat.It is always better to secure a child restraint inthe rear seat.

If you need to secure a forward-facing childrestraint in the right front passenger seat,always move the front passenger seat as farback as it will go. It is better to secure thechild restraint in a rear seat.

Wherever you install it, be sure to secure the childrestraint properly.

Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint canmove around in a collision or sudden stop and injurepeople in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secureany child restraint in your vehicle — even when no childis in it.

1-39

Page 46: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Top StrapSome child restraints have a top strap, or “top tether.” Itcan help restrain the child restraint during a collision.For it to work, a top strap must be properly anchored tothe vehicle. Some top strap-equipped child restraintsare designed for use with or without the top strap beinganchored. Others require the top strap always to beanchored. Be sure to read and follow the instructions foryour child restraint. If yours requires that the top strapbe anchored, do not use the restraint unless it isanchored properly.

If the child restraint does not have a top strap, one canbe obtained, in kit form, for many child restraints.Ask the child restraint manufacturer whether or not a kitis available. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child

restraints have a top strap, and that the strap beanchored. In the United States, some child restraintsalso have a top strap. If your child restraint has atop strap, it should be anchored.

Anchor the top strap to an anchor point specified in TopStrap Anchor Location on page 1-41. Be sure to usean anchor point located on the same side of the vehicleas the seating position where the child restraint willbe placed.

1-40

Page 47: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Each top tether bracket is designed to anchoronly one child restraint. Attaching more thanone child restraint to a single bracket couldcause the anchor to come loose or even breakduring a crash. A child or others could beinjured if this happens. To help prevent injuryto people and damage to your vehicle, attachonly one child restraint per bracket.

Once you have the top strap anchored, you will beready to secure the child restraint itself. Tighten the topstrap when and as the child restraint manufacturer’sinstructions say.

Top Strap Anchor Location

Your vehicle has top strap anchors already installed forthe rear seating positions. You will find them behindthe rear seat on the filler panel.

Do not secure a child restraint with a top strap in theright front passenger’s position if a national or local lawrequires that the top strap be anchored, or if theinstructions that come with the child restraint say thatthe top strap must be anchored. There is no placeto anchor the top strap in this position.

1-41

Page 48: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Lower Anchorages and Top Tethersfor Children (LATCH System)Your vehicle has the LATCH system. You will findanchors for all three rear seating positions.

This system, designed to make installation of childrestraints easier, does not use the vehicle’s safety belts.Instead, it uses vehicle anchors and child restraintattachments to secure the restraints. Some restraintsalso use another vehicle anchor to secure a toptether strap.

A. Lower AnchorageB. Lower AnchorageC. Top Tether

1-42

Page 49: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

A. Lower AnchorageB. Lower Anchorage

In order to use the LATCH system in your vehicle, youneed a child restraint designed for that system.

To assist you in locating thelower anchors for this childrestraint system, eachseating position with theLATCH system has a labelon the seatback at eachlower anchor position.

The labels are located near the base of all three rearseating positions.

{CAUTION:

If a LATCH-type child restraint is not attachedto its anchorage points, the restraint will notbe able to protect the child correctly. In acrash, the child could be seriously injured orkilled. Make sure that a LATCH-type childrestraint is properly installed using theanchorage points, or use the vehicle’s safetybelts to secure the restraint, following theinstructions that came with that restraint, andalso the instructions in this manual.

1-43

Page 50: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Securing a Child Restraint Designedfor the LATCH System

1. Find the LATCH anchorages for the seatingposition you want to use, where the bottom of theseatback meets the back of the seat cushion.See Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) on page 1-42.

2. Put the child restraint on the seat.

3. Attach and tighten the LATCH attachments on thechild restraint to the LATCH anchorages in thevehicle. The child restraint instructions will showyou how.

4. If the child restraint is forward-facing, attach andtighten the top tether to the top tether anchorage.The child restraint instructions will show youhow. Also see Top Strap on page 1-40.

5. Push and pull the child restraint in differentdirections to be sure it is secure.

To remove the child restraint, simply unhook the toptether from the top tether anchorage and thendisconnect the LATCH attachments from the LATCHanchorages.

Securing a Child Restraint in a RearSeat PositionIf your child restraint is equipped with the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) on page 1-42. See Top Strapon page 1-40 if the child restraint has one.

{CAUTION:

A child in a child restraint in the center frontseat can be badly injured or killed by the rightfront passenger’s airbag if it inflates. Neversecure a child restraint in the center front seat.It is always better to secure a child restraint inthe rear seat.

If you need to secure a forward-facing childrestraint in the right front passenger seat,always move the front passenger seat as farback as it will go. It is better to secure thechild restraint in a rear seat.

1-44

Page 51: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If your child restraint does not have the LATCH system,you will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure thechild restraint in this position. Be sure to follow theinstructions that came with the child restraint. Securethe child in the child restraint when and as theinstructions say.

1. Put the child restraint on the seat.2. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder

portions of the vehicle’s safety belt through oraround the restraint. The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

3. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button ispositioned so you would be able to unbuckle thesafety belt quickly if you ever had to.

4. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out ofthe retractor to set the lock.

1-45

Page 52: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

5. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint,pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten thelap portion of the belt and feed the shoulderbelt back into the retractor. If you are using aforward-facing child restraint, you may find it helpfulto use your knee to push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

6. Push and pull the child restraint in differentdirections to be sure it is secure.

To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’ssafety belt and let it go back all the way. The safetybelt will move freely again and be ready to work for anadult or larger child passenger.

Securing a Child Restraint in theRight Front Seat PositionIf your child restraint is equipped with the LATCHsystem, see Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers forChildren (LATCH System) on page 1-42.

There is no top strap anchor in the right frontpassenger’s position. Do not secure a child seat in thisposition if a national or local law requires that thetop strap be anchored, or if the instructions that comewith the child restraint say that the top strap mustbe anchored. See Top Strap on page 1-40 if the childrestraint has one.

Your vehicle has a right front passenger airbag. Neverput a rear-facing child restraint in this seat.

1-46

Page 53: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Here is why:

{CAUTION:

A child in a rear-facing child restraint can beseriously injured or killed if the right frontpassenger’s airbag inflates. This is becausethe back of the rear-facing child restraintwould be very close to the inflating airbag.Always secure a rear-facing child restraint ina rear seat.

A rear seat is a safer place to secure a forward-facingchild restraint. If you need to secure a forward-facingchild restraint in the right front seat, you will be using thelap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint. Be sureto follow the instructions that came with the childrestraint. Secure the child in the child restraint whenand as the instructions say.

1. Because your vehicle has a right front passengerairbag, always move the seat as far back as it willgo before securing a forward-facing child restraint.See Manual Seats on page 1-2.

2. Put the child restraint on the seat.

3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulderportions of the vehicle’s safety belt through oraround the restraint. The child restraint instructionswill show you how.

4. Buckle the belt. Make sure the release button ispositioned so you would be able to unbuckle thesafety belt quickly if you ever had to.

1-47

Page 54: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

5. Pull the rest of the shoulder belt all the way out ofthe retractor to set the lock.

6. To tighten the belt, push down on the child restraint,pull the shoulder portion of the belt to tighten thelap portion of the belt and feed the shoulderbelt back into the retractor. You may find it helpfulto use your knee to push down on the childrestraint as you tighten the belt.

7. Push and pull the child restraint in differentdirections to be sure it is secure.

To remove the child restraint, just unbuckle the vehicle’ssafety belt and let it go back all the way. The safetybelt will move freely again and be ready to work for anadult or larger child passenger.

1-48

Page 55: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Airbag SystemYour vehicle has airbags — a frontal airbag for thedriver and another frontal airbag for the right frontpassenger. Your vehicle may also have a side impactairbag for the driver.

If your vehicle has a side impact airbag for the driver itwill say AIR BAG on the airbag covering on the sideof the driver’s seatback closest to the door.

Frontal airbags are designed to help reduce the risk ofinjury from the force of an inflating frontal airbag.But these airbags must inflate very quickly to do theirjob and comply with federal regulations.

1-49

Page 56: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Here are the most important things to know about theairbag system:

{CAUTION:

You can be severely injured or killed in a crashif you are not wearing your safety belt, even ifyou have airbags. Wearing your safety beltduring a crash helps reduce your chance ofhitting things inside the vehicle or beingejected from it. Airbags are designed to workwith safety belts but do not replace them.

Frontal airbags for the driver and right frontpassenger are designed to deploy only inmoderate to severe frontal and near frontalcrashes. They are not designed to inflate inrollover, rear or low-speed frontal crashes, or inmany side crashes. And, for some unrestrainedoccupants, frontal airbags may provide lessprotection in frontal crashes than more forcefulairbags have provided in the past.

CAUTION: (Continued)

CAUTION: (Continued)

The side impact airbag for the driver is designedto inflate only in moderate to severe crasheswhere something hits the driver’s side of yourvehicle.It is not designed to inflate in frontal, inrollover or in rear crashes.Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safetybelt properly, whether or not there is an airbagfor that person.

{CAUTION:

Both frontal and side impact airbags inflatewith great force, faster than the blink of aneye. If you are too close to an inflating airbag,as you would be if you were leaning forward, itcould seriously injure you. Safety belts helpkeep you in position for airbag inflation beforeand during a crash. Always wear your safetybelt, even with frontal airbags. The drivershould sit as far back as possible while stillmaintaining control of the vehicle, and shouldnot lean on the door.

1-50

Page 57: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Anyone who is up against, or very close to,any airbag when it inflates can be seriouslyinjured or killed. Airbags plus lap-shoulderbelts offer the best protection for adults, butnot for young children and infants. Neither thevehicle’s safety belt system nor its airbagsystem is designed for them. Young childrenand infants need the protection that a childrestraint system can provide. Always securechildren properly in your vehicle. To read how,see Older Children on page 1-29 or Infants andYoung Children on page 1-31.

There is an airbagreadiness light on theinstrument panel cluster,which shows the airbagsymbol.

The system checks the airbag electrical system formalfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electricalproblem. See Airbag Readiness Light on page 3-31for more information.

1-51

Page 58: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Where Are the Airbags?

The driver’s frontal airbag is in the middle of thesteering wheel.

The right front passenger’s frontal airbag is in theinstrument panel on the passenger’s side.

1-52

Page 59: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If your vehicle has one, the driver’s side impact airbagis in the side of the driver’s seatback closest to the door.

{CAUTION:

If something is between an occupant and anairbag, the airbag might not inflate properly orit might force the object into that personcausing severe injury or even death. The pathof an inflating airbag must be kept clear. Donot put anything between an occupant and anairbag, and do not attach or put anything onthe steering wheel hub or on or near any otherairbag covering. Do not let seat covers blockthe inflation path of a side impact airbag.

1-53

Page 60: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

When Should an Airbag Inflate?The driver’s and right front passenger’s frontal airbagsare designed to inflate in moderate to severe frontalor near-frontal crashes. But they are designed to inflateonly if the impact exceeds a predetermined deploymentthreshold. Deployment thresholds take into accounta variety of desired deployment and non-deploymentevents and are used to predict how severe a crashis likely to be in time for the airbags to inflate and helprestrain the occupants. Whether your frontal airbagswill or should deploy is not based on how fast yourvehicle is traveling. It depends largely on what you hit,the direction of the impact and how quickly yourvehicle slows down.

In addition, your vehicle has “dual stage” frontal airbags,which adjust the restraint according to crash severity.Your vehicle is equipped with an electronic frontal sensor,which helps the sensing system distinguish between amoderate frontal impact and a more severe frontalimpact. For moderate frontal impacts, these airbagsinflate at a level less than full deployment. For moresevere frontal impacts, full deployment occurs.

If the front of your vehicle goes straight into a wall thatdoes not move or deform, the threshold level for thereduced deployment is about 12 to 18 mph (19 to29 km/h), and the threshold level for a full deployment isabout 18 to 24 mph (29 to 38.5 km/h). (The thresholdlevel can vary, however, with specific vehicle design, sothat it can be somewhat above or below this range.)

Airbags may inflate at different crash speeds. Forexample:

• If the vehicle hits a stationary object, the airbagcould inflate at a different crash speed than ifthe object were moving.

• If the object deforms, the airbag could inflate at adifferent crash speed than if the object does notdeform.

• If the vehicle hits a narrow object (like a pole) theairbag could inflate at a different crash speedthan if the vehicle hits a wide object (like a wall).

• If the vehicle goes into an object at an angle theairbag could inflate at a different crash speedthan if the vehicle goes straight into the object.

1-54

Page 61: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

The frontal airbags (driver and right front passenger) arenot intended to inflate during vehicle rollovers, rearimpacts, or in many side impacts because inflationwould not likely help the occupants.

Your vehicle may or may not have a driver’s side impactairbag. See Airbag System on page 1-49. A driver’s sideimpact airbag is designed to inflate in moderate to severeside crashes involving the driver’s door. A side impactairbag will inflate if the crash severity is above thesystem’s designed “threshold level.” The threshold levelcan vary with specific vehicle design. A driver’s sideimpact airbag is not designed to inflate in frontal ornear-frontal impacts, rollovers or rear impacts, becauseinflation would not likely help the occupant.

In any particular crash, no one can say whether anairbag should have inflated simply because of thedamage to a vehicle or because of what the repair costswere. For frontal airbags, inflation is determined bythe angle of the impact and how quickly the vehicleslows down in frontal and near-frontal impacts. For sideimpact airbags, inflation is determined by the locationand severity of the impact.

What Makes an Airbag Inflate?In an impact of sufficient severity, the airbag sensingsystem detects that the vehicle is in a crash. Forboth the frontal and side impact airbags, the sensingsystem triggers a release of gas from the inflator, whichinflates the airbag. The inflator, airbag and relatedhardware are all part of the airbag modules. Frontalairbag modules are located inside the steeringwheel and instrument panel. For vehicles with a driver’sside impact airbag, the airbag modules are located inthe seatback closest to the driver’s door.

1-55

Page 62: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

How Does an Airbag Restrain?In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal collisions,even belted occupants can contact the steering wheel orthe instrument panel. In moderate to severe sidecollisions, even belted occupants can contact the insideof the vehicle. The airbag supplements the protectionprovided by safety belts. Airbags distribute the force ofthe impact more evenly over the occupant’s upper body,stopping the occupant more gradually. But the frontalairbags would not help you in many types of collisions,including rollovers, rear impacts, and many side impacts,primarily because an occupant’s motion is not toward theairbag. A side impact airbag would not help you in manytypes of collisions, including frontal or near frontalcollisions, rollovers, and rear impacts, primarily becausean occupant’s motion is not toward that airbag. Airbagsshould never be regarded as anything more than asupplement to safety belts, and then only in moderate tosevere frontal or near-frontal collisions for the driver’s andright front passenger’s frontal airbags, and only inmoderate to severe side collisions for vehicles with adriver’s side impact airbag.

What Will You See After an AirbagInflates?After the airbag inflates, it quickly deflates, so quickly thatsome people may not even realize the airbag inflated.Some components of the airbag module will be hot for ashort time. These components include the steering wheelhub for the driver’s frontal airbag and the instrumentpanel for the right front passenger’s frontal airbag. Forvehicles with a driver’s side impact airbag, the side of theseatback closest to the driver’s door will be hot. The partsof the bag that come into contact with you may be warm,but not too hot to touch. There will be some smoke anddust coming from the vents in the deflated airbags. Airbaginflation does not prevent the driver from seeing or beingable to steer the vehicle, nor does it stop people fromleaving the vehicle.

1-56

Page 63: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

When an airbag inflates, there is dust in theair. This dust could cause breathing problemsfor people with a history of asthma or otherbreathing trouble. To avoid this, everyone inthe vehicle should get out as soon as it is safeto do so. If you have breathing problems butcan not get out of the vehicle after an airbaginflates, then get fresh air by opening awindow or a door. If you experience breathingproblems following an airbag deployment, youshould seek medical attention.

Your vehicle has a feature that will automatically unlockthe doors and turn the interior lamps on when theairbags inflate (if battery power is available). You canlock the doors again and turn the interior lamps offby using the door lock and interior lamp controls.

In many crashes severe enough to inflate an airbag,windshields are broken by vehicle deformation.

Additional windshield breakage may also occur from theright front passenger airbag.

• Airbags are designed to inflate only once. After anairbag inflates, you will need some new parts foryour airbag system. If you do not get them,the airbag system will not be there to help protectyou in another crash. A new system will includeairbag modules and possibly other parts. Theservice manual for your vehicle covers the need toreplace other parts.

• Your vehicle is equipped with a crash sensing anddiagnostic module which records information aftera crash. See Vehicle Data Collection and EventData Recorders on page 7-9.

• Let only qualified technicians work on your airbagsystems. Improper service can mean that anairbag system will not work properly. See yourdealer for service.

Notice: If you damage the covering for the driver’sor the right front passenger’s airbag, or the airbagcovering on the driver’s seatback, the bag maynot work properly. You may have to replacethe airbag module in the steering wheel, both theairbag module and the instrument panel for the rightfront passenger’s airbag, or the airbag moduleand seatback for the driver’s side impact airbag. Donot open or break the airbag coverings.

1-57

Page 64: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Servicing Your Airbag-EquippedVehicleAirbags affect how your vehicle should be serviced.There are parts of the airbag system in several placesaround your vehicle. Your dealer and the service manualhave information about servicing your vehicle and theairbag system. To purchase a service manual, seeService Publications Ordering Information on page 7-11.

{CAUTION:

For up to 10 seconds after the ignition key isturned off and the battery is disconnected, anairbag can still inflate during improper service.You can be injured if you are close to anairbag when it inflates. Avoid yellowconnectors. They are probably part of theairbag system. Be sure to follow properservice procedures, and make sure the personperforming work for you is qualified to do so.

The airbag system does not need regular maintenance.

Restraint System Check

Checking Your Restraint SystemsNow and then, make sure the safety belt reminder lightand all your belts, buckles, latch plates, retractorsand anchorages are working properly. Look for any otherloose or damaged safety belt system parts. If you seeanything that might keep a safety belt system from doingits job, have it repaired.

Torn or frayed safety belts may not protect you in acrash. They can rip apart under impact forces. If a beltis torn or frayed, get a new one right away.

Also look for any opened or broken airbag covers, andhave them repaired or replaced. (The airbag systemdoes not need regular maintenance.)

1-58

Page 65: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Replacing Restraint System PartsAfter a Crash

{CAUTION:

A crash can damage the restraint systems inyour vehicle. A damaged restraint system maynot properly protect the person using it,resulting in serious injury or even death in acrash. To help make sure your restraintsystems are working properly after a crash,have them inspected and any necessaryreplacements made as soon as possible.

If you have had a crash, do you need new belts orLATCH system parts?

After a very minor collision, nothing may be necessary.But if the belts were stretched, as they would be ifworn during a more severe crash, then you neednew parts.

If the LATCH system was being used during a moresevere crash, you may need new LATCH system parts.

If belts are cut or damaged, replace them. Collisiondamage also may mean you will need to have LATCHsystem, safety belt or seat parts repaired or replaced.New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the beltor LATCH system was not being used at the time ofthe collision.

If an airbag inflates, you will need to replace airbagsystem parts. See the part on the airbag system earlierin this section.

1-59

Page 66: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

✍ NOTES

1-60

Page 67: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Keys ...............................................................2-2Remote Keyless Entry System .........................2-3Remote Keyless Entry System Operation ...........2-4

Doors and Locks .............................................2-8Door Locks ....................................................2-8Power Door Locks ..........................................2-9Programmable Automatic Door Locks ................2-9Lockout Protection ........................................2-10Trunk ..........................................................2-10

Windows ........................................................2-12Power Windows ............................................2-13Sun Visors ...................................................2-13

Theft-Deterrent Systems ..................................2-14Content Theft-Deterrent .................................2-14Passlock® ....................................................2-15

Starting and Operating Your Vehicle ................2-16New Vehicle Break-In ....................................2-16Ignition Positions ..........................................2-16Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...................2-17Starting Your Engine .....................................2-17Engine Coolant Heater ..................................2-19Automatic Transaxle Operation .......................2-20Parking Brake ..............................................2-22Shifting Into Park (P) .....................................2-23

Shifting Out of Park (P) .................................2-25Parking Over Things That Burn .......................2-26Engine Exhaust ............................................2-26Running Your Engine While You Are Parked .......2-27

Mirrors ...........................................................2-28Manual Rearview Mirror .................................2-28Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar® ..............2-28Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror ................2-28Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror

with OnStar® ............................................2-29Outside Power Mirrors ...................................2-29Outside Convex Mirror ...................................2-30

OnStar ® System .............................................2-30HomeLink ® Transmitter ...................................2-32

Programming the HomeLink® Transmitter .........2-32Storage Areas ................................................2-36

Glove Box ...................................................2-36Front Storage Area .......................................2-36Center Console Storage Area .........................2-36Rear Storage Area ........................................2-36Convenience Net ..........................................2-37

Sunroof .........................................................2-37Vehicle Personalization ...................................2-38

Section 2 Features and Controls

2-1

Page 68: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Keys

{CAUTION:

Leaving children in a vehicle with the ignitionkey is dangerous for many reasons. Theycould operate the power windows or othercontrols or even make the vehicle move. Thechildren or others could be badly injured oreven killed. Do not leave the keys in a vehiclewith children.

2-2

Page 69: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

One key is used for theignition, the driver’s doorand all other locks.

If you need a new key, contact your dealer forassistance. In an emergency, contact ChevroletRoadside Assistance. See Roadside AssistanceProgram on page 7-6 for more information.

Notice: If you ever lock your keys in your vehicle,you may have to damage the vehicle to get in.Be sure you have spare keys.

If your vehicle is equipped with the OnStar® system,with an active subscription and you lock your keys insidethe vehicle, OnStar® may be able to send a commandto unlock your vehicle. See OnStar® System onpage 2-30 for more information.

Remote Keyless Entry SystemThe remote keyless entry system operates on a radiofrequency subject to Federal CommunicationsCommission (FCC) Rules and with Industry Canada.

This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.Operation is subject to the following two conditions:

1. This device may not cause interference, and

2. This device must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause undesiredoperation of the device.

Changes or modifications to this system by other thanan authorized service facility could void authorization touse this equipment.

2-3

Page 70: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

At times you may notice a decrease in range. This isnormal for any remote keyless entry system. If thetransmitter does not work or if you have to stand closerto your vehicle for the transmitter to work, try this:

• Check the distance. You may be too far from yourvehicle. You may need to stand closer duringrainy or snowy weather.

• Check the location. Other vehicles or objects maybe blocking the signal. Take a few steps to theleft or right, hold the transmitter higher, andtry again.

• Check to determine if battery replacement orresynchronization is necessary. See “BatteryReplacement” and “Resynchronization” underRemote Keyless Entry System Operation onpage 2-4.

• If you are still having trouble, see your dealer or aqualified technician for service.

Remote Keyless Entry SystemOperation

Using the remote keylessentry transmitter, you canlock and unlock yourdoors or release your trunkfrom about 3 feet (1 m)up to 30 feet (9 m) away.

LOCK: Press the LOCK button to lock all the doors.

UNLOCK: Press the UNLOCK button once to unlock thedriver’s door and turn on the interior lamps. See“Illumination on Remote Activation” later in this section formore details. Pause for about one second, then pressUNLOCK again to unlock the passenger door.

2-4

Page 71: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

L (Remote Alarm): Press this button to activate analarm. The ignition must be in OFF or ACC for theremote alarm to work. When you press the remotebutton, the headlamps will flash, the horn will soundrepeatedly and your interior lamps will turn on attractingattention if you need it. The alarm will continue untilone of the following occurs:

• The remote alarm button is pressed a second time,

• the vehicle’s ignition is turned to ON or

• an alarm period of 110 seconds has elapsed.

V (Trunk Release): Press the button to releasethe trunk.

Operating the remote keyless entry transmitter mayinteract with the content theft-deterrent system, if yourvehicle has this option. See Content Theft-Deterrenton page 2-14.

Transmitter VerificationThis feature provides feedback that a command hasbeen received by the vehicle, if your key fob has beenprogrammed to Mode 3: Full, see FOB HORN(Remote Audible Verification) under VehiclePersonalization on page 2-38 for more information. Theheadlamps and back-up lamps will flash on everylock command and on the first unlock command. Thehorn will also sound once for every lock and twice for thefirst unlock command. Silent operation and otheroptions may be selected for this feature.

If your vehicle has the optional content theft-deterrentsystem, the first time the remote unlock is received andthe alarm has been previously activated, three flashesfrom the headlamps will be seen and three chirps willbe heard to indicate an alarm condition has occurredsince last arming. See Content Theft-Deterrenton page 2-14.

2-5

Page 72: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Illumination on Remote ActivationThe interior lamps will come on when either theUNLOCK, the trunk release or the remote alarm buttonis pressed. The interior lamps will remain on for40 seconds or until the ignition is turned to ON or LOCKis pressed. Locking the doors with the power doorlocks will also cause the lamps to turn off. If a door isopened during the 40 second period, the interiorlamps will remain on while the door is open.

Matching Transmitter(s) to YourVehicleEach remote keyless entry transmitter is coded toprevent another transmitter from unlocking your vehicle.If a transmitter is lost or stolen, a replacement canbe purchased through your dealer. Remember to bringany remaining transmitters with you when you go toyour dealer. When the dealer matches the replacementtransmitter to your vehicle, any remaining transmittersmust also be matched. Once your dealer has coded thenew transmitter, the lost transmitter will not unlockyour vehicle. Each vehicle can have a maximum offour transmitters matched to it.

If you prefer, you can complete this procedure yourself.See Vehicle Personalization on page 2-38 for moreinformation.

2-6

Page 73: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Battery ReplacementUnder normal use, the battery in your remote keylessentry transmitter should last about three years.

You can tell the battery is weak if the transmitter won’twork at the normal range in any location. If you haveto get close to your vehicle before the transmitter works,it’s probably time to change the battery.

Notice: When replacing the battery, use care not totouch any of the circuitry. Static from your bodytransferred to these surfaces may damage thetransmitter.

To replace the battery do the following:

1. Insert a flat object like a coin into the slot on theback of the transmitter. Gently pry apart the frontand back.

2. Gently pry the battery out of the transmitter. Do notuse a metal object.

3. Put the new battery into the transmitter as shownon the transmitter. Use type CR2032 battery orequivalent.

4. Put the two halves back together. Make sure thehalves are together tightly so water won’t get in.

5. Resynchronize and then test the transmitter.

ResynchronizationAfter you have changed the battery in your transmitter,you will need to resynchronize the transmitter. Todo this, press the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on thetransmitter at the same time and hold for aboutseven seconds or until one horn chirp is heard.

2-7

Page 74: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Doors and Locks

Door Locks

{CAUTION:

Unlocked doors can be dangerous.• Passengers — especially children — can

easily open the doors and fall out of amoving vehicle. When a door is locked, thehandle will not open it. You increase thechance of being thrown out of the vehiclein a crash if the doors are not locked. So,wear safety belts properly and lock thedoors whenever you drive.

• Young children who get into unlockedvehicles may be unable to get out. A childcan be overcome by extreme heat and cansuffer permanent injuries or even deathfrom heat stroke. Always lock your vehiclewhenever you leave it.

• Outsiders can easily enter through anunlocked door when you slow down orstop your vehicle. Locking your doors canhelp prevent this from happening.

There are several ways to lock and unlock your vehicle.

From the outside, use your key or remote keylessentry transmitter. From the inside, use the manual orpower door locks.

To unlock the driver’s side door from the outside withthe key, insert the key and turn it toward the front of thevehicle. To lock the driver’s side door from the outsidewith your key, insert the key and turn it toward therear of the vehicle.

To lock the door from the inside, push the manual locklever forward. To unlock the door, pull the lever rearward.

2-8

Page 75: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Power Door Locks

A power door lock switchis located on each frontdoor above the armrest.

Press the top of the switch to unlock all doors, or pressthe bottom part of the switch to lock all doors.

The rear doors do not have power door lock switches.The manual lever on each rear door works only thatdoor’s lock.

If your vehicle has the optional content theft-deterrentsystem and it is armed, the power door lock switches willbe disabled. You must use your remote keyless entrytransmitter or your key to unlock the doors whenthe system is armed.

Programmable AutomaticDoor LocksProgrammable automatic power door locks are astandard feature that is intended to provide enhancedsecurity and convenience by automatically lockingand unlocking doors.

Programmable Modes

Mode 1: No automatic door lock or unlock.

Mode 2: Automatic all-door lock when the transaxle isshifted out of PARK (P); no automatic door unlock.

Mode 3: Automatic all-door lock when the transaxle isshifted out of PARK (P); automatic unlock for the driver’sdoor only when the transaxle is shifted into PARK (P).

Mode 4: Automatic all-door lock when the transaxle isshifted out of PARK (P); automatic all-door unlockwhen the transaxle is shifted into PARK (P).

Your vehicle was originally programmed to Mode 4. Themode may have been changed since then. Todetermine the current mode, or to change the mode,see Vehicle Personalization on page 2-38.

Disconnecting the battery for up to a year will notchange the programmed mode of the programmableautomatic power door locks.

2-9

Page 76: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Lockout ProtectionTo protect you from locking your key in the vehicle, thisfeature stops the power door locks from locking whilethe key is in the ignition and a door is open.

If a power lock switch is pressed while a door is openand the key is in the ignition, all of the doors willlock and then the driver’s door will unlock. A chime willsound continuously until all doors are closed.

Trunk

{CAUTION:

It can be dangerous to drive with the trunk lidopen because carbon monoxide (CO) gas cancome into your vehicle. You cannot see orsmell CO. It can cause unconsciousness andeven death. If you must drive with the trunk lidopen or if electrical wiring or other cableconnections must pass through the sealbetween the body and the trunk lid:

• Make sure all other windows are shut.• Turn the fan on your heating or cooling

system to its highest speed and select thecontrol setting that will force outside airinto your vehicle. See Climate ControlSystem in the Index.

• If you have air outlets on or under theinstrument panel, open them all the way.

See Engine Exhaust on page 2-26.

2-10

Page 77: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Trunk LockTo unlock the trunk from the outside, insert the key inthe lock and turn it. You can also press the carsymbol on your remote keyless entry transmitter, ifequipped.

Remote Trunk ReleaseYou can also unlock the trunk from inside the vehicle.

Press the button locatedbelow the exterior lampscontrol on the underside ofthe dashboard. The shiftlever must be in PARK (P)for the remote trunkrelease button to work.

Emergency Trunk Release Handle

There is a glow-in-the-dark trunk release handle locatedinside the trunk on the latch. This handle will glowfollowing exposure to light. Pull the release handle up toopen the trunk from the inside.

Notice: Using the emergency trunk release handleas a tie-down or anchor point when securingitems in the trunk may damage it. Use theemergency trunk release handle only to help youopen the trunk lid.

2-11

Page 78: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Windows

{CAUTION:

Leaving children, helpless adults, or pets in avehicle with the windows closed is dangerous.They can be overcome by the extreme heat andsuffer permanent injuries or even death fromheat stroke. Never leave a child, a helplessadult, or a pet alone in a vehicle, especially withthe windows closed in warm or hot weather.

2-12

Page 79: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Power WindowsThe power windowswitches located on thedriver’s door armrestcontrol each of thewindows.

In addition, each passenger’s door has a window switchthat controls that door’s window. To operate eachwindow, press the switch forward to close the windowand rearward to open it.

Express-Down WindowThe driver’s window switch has an express-down feature.This switch is labeled AUTO. Tap the rear of the switch,and the driver’s window will open a small amount. If therear of the switch is fully pressed, the window will go allthe way down.

To stop the window while it is lowering, press the frontof the switch. To raise the window, press and holdthe front of the switch.

Window LockoutThe driver’s window controls also include a lock outswitch. Press the window lock switch to the rightto prevent the passengers from using their windowswitches. The driver can still control all the windows withthe lock on. Press the switch to the left to return tonormal window operation.

Sun VisorsTo block out glare, you can swing down the visors. Youcan also move them from side to side. The visors alsohave extenders that you can pull out for added coverage.

Visor Vanity MirrorsOpen the cover on the top of the sun visor to exposethe vanity mirror.

If your vehicle has the lighted vanity mirrors, the lampscome on when you open the cover.

2-13

Page 80: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Theft-Deterrent SystemsVehicle theft is big business, especially in some cities.Although your vehicle has a number of theft-deterrentfeatures, we know that nothing we put on it can make itimpossible to steal.

Content Theft-DeterrentYour vehicle may have the optional contenttheft-deterrent alarm system.

With this system, a light on the radio will flash.

This light reminds you to activate the theft-deterrentsystem. Here’s how to do it:

1. Open the door.

2. Lock the door with the power door lock switch orthe remote keyless entry transmitter. The light onthe radio should come on and stay on. If youare using the remote keyless entry transmitter, thedoor does not need to be open.

3. Close all doors. The light on the radio will slowlyflash once the system is armed.

Once armed, the alarm will go off if someone tries toenter the vehicle (without using the remote keyless entrytransmitter or a key) or turns the ignition on with anincorrect key. The horn will sound and the headlampsand back-up lamps will flash for approximatelytwo minutes.

When the alarm is armed, the trunk may be openedwith the remote keyless entry transmitter. If you use thekey to open the trunk, the alarm will sound. Thepower door lock switches are also disabled. You mustuse your remote keyless entry transmitter or your key tounlock the doors when the system is armed.

Arming with the Power Lock SwitchYour alarm system will arm when you use either powerlock switch to lock the doors while any door or thetrunk is open and the key is removed from the ignition.

The light on the radio flashes quickly to let you knowwhen the system is ready to arm with the powerdoor lock switches. The light on the radio will stopflashing and stay on when you press the bottom of thepower lock switch, to let you know the system isarming. After all doors and the trunk are closed andlocked, the light on the radio will flash slowly to let youknow the system is armed.

2-14

Page 81: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Arming with the Remote Keyless EntryTransmitterYour alarm system will arm when you use your remotekeyless entry transmitter to lock the doors, if the keyis not in the ignition. The light on the radio will turn on tolet you know the system is arming. After all doors andthe trunk are closed and locked, the light on theradio will begin flashing at a very slow rate to let youknow the system is armed.

Disarming with the Remote KeylessEntry TransmitterYour alarm system will disarm when you use yourremote keyless entry transmitter to unlock the doors.The light on the radio will go off to let you knowthe system is no longer armed.

The first time a remote UNLOCK command is received,three flashes will be seen and three horn chirpsheard to indicate an alarm condition has occurred sincelast arming.

Disarming with Your KeyYour alarm system will disarm when you use your keyto unlock the doors. The light on the radio will gooff to let you know the system is no longer armed.

Passlock ®

Your vehicle is equipped with the Passlock®

theft-deterrent system.

Passlock® is a passive theft-deterrent system. Passlock®

enables fuel if the ignition lock cylinder is turned witha valid key. If a correct key is not used or the ignitionlock cylinder is tampered with, fuel is disabled andthe engine will not start.

During normal operation, the SECURITY message, onthe instrument panel cluster, will be displayed afterthe key is turned to the ON ignition position. SeeSecurity Message on page 3-46.

If the engine stalls and the SECURITY messageflashes, wait until the light stops flashing before trying torestart the engine.

If the engine is running and the SECURITY messagecomes on, you will be able to restart the engine ifyou turn the engine off. However, your Passlock®

system is not working properly and must be serviced byyour dealer. Your vehicle is not protected by Passlock®

at this time. You may also want to check the fuse.See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5-95. See yourdealer for service.

In an emergency, contact Chevrolet RoadsideAssistance. See Roadside Assistance Program onpage 7-6 for more information.

2-15

Page 82: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Starting and Operating YourVehicle

New Vehicle Break-InNotice: Your vehicle does not need an elaboratebreak-in. But it will perform better in the long run ifyou follow these guidelines:

• Do not drive at any one speed — fast orslow — for the first 500 miles (805 km). Do notmake full-throttle starts.

• Avoid making hard stops for the first 200 miles(322 km) or so. During this time your new brakelinings are not yet broken in. Hard stops with newlinings can mean premature wear and earlierreplacement. Follow this breaking-in guidelineevery time you get new brake linings.

• Do not tow a trailer during break-in. See Towing aTrailer on page 4-36 for more information.

Ignition PositionsWith the key in the ignition, you can turn the switch tofour positions.

The ignition switch islocated on the instrumentpanel, to the right ofthe steering column.

OFF: This position locks your steering column in avehicle with a manual transmission. It is a theft-deterrentfeature. You will only be able to remove your keywhen the ignition is turned to OFF.

Notice: Using a tool to force the key from theignition switch could cause damage or break thekey. Use the correct key and turn the key only withyour hand. Make sure the key is all the way in. Ifit is, turn the steering wheel left and right while youturn the key hard. If none of this works, thenyour vehicle needs service.

2-16

Page 83: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

ACC (ACCESSORY): This is the position in which youcan operate your electrical accessories. With the keyin this position, the ignition and automatic transaxlewill unlock.

ON: This is the position to which the switch returns afteryou start the engine and release the switch. The switchstays in ON while the engine is running. But even whenthe engine is not running, you can use ON to operateyour electrical accessories and to display someinstrument panel cluster messages and warning lights.

START: This position starts the engine. When theengine starts, release the key. The ignition switch willreturn to ON for normal driving.

While the engine is not running, ACC and ON allow youto operate your electrical accessories, such as the radio.

A warning chime will sound if you open the driver’s doorwhile the ignition is in OFF or ACC and the key is inthe ignition.

Retained Accessory Power (RAP)If the vehicle has Retained Accessory Power (RAP),certain features will continue to operate for up to10 minutes after the ignition key is turned to OFF unlessa door is opened.

Starting Your EngineMove your shift lever to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).Your engine will not start in any other position — that isa safety feature. To restart when you are alreadymoving, use NEUTRAL (N) only.

Notice: Shifting into PARK (P) with the vehiclemoving could damage the transaxle. Shift intoPARK (P) only when your vehicle is stopped.

Starting Your 3400 V6 Engine1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, turn your

ignition key to START. When the engine starts, letgo of the key. The idle speed will go down asyour engine warms up.

Notice: Holding your key in START for longer than15 seconds at a time will cause your battery tobe drained much sooner. And the excessive heatcan damage your starter motor. Wait about15 seconds between each try to help avoid drainingyour battery or damaging your starter.

2. If the engine does not start in 10 seconds, push theaccelerator pedal about one-quarter of the waydown while you turn the key to START. Do this untilthe engine starts. As soon as it does, let go ofthe key.

2-17

Page 84: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

3. If your engine still will not start, or starts but thenstops, it could be flooded with too much gasoline.Try pushing your accelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and holding it there as you hold the key inSTART for a maximum of 15 seconds. This clearsthe extra gasoline from the engine. If the enginestill will not start or starts briefly but then stopsagain, repeat Step 1 or 2, depending ontemperature. When the engine starts, release thekey and the accelerator pedal.

Notice: Your engine is designed to work with theelectronics in your vehicle. If you add electricalparts or accessories, you could change the way theengine operates. Before adding electrical equipment,check with your dealer. If you do not, your enginemight not perform properly.

Starting Your 3800 Series II V6 Engine1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, turn

your ignition key to START. When the engine starts,let go of the key. The idle speed will go down asyour engine gets warm.

Notice: Holding your key in START for longer than15 seconds at a time will cause your battery tobe drained much sooner. And the excessive heatcan damage your starter motor. Wait about15 seconds between each try to help avoid drainingyour battery or damaging your starter.

2. If it does not start within 10 seconds, hold your keyin START for about 10 seconds at a time until yourengine starts. Wait about 15 seconds betweeneach try.

3. If your engine still will not start, or starts but thenstops, it could be flooded with too much gasoline. Trypushing your accelerator pedal all the way to thefloor and holding it there as you hold the key inSTART for about three seconds. If the vehicle startsbriefly but then stops again, do the same thing. Thistime keep the pedal down for five or six seconds toclear the extra gasoline from the engine. After waitingabout 15 seconds, repeat the normal startingprocedure.

Notice: Your engine is designed to work with theelectronics in your vehicle. If you add electricalparts or accessories, you could change the way theengine operates. Before adding electrical equipment,check with your dealer. If you do not, your enginemight not perform properly.

2-18

Page 85: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Engine Coolant HeaterYour vehicle may be equipped with this feature. In verycold weather, 0°F (−18°C) or colder, the enginecoolant heater can help. You will get easier starting andbetter fuel economy during engine warm-up. Usually,the coolant heater should be plugged in a minimumof four hours prior to starting your vehicle. Attemperatures above 32°F (0°C), use of the coolantheater is not required.

To Use the Engine Coolant Heater1. Turn off the engine.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. Thecord is attached to the underside of the diagonalbrace, which is located above the engine aircleaner/filter assembly.

3. Plug it into a normal, grounded 110-volt AC outlet.

{CAUTION:

Plugging the cord into an ungrounded outletcould cause an electrical shock. Also, thewrong kind of extension cord could overheatand cause a fire. You could be seriouslyinjured. Plug the cord into a properly groundedthree-prong 110-volt AC outlet. If the cord willnot reach, use a heavy-duty three-prongextension cord rated for at least 15 amps.

4. Before starting the engine, be sure to unplug andstore the cord as it was before to keep it awayfrom moving engine parts. If you do not, it couldbe damaged.

How long should you keep the coolant heater pluggedin? The answer depends on the outside temperature, thekind of oil you have, and some other things. Insteadof trying to list everything here, we ask that you contactyour dealer in the area where you will be parkingyour vehicle. The dealer can give you the best advicefor that particular area.

2-19

Page 86: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Automatic Transaxle OperationYour automatic transaxle may have a shift lever on thesteering column or on the console between the seats.

There is also a display, like the graphic above, locatedon the instrument panel cluster that will indicate thegear the vehicle is in.

Maximum engine speed is limited on automatic transaxlevehicles while you are in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N)to protect driveline components from improper operation.

There are several different positions for your shift lever.

PARK (P): This position locks your front wheels. It isthe best position to use when you start your enginebecause your vehicle cannot move easily.

{CAUTION:

It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle ifthe shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with theparking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll. Ifyou have left the engine running, the vehiclecan move suddenly. You or others could beinjured. To be sure your vehicle will not move,even when you are on fairly level ground, usethe steps that follow. If you are pulling a trailer,see Towing a Trailer on page 4-36.

Make sure the shift lever is fully in PARK (P) beforestarting the engine. Your vehicle has an automatictransaxle shift lock control system. You must fully applyyour regular brakes before you can shift from PARK (P)while the ignition is in ON. If you cannot shift out ofPARK (P), ease pressure on the shift lever by pushing itall the way into PARK (P) while keeping the brakepedal pushed down. Release the shift lever button if youhave a console shift. Then move the shift lever out ofPARK (P). See Shifting Out of Park (P) on page 2-25.

2-20

Page 87: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

REVERSE (R): Use this gear to back up.

Notice: Shifting to REVERSE (R) while your vehicleis moving forward could damage the transaxle.The repairs would not be covered by your warranty.Shift to REVERSE (R) only after your vehicle isstopped.

To rock your vehicle back and forth to get out of snow, iceor sand without damaging your transaxle, see If You AreStuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow on page 4-28.

NEUTRAL (N): In this position, your engine does notconnect with the wheels. To restart when you arealready moving, use NEUTRAL (N) only. Also, useNEUTRAL (N) when your vehicle is being towed.

{CAUTION:

Shifting into a drive gear while your engine isrunning at high speed is dangerous. Unlessyour foot is firmly on the brake pedal, yourvehicle could move very rapidly. You couldlose control and hit people or objects. Do notshift into a drive gear while your engine isrunning at high speed.

Notice: Shifting out of PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N)with the engine racing may damage the transaxle.The repairs would not be covered by your warranty.Be sure the engine is not racing when shiftingyour vehicle.

AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVE X: This position is fornormal driving. If you need more power for passing, andyou are:

• Going less than 35 mph (55 km/h), push youraccelerator pedal about halfway down.

• Going about 35 mph (55 km/h) or more, push theaccelerator pedal all the way down.

You will shift down to the next gear and have morepower.

Notice: If your vehicle seems to start up ratherslowly or not shift gears when you go faster, andyou continue to drive your vehicle that way, youcould damage the transaxle. Have your vehicleserviced right away. You can drive in SECOND (2)when you are driving less than 35 mph (55 km/h) andAUTOMATIC OVERDRIVEX for higher speedsuntil then.

2-21

Page 88: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

THIRD (3): This position is also used for normal driving,but it offers more power and lower fuel economy thanAUTOMATIC OVERDRIVEX.

Here are some times you might choose THIRD (3)instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVEX:

• When driving on hilly, winding roads

• When towing a trailer, so there is less shiftingbetween gears

• When going down a steep hill

• When driving in non-highway scenarios (i.e. citystreets, etc.)

SECOND (2): This position gives you more power butlower fuel economy than THIRD (3). You can useSECOND (2) on hills. It can help control your speed asyou go down steep mountain roads, but then youwould also want to use your brakes off and on.

Notice: Driving in SECOND (2) for more than25 miles (40 km) or at speeds over 55 mph (90 km/h)may damage the transaxle. Also, shifting intoSECOND (2) at speeds above 65 mph (105 km/h) cancause damage. Drive in THIRD (3) or AUTOMATICOVERDRIVEX instead of SECOND (2).

FIRST (1): This position gives you even more power,but lower fuel economy than SECOND (2). You can useit on very steep hills, or in deep snow or mud. If theshift lever is in FIRST (1), the transaxle will not shift intofirst gear until the vehicle is going slowly enough.

Notice: Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle inone place on a hill using only the acceleratorpedal may damage the transaxle. If you are stuck,do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill,use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.

Parking Brake

The parking brake islocated to the left of thebrake pedal, near thedriver’s door.

To set the parking brake, hold the brake pedal downwith your right foot. Push down the parking brake pedalwith your left foot.

2-22

Page 89: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

To release the parking brake, hold the brake pedal downwith your right foot and push the parking brake pedal withyour left foot. When you lift your left foot, the parkingbrake pedal will follow it to the released position.

A warning chime will sound if the parking brake is set,the ignition is on and the shift lever is not in PARK (P).

Notice: Driving with the parking brake on canoverheat the brake system and cause prematurewear or damage to brake system parts. Verify thatthe parking brake is fully released and the brakewarning light is off before driving.

If you are towing a trailer and parking on any hill, seeTowing a Trailer on page 4-36. That section shows whatto do first to keep the trailer from moving.

Shifting Into Park (P)

{CAUTION:

It is dangerous to get out of your vehicle if theshift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with theparking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll.

Do not leave your vehicle when the engine isrunning unless you have to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle can movesuddenly. You or others could be injured. Tobe sure your vehicle will not move, even whenyou are on fairly level ground, always set yourparking brake and move the shift lever toPARK (P). See Shifting Into Park (P) onpage 2-23. If you are pulling a trailer, seeTowing a Trailer on page 4-36.

2-23

Page 90: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Steering Column Shift Lever1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and

set the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) by pulling theshift lever toward you and moving it up as far as itwill go.

3. Turn the ignition key to OFF.

4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you canleave your vehicle with the ignition key in yourhand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).

Console Shift Lever1. Hold the brake pedal down with your right foot and

set the parking brake.

2. Move the shift lever into PARK (P) by holding in thebutton on the shift lever and pushing the lever allthe way toward the front of the vehicle.

3. Turn the ignition key to OFF.

4. Remove the key and take it with you. If you canleave your vehicle with the ignition key in yourhand, your vehicle is in PARK (P).

Leaving Your Vehicle With the EngineRunning

{CAUTION:

It can be dangerous to leave your vehicle withthe engine running. Your vehicle could movesuddenly if the shift lever is not fully inPARK (P) with the parking brake firmly set.And, if you leave the vehicle with the enginerunning, it could overheat and even catch fire.You or others could be injured. Do not leaveyour vehicle with the engine running.

If you have to leave your vehicle with the engine running,be sure your vehicle is in PARK (P) and your parkingbrake is firmly set before you leave it. After you havemoved the shift lever into the PARK (P) position, hold theregular brake pedal down. Then, see if you can move theshift lever away from PARK (P) without first pulling ittoward you or if you have the console shift lever, withoutfirst pushing the button. If you can, it means that the shiftlever was not fully locked into PARK (P).

2-24

Page 91: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Torque LockIf you are parking on a hill and you do not shift yourtransaxle into PARK (P) properly, the weight of thevehicle may put too much force on the parking pawl inthe transaxle. You may find it difficult to pull the shiftlever out of PARK (P). This is called “torque lock.”To prevent torque lock, set the parking brake and thenshift into PARK (P) properly before you leave thedriver’s seat. To find out how, see Shifting Into Park (P)on page 2-23.

When you are ready to drive, move the shift lever out ofPARK (P) before you release the parking brake.

If torque lock does occur, you may need to have anothervehicle push yours a little uphill to take some of thepressure from the parking pawl in the transaxle, so youcan pull the shift lever out of PARK (P).

Shifting Out of Park (P)Your vehicle has an automatic transaxle shift lock controlsystem. You must fully apply your regular brakes beforeyou can shift from PARK (P) when the ignition is in ON.See Automatic Transaxle Operation on page 2-20.

If you cannot shift out of PARK (P), ease pressure onthe shift lever by pushing it all the way into PARK (P)while keeping the brake pedal pushed down. Releasethe shift lever button if you have a console shift.Then move the shift lever out of PARK (P), being sureto press the shift lever button if you have a console shift.

If you ever hold the brake pedal down but still cannotshift out of PARK (P), try this:

1. Turn the ignition key to ACC.

2. Apply and hold the brake pedal down until the endof Step 4.

3. Shift to NEUTRAL (N).

4. Start the engine and shift to the drive gear you want.

5. Have the vehicle fixed as soon as you can.

2-25

Page 92: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Parking Over Things That Burn

{CAUTION:

Things that can burn could touch hot exhaustparts under your vehicle and ignite. Do notpark over papers, leaves, dry grass or otherthings that can burn.

Engine Exhaust

{CAUTION:

Engine exhaust can kill. It contains the gascarbon monoxide (CO), which you cannot see orsmell. It can cause unconsciousness and death.

You might have exhaust coming in if:• Your exhaust system sounds strange or

different.• Your vehicle gets rusty underneath.• Your vehicle was damaged in a collision.• Your vehicle was damaged when driving

over high points on the road or over roaddebris.

• Repairs were not done correctly.• Your vehicle or exhaust system had been

modified improperly.

If you ever suspect exhaust is coming into yourvehicle:

• Drive it only with all the windows down toblow out any CO; and

• Have your vehicle fixed immediately.

2-26

Page 93: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Running Your Engine While YouAre ParkedIt is better not to park with the engine running. But ifyou ever have to, here are some things to know.

{CAUTION:

Idling the engine with the climate controlsystem off could allow dangerous exhaust intoyour vehicle. See the earlier caution underEngine Exhaust on page 2-26.

Also, idling in a closed-in place can let deadlycarbon monoxide (CO) into your vehicle even ifthe climate control fan is at the highest setting.One place this can happen is a garage.Exhaust — with CO — can come in easily.NEVER park in a garage with the enginerunning.

Another closed-in place can be a blizzard. SeeWinter Driving on page 4-24.

{CAUTION:

It can be dangerous to get out of your vehicle ifthe shift lever is not fully in PARK (P) with theparking brake firmly set. Your vehicle can roll.Do not leave your vehicle when the engine isrunning unless you have to. If you have left theengine running, the vehicle can move suddenly.You or others could be injured. To be sure yourvehicle will not move, even when you are onfairly level ground, always set your parkingbrake and move the shift lever to PARK (P).

Follow the proper steps to be sure your vehicle will notmove. See Shifting Into Park (P) on page 2-23.

If you are parking on a hill and if you are pulling atrailer, also see Towing a Trailer on page 4-36.

2-27

Page 94: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Mirrors

Manual Rearview MirrorAdjust all the mirrors so you can see clearly when youare sitting in a comfortable driving position.

To reduce glare from headlamps behind you, pull thelever at the bottom of the mirror toward you (to the nightposition). To return the mirror back to the day position,push the lever away from you.

There are two lamps located on the bottom of the mirror.Press the button next to each lamp to turn it on and off.

Manual Rearview Mirror withOnStar ®

If the vehicle has this mirror, it has a lever located atthe bottom of the mirror between the two lamps.The lever is used to change the mirror from the day tothe night position. To reduce glare from headlampsbehind you while driving at night, pull the lever towardyou. To return the mirror to the day position, returnthe lever to its original position.

There are two map lamps located on the bottom of themirror. Press the button next to each lamp to turn iton and off.

There are also OnStar® buttons located at the bottom ofthe mirror face. See your dealer for more informationon the system and how to subscribe to OnStar®.See OnStar® System on page 2-30 for more informationabout the services OnStar® provides.

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror

The vehicle may be equipped with an automaticdimming rearview mirror. Push the center button on thebottom of the mirror to turn this feature on. The mirrorwill darken gradually to reduce glare from headlampsbehind you. This may take a few moments. The mirrorwill lighten whenever you shift to REVERSE (R).

There are two lamps located on the bottom of the mirror.Press the button next to each lamp to turn it on and off.

2-28

Page 95: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

One photocell on the front of the mirror senses when itis becoming dark outside. Another photocell, facingrearward, senses headlamps behind you. To turn theautomatic dimming feature off, press the centerbutton again.

To keep the photocells operating well, occasionallyclean them with a cotton swab and glass cleaner.

Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirrorwith OnStar ®

The vehicle may have an automatic dimming rearviewmirror with the OnStar® System.

Press the button located below the mirror, on the farleft, for up to three seconds to turn the automaticdimming feature off and on. While turned on, this mirrorfunctions exactly like the automatic dimming mirrordescribed previously.

There are two lamps located on the bottom of themirror. Press the button next to each lamp to turn it onand off.

There are also OnStar® buttons located at the bottom ofthe mirror. See your dealer for more information onthe system and how to subscribe to OnStar®. SeeOnStar® System on page 2-30 for more informationabout the service OnStar® provides.

Outside Power Mirrors

The outside power mirrorcontrols are located nearthe driver’s side window,on the armrest.

Use the selector switch located above the four-waycontrol panel to choose either the left or right outsidemirror. Then press any of the four arrows located on thecontrol pad to move each mirror in the desired direction.

Adjust each mirror so you can see the side of yourvehicle and the area beside and behind your vehicle.

2-29

Page 96: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Heated Outside MirrorsIf your vehicle has this feature, the surface of theoutside mirrors will heat when the rear window defoggeris activated.

Outside Convex MirrorYour passenger’s side mirror is convex. A convexmirror’s surface is curved so you can see more from thedriver’s seat.

{CAUTION:

A convex mirror can make things (like othervehicles) look farther away than they really are.If you cut too sharply into the right lane, youcould hit a vehicle on your right. Check yourinside mirror or glance over your shoulderbefore changing lanes.

OnStar ® SystemOnStar® uses global positioning system (GPS) satellitetechnology, wireless communications, and call centersto provide you with a wide range of safety, security,information, and convenience services.

A complete OnStar® user’s guide and the terms andconditions of the OnStar® Subscription ServiceAgreement are included in the vehicle’s glove boxliterature. For more information, visit www.onstar.com orwww.onstarcanada.com. Contact OnStar® at1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827), or press theOnStar® button to speak to an OnStar® advisor 24 hoursa day, 7 days a week.

Terms and conditions of the Subscription ServiceAgreement can be found at www.onstar.com orwww.onstarcanada.com.

OnStar ® ServicesFor new vehicles equipped with OnStar®, the Safe andSound Plan is included for the first year. You canextend this plan beyond the first year, or upgrade to theDirections and Connections Plan to meet your needs.For more information, press the OnStar® button to speakwith an advisor.

2-30

Page 97: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Safe and Sound Plan• Automatic Notification of Airbag Deployment

• Emergency Services

• Roadside Assistance

• Stolen Vehicle Tracking

• AccidentAssist

• Remote Door Unlock/Vehicle Alert

• Remote Diagnostics

• Online Concierge

Directions and Connections Plan• All Safe and Sound Plan Services

• Driving Directions

• RideAssist

• Information and Convenience Services

OnStar ® Personal CallingAs an OnStar® subscriber, the Personal Callingcapability is available if your hand-held cell phone islost, forgotten, or has a low battery. It is a hands-freewireless phone that is integrated into the vehicle.Calls can be placed nationwide using simple voicecommands with no additional contracts and no additionalroaming charges. To find out more about OnStar®

Personal Calling, refer to the OnStar® user’s guide inthe vehicle’s glove box or visit www.onstar.com orwww.onstarcanada.com; or speak with an OnStar®

advisor by pressing the OnStar® button or by calling1-888-4-ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827).

OnStar ® Virtual AdvisorVirtual Advisor is a feature of OnStar® Personal Callingthat uses minutes to access up-to-date weather andtraffic reports for your area, news and sports updates,stock quotes, entertainment and more. You are also ableto listen and reply to your E-mail through your vehicle’saudio system. Customize your information profile atwww.myonstar.com. See the OnStar® user’s guide formore information.

2-31

Page 98: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

HomeLink ® Transmitter

HomeLink®, a combined universal transmitter andreceiver, provides a way to replace up to threehand-held transmitters used to activate devices such asgate operators, garage door openers, entry doorlocks, security systems and home lighting. AdditionalHomeLink® information can be found on the internet atwww.homelink.com or by calling 1-800-355-3515.

If your vehicle is equipped with the HomeLink®

Transmitter, it complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules.Operation is subject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and(2) this device must accept any interference received,including interference that may cause undesiredoperation.

This device complies with RSS-210 of Industry Canada.Operation is subject to the following two conditions:(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) thisdevice must accept any interference, includinginterference that may cause undesired operation ofthe device.

Changes and modifications to this system by other thanan authorized service facility could void authorizationto use this equipment.

Programming the HomeLink ®

TransmitterDo not use the HomeLink® Transmitter with any garagedoor opener that does not have the “stop and reverse”feature. This includes any garage door opener modelmanufactured before April 1, 1982. If you have a newergarage door opener with rolling codes, please besure to follow Steps 6 through 8 to complete theprogramming of your HomeLink® Transmitter.

2-32

Page 99: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Read the instructions completely before attempting toprogram the HomeLink® Transmitter. Because ofthe steps involved, it may be helpful to have anotherperson available to assist you in programming thetransmitter.

Keep the original transmitter for use in other vehicles aswell as for future HomeLink® programming. It is alsorecommended that upon the sale of the vehicle,the programmed HomeLink® buttons should be erasedfor security purposes. Refer to “Erasing HomeLink®

Buttons” or, for assistance, contact HomeLink® on theinternet at: www.homelink.com or by calling1-800-355-3515.

Be sure that people and objects are clear of the garagedoor or gate operator you are programming. Whenprogramming a garage door, it is advised to park outsideof the garage.

It is recommended that a new battery be installed inyour hand-held transmitter for quicker and moreaccurate transmission of the radio frequency.

Programming HomeLink ®

Your vehicle’s engine should be turned off whileprogramming the transmitter. Follow these steps toprogram up to three channels:

1. Press and hold down the two outside buttons,releasing only when the indicator light begins toflash, after 20 seconds. Do not hold down thebuttons for longer than 30 seconds and do notrepeat this step to program a second and/or thirdtransmitter to the remaining two HomeLink® buttons.

2. Position the end of your hand-held transmitter about1 to 3 inches (3 to 8 cm) away from the HomeLink®

buttons while keeping the indicator light in view.

3. Simultaneously press and hold both the desiredbutton on HomeLink® and the hand-held transmitterbutton. Do not release the buttons until Step 4has been completed.Some entry gates and garage door openers mayrequire you to substitute Step 3 with the procedurenoted in “Gate Operator and CanadianProgramming” later in this section.

2-33

Page 100: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

4. The indicator light will flash slowly at first and thenrapidly after HomeLink® successfully receives thefrequency signal from the hand-held transmitter.Release both buttons.

5. Press and hold the newly-trained HomeLink® buttonand observe the indicator light.If the indicator light stays on constantly, programmingis complete and your device should activate when theHomeLink® button is pressed and released.To program the remaining two HomeLink® buttons,begin with Step 2 under “Programming HomeLink®.”Do not repeat Step 1 as this will erase all of theprogrammed channels.If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two secondsand then turns to a constant light, continue withSteps 6 through 8 following to complete theprogramming of a rolling-code equipped device(most commonly, a garage door opener).

6. Locate in the garage, the garage door openerreceiver (motor-head unit). Locate the “Learn”or “Smart” button. This can usually be found wherethe hanging antenna wire is attached to themotor-head unit.

7. Firmly press and release the “Learn” or “Smart”button. The name and color of the button mayvary by manufacturer.You will have 30 seconds to start Step 8.

8. Return to the vehicle. Firmly press and hold theprogrammed HomeLink® button for two seconds,then release. Repeat the press/hold/releasesequence a second time, and depending on thebrand of the garage door opener (or other rollingcode device), repeat this sequence a third timeto complete the programming.HomeLink® should now activate your rolling-codeequipped device.

To program the remaining two HomeLink® buttons,begin with Step 2 of “Programming HomeLink®.” You donot want to repeat Step 1, as this will erase allprevious programming.

2-34

Page 101: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Gate Operator and CanadianProgrammingCanadian radio-frequency laws require transmittersignals to “time out” or quit after several seconds oftransmission. This may not be long enough forHomeLink® to pick up the signal during programming.Similarly, some U.S. gate operators are manufactured to“time out” in the same manner.

If you live in Canada, or you are having difficultyprogramming a gate operator by using the“Programming HomeLink®” procedures (regardless ofwhere you live), replace Step 3 under “ProgrammingHomeLink®” with the following:

Continue to press and hold the HomeLink® button whileyou press and release every two seconds (cycle)your hand-held transmitter until the frequency signal hasbeen successfully accepted by HomeLink®. Theindicator light will flash slowly at first and then rapidly.Proceed with Step 4 under “Programming HomeLink®”to complete.

Using HomeLink ®

Press and hold the appropriate HomeLink® button for atleast half of a second. The indicator light will comeon while the signal is being transmitted.

Erasing HomeLink ® ButtonsTo erase programming from the three buttons do thefollowing:

1. Press and hold down the two outside buttons untilthe indicator light begins to flash, after 20 seconds.Do not hold the two outside buttons for longerthan 30 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink® is now in the train (learning) mode and canbe programmed at any time beginning with Step 2 under“Programming HomeLink®” shown earlier in this section.

Individual buttons cannot be erased, but they can bereprogrammed. See “Reprogramming a SingleHomeLink® Button” following this section.

2-35

Page 102: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Reprogramming a Single HomeLink ®

ButtonTo program a device to HomeLink® using a HomeLink®

button previously trained, follow these steps:

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink® button. Donot release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash after20 seconds. While still holding the HomeLink®

button, proceed with Step 2 under “ProgrammingHomeLink®” shown earlier in this section.

Resetting DefaultsTo reset HomeLink® to default settings do the following:

1. Hold down the two outside buttons for about20 seconds until the indicator light begins to flash.

2. Continue to hold both buttons until the HomeLink®

indicator light turns off.

3. Release both buttons.

For questions or comments, contact HomeLink® at1-800-355-3515, or on the internet atwww.homelink.com.

Storage Areas

Glove BoxTo open the glove box, lift up on the lever. The glovebox has a light inside.

Front Storage AreaTo use the storage area, fold down the armrest locatedin the center front seat. Press the latch on the frontedge and pull up to access the storage area.

Center Console Storage AreaYour vehicle may be equipped with a center console. Ithas cupholders and a storage area. To open theconsole’s storage area, pull up on the latch located inthe front of the console lid.

Rear Storage AreaIf your vehicle has the split folding rear seat, there willbe two cupholders in the rear seat armrest. Toaccess them, pull down on the cloth strap locatedtoward the top of your center back seat cushion.

2-36

Page 103: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Convenience NetThe vehicle may have a convenience net located on theback wall of the trunk.

Put small loads, like grocery bags, behind the net. It canhelp keep them from falling over.

The net is not for larger, heavier loads. Store those inthe trunk as far forward as possible.

Unhook the net so that it will lie flat when not in use.

SunroofThe vehicle may have a sunroof and a sunshade.

The switch is located onthe overhead console ifthe vehicle is equippedwith a Driver InformationCenter (DIC).

If the vehicle is not equipped with a DIC, the sunroofswitch is located on the roof panel headliner.

The switch works only when the ignition is in ACC, ONor when Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active.

Open/Express: To activate the express-open feature,press the switch rearward two times. Press theswitch forward to stop movement of the sunroof.

Vent: The sunroof also has a vent feature. It can beactivated from the closed sunroof position by pressingthe switch once rearward. To close, push and holdthe sunroof switch forward. When using this feature, thesunshade should be fully opened in the rear position.

The sunshade can be opened manually by slidingit rearward, or automatically, by opening the powersunroof. You will need to close the sunshade manuallyby sliding it forward.

Close: To close the sunroof, push the switch forwardand hold until the sunroof motor stops, or releasethe switch when the desired position has been reached.

DIC Version Shown

2-37

Page 104: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Vehicle PersonalizationSome of the convenience features can be reset orcustomized to perform according to your preference.Features you can program depend upon the options thatcame with your vehicle. The following list shows featuresthat can be reset or customized along with the options.

• Settings (Available for All)

• Engine Oil Life System Reset (Available for All)

• Low Tire Pressure Reset (If Equipped)

• Delayed Headlamp Illumination (Available for All)

• Automatic Door Lock and Unlock (Available for All)

• Remote Visual Verification (Available with RemoteKeyless Entry)

• Remote Audible Verification (Available with RemoteKeyless Entry)

• Content Theft Operation (Optional with ContentTheft System)

• Trunk Jamb (Optional with Content Theft System)

• Horn Chirp On Timer (Available with RemoteKeyless Entry)

• Remote Keyless Entry Transmitter Programming(Available with Remote Keyless Entry)

• Return to Original Factory Settings (Available for All)

• Exit Vehicle Customization Mode

Programmable ModesTo reset or customize the features, first enter thevehicle customization main menu. To enter the mainmenu, do the following:

1. Turn the ignition to ACC or ON. The radio mustbe off.

2. Press and hold the TUNE or DISP knob on theradio for at least five seconds until SETTINGS isdisplayed.

3. Press the SEEK or PSCAN up or down arrows toscroll through each available feature on yourmain menu.

4. Press the PREV or NEXT buttons to scroll throughthe lower menu. An asterisk (*) will appear next tothe item that is the current setting.

The following information shows how to reset orcustomize features after entering the main menu.

2-38

Page 105: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

SETTINGS (Display Current Settings)This feature displays your vehicle personalizationsettings.

OIL LIFE (Engine Oil Life System Reset)This feature allows you to reset the engine oil lifesystem after an oil change. Be careful not to reset theOIL LIFE at any time other than when the oil hasbeen changed. To clear the CHANGE ENGINE OIL lightfrom the instrument panel cluster and reset the engineoil life system, do the following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until OIL LIFE appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. RESET will then be displayed.

3. Press the TUNE/DISP knob to reset. A chime willbe heard to verify the new setting and DONE willbe displayed for one second.

Also see “How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System”under Engine Oil Life System on page 5-21 and EngineOil on page 5-18 for more information.

In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring theoil life, additional maintenance is recommended inthe Maintenance Schedule in this manual. SeeScheduled Maintenance on page 6-4.

The CHANGE ENGINE OIL light is now reset. You caneither exit the programming mode by following theinstructions later in this section or program the nextfeature available on your vehicle.

TIRE MON (Tire Inflation Monitor Reset)This feature allows you to reset the tire pressuremonitor after checking all tire pressures. See Tires onpage 5-58. To clear the LOW TIRE PRESSURElight from the instrument panel cluster and reset the lowtire pressure monitor, do the following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until TIRE MON appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. RESET will be displayed.

3. Press the TUNE/DISP knob to reset. A chime willbe heard to verify the new setting and DONE willbe displayed for one second.

The low tire pressure monitor is now reset. You caneither exit the programming mode by following theinstructions later in this section or program the nextfeature available on your vehicle.

2-39

Page 106: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

LT DELAY (Delayed HeadlampIllumination)This feature allows the headlamps and parking lamps tostay on for a set amount of time after you exit thevehicle, or to turn off immediately.

Programmable ModesMode 1: OFF

Mode 2: 30 SEC

Mode 3: 60 SEC

Your vehicle was originally programmed to Mode 2. Themode may have been changed since then. Todetermine the current mode, or to change the mode, dothe following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until LT DELAY appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. The current selection will have anasterisk (*) next to it. If you do not wish to changethe current mode, you can either exit theprogramming mode by following the directions laterin this section or program the next featureavailable on your vehicle.

3. Scroll, using the PREV or NEXT buttons, throughthe modes to change the current mode.

4. With your preference displayed, press theTUNE/DISP button to select. A chime will be heardto verify the new setting. The new selection willbe displayed with an asterisk (*) for one second.

The mode you selected is now set. You can either exitthe programming mode by following the instructionslater in this section or program the next feature availableon your vehicle.

AUTOLOCK (Automatic Door Lock andUnlock)With the ignition in ON and the doors closed, thisfeature allows the vehicle doors to automatically lockand unlock when the driver shifts the transaxle into andout of PARK (P), or to turn the feature off.

Programmable ModesMode 1: OFF

Mode 2: LCK ONLY — Automatic door lockon/automatic door unlock off.

Mode 3: DRVR UNL — Automatic door lockon/automatic door unlock on (driver’s door only).

Mode 4: ALL UNL — Automatic door lock on/automaticdoor unlock on.

2-40

Page 107: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Your vehicle was originally programmed to Mode 4. Themode may have been changed since then. Todetermine the current mode, or to change the mode, dothe following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until AUTOLOCK appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. The current selection will have anasterisk (*) next to it. If you do not wish to changethe current mode, you can either exit theprogramming mode by following the directions laterin this section or program the next featureavailable on your vehicle.

3. Scroll, using the PREV or NEXT buttons, throughthe modes to change the current mode.

4. With your preference displayed, press theTUNE/DISP button to select. A chime will be heardto verify the new setting. The new selection willbe displayed with an asterisk (*) for one second.

The mode you selected is now set. You can either exitthe programming mode by following the instructionslater in this section or program the next feature availableon your vehicle.

FOB LIGHT (Remote VisualVerification)This feature allows the exterior lights to flash when theremote keyless entry transmitter is used to lock orunlock the vehicle or to program no verification.

Programmable ModesMode 1: OFF

Mode 2: ON — One flash for each remotelock/two flashes for each remote unlock.

Your vehicle was originally programmed to Mode 2. Themode may have been changed since then. Todetermine the current mode, or to change the mode, dothe following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until FOB LIGHT appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. The current selection will have anasterisk (*) next to it. If you do not wish to changethe current mode, you can either exit theprogramming mode by following the directions laterin this section or program the next featureavailable on your vehicle.

2-41

Page 108: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

3. Scroll, using the PREV or NEXT buttons, throughthe modes to change the current mode.

4. With your preference displayed, press theTUNE/DISP button to select. A chime will be heardto verify the new setting. A new selection will bedisplayed with an asterisk (*) for one second.

If your vehicle has the optional content theft-deterrentsystem, the first time a remote UNLOCK commandis received, three flashes will be seen and three hornchirps heard to indicate an alarm condition has occurredsince last arming. See Theft-Deterrent Systems onpage 2-14.

The mode you selected is now set. You can either exitthe programming mode by following the instructionslater in this section or program the next feature availableon your vehicle.

FOB HORN (Remote AudibleVerification)This feature allows the horn to chirp when the remotekeyless entry transmitter is used to lock or unlockthe vehicle or to program no verification.

Programmable ModesMode 1: OFF

Mode 2: PARTIAL — One chirp for each remote LOCKcommand/no chirp for remote UNLOCK command.

Mode 3: FULL — One chirp for each remote LOCKcommand/two chirps for the first remote UNLOCKcommand.

Your vehicle was originally programmed to Mode 2. Themode may have been changed since then. Todetermine the current mode, or to change the mode,do the following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until FOB HORN appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. The current selection will have anasterisk (*) next to it. If you do not wish to changethe current mode, you can either exit theprogramming mode by following the directions laterin this section or program the next featureavailable on your vehicle.

2-42

Page 109: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

3. Scroll, using the PREV or NEXT buttons, throughthe modes to change the current mode.

4. With your preference displayed, press the TUNE/DISP button to select. A chime will be heard toverify the new setting. The new selection willbe displayed with an asterisk (*) for one second.

If your vehicle has the optional content theft-deterrentsystem, the first time the remote UNLOCK command isreceived three flashes will be seen and three chirpswill be heard to indicate an alarm condition has occurredsince last arming. See Theft-Deterrent Systems onpage 2-14.

The mode you selected is now set. You can either exitthe programming mode by following the instructionslater in this section or program the next feature availableon your vehicle.

ALARM (Content Theft Operation)This feature allows the content theft-deterrent system tobe turned on or off.

Programmable ModesMode 1: ALRM OFF

Mode 2: ALRM ON

Your vehicle was originally programmed to Mode 2. Themode may have been changed since then.

To determine the current mode, or to change the mode,do the following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until ALARM appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. The current selection will have anasterisk (*) next to it. If you do not wish to changethe current mode, you can either exit theprogramming mode by following the directions laterin this section or program the next featureavailable on your vehicle.

3. Scroll, using the PREV or NEXT buttons, throughthe modes to change the current mode.

4. With your preference displayed, press theTUNE/DISP button to select. A chime will be heardto verify the new setting. The new selection willbe displayed with an asterisk (*) for one second.

The mode you selected is now set. You can either exitthe programming mode by following the instructionslater in this section or program the next feature availableon your vehicle.

2-43

Page 110: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

TRNKJAMB (Trunk Jamb)This feature allows the content theft system trunk locksensor to be disabled or enabled.

Programmable ModesMode 1: TRNK OFF

Mode 2: TRNK ON

Your vehicle was originally programmed to Mode 2. Themode may have been changed since then. Todetermine the current mode, or to change the mode, dothe following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until TRNKJAMB appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. The current selection will have anasterisk (*) next to it. If you do not wish to change thecurrent mode, you can either exit the programmingmode by following the directions later in this sectionor program the next feature available on your vehicle.

3. Scroll, using the PREV or NEXT buttons, throughthe modes to change the current mode.

4. With your preference displayed, press theTUNE/DISP button to select. A chime will be heardto verify the new setting. The new selection willbe displayed with an asterisk (*) for one second.

The mode you selected is now set. You can either exitthe programming mode by following the instructionslater in this section or program the next feature availableon your vehicle.

CHIRP (Horn Chirp Timer)This feature allows you to choose between short or longhorn chirp sounds when the remote keyless entrytransmitter is used.

Programmable ModesMode 1: SHORT

Mode 2: LONG

Your vehicle was originally programmed to Mode 1. Themode may have been changed since then. Todetermine the current mode, or to change the mode, dothe following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until CHIRP appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. The current selection will have anasterisk (*) next to it. If you do not wish to changethe current mode, you can either exit theprogramming mode by following the directions laterin this section or program the next featureavailable on your vehicle.

2-44

Page 111: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

3. Scroll, using the PREV or NEXT buttons, throughthe modes to change the current mode.

4. With your preference displayed, press theTUNE/DISP button to select. A chime will be heardto verify the new setting. The new selection willbe displayed with an asterisk (*) for one second.

The mode you selected is now set. You can either exitthe programming mode by following the instructionslater in this section or program the next feature availableon your vehicle.

ORIG. SET (Return to the OriginalSettings)This feature allows you to return all featurecustomization settings back to their original factorysettings. To reset, do the following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until ORIG. SET appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. SET ALL will appear.

3. With your preference displayed, press theTUNE/DISP button to select. A chime will be heardto verify the new setting. The new selection willbe displayed with an asterisk (*) for one second.

The original factory settings are now reset. You caneither exit the programming mode by following theinstructions later in this section or program the nextfeature available on your vehicle.

FOB PROG (Remote Keyless EntryTransmitter Programming)This feature allows you to match the remote keylessentry transmitter to your vehicle. To match thetransmitter, do the following:

1. Scroll, using the SEEK/PSCAN up or down arrows,until FOB PROG appears on the display.

2. Press the PREV or NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. BEGIN will be displayed.

3. Press the TUNE/DISP button to start programming.When the message PUSH FOB flashes, press andhold the LOCK and UNLOCK buttons on the firsttransmitter at the same time for 15 seconds. A chimewill be heard to verify the transmitter is learned.

4. Repeat Step 3 for each additional transmitter.

The transmitter is programmed now. You can either exitthe programming mode by following the instructionslater in this section or program the next feature availableon your vehicle.

EXIT (Exit Feature Customization Mode)This feature allows you to exit the vehicle customizationprogramming. To exit, do the following:• Scroll until EXIT appears on the display.• Press the TUNE/DISP button to exit programming.

A chime will be heard to verify the exit.

2-45

Page 112: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

✍ NOTES

2-46

Page 113: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Instrument Panel Overview ...............................3-4Hazard Warning Flashers ................................3-6Other Warning Devices ...................................3-6Horn .............................................................3-6Tilt Wheel .....................................................3-6Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever .........................3-7Turn and Lane-Change Signals ........................3-8Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer ..................3-8Flash-to-Pass .................................................3-9Windshield Wipers ..........................................3-9Windshield Washer .......................................3-10Cruise Control ..............................................3-11Exterior Lamps .............................................3-14Delayed Headlamps ......................................3-15Daytime Running Lamps (DRL)/Automatic

Headlamp System .....................................3-16Fog Lamps ..................................................3-16Instrument Panel Brightness ...........................3-17Courtesy Lamps ...........................................3-17Dome Lamp .................................................3-17Entry Lighting ...............................................3-17Delayed Entry Lighting ...................................3-18Delayed Exit Lighting .....................................3-18Parade Dimming ...........................................3-18Reading Lamps ............................................3-18Battery Run-Down Protection ..........................3-19

Accessory Power Outlets ...............................3-19Ashtrays and Cigarette Lighter ........................3-20

Climate Controls ............................................3-21Dual Climate Control System ..........................3-21Outlet Adjustment .........................................3-24Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...................3-25

Warning Lights, Gages, and Indicators ............3-26Instrument Panel Cluster ................................3-27Speedometer and Odometer ...........................3-30Trip Odometer ..............................................3-30Tachometer .................................................3-30Safety Belt Reminder Light .............................3-30Airbag Readiness Light ..................................3-31Brake System Warning Light ..........................3-32Anti-Lock Brake System Warning Light .............3-33Traction Control System (TCS) Warning Light ...3-33Engine Coolant Temperature Gage ..................3-34Malfunction Indicator Lamp .............................3-35Cruise Control Light ......................................3-38Highbeam On Light .......................................3-38Fuel Gage ...................................................3-39

Message Center .............................................3-40Service Traction System Warning Message ......3-40Traction Active Message ................................3-41Battery Warning Message ..............................3-41

Section 3 Instrument Panel

3-1

Page 114: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Hot Coolant Temperature Warning Message .....3-42Low Oil Pressure Message ............................3-42Low Engine Oil Level Message .......................3-43Change Engine Oil Message ..........................3-44Low Tire Message ........................................3-44Door Ajar Warning Message ...........................3-45Trunk Ajar Warning Message .........................3-45Security Message .........................................3-46Low Washer Fluid Warning Message ...............3-46Low Fuel Warning Message ...........................3-47Low Brake Fluid Warning Message .................3-47Service Vehicle Soon Message .......................3-48Highbeam Out Warning Message ....................3-48

Driver Information Center (DIC) .......................3-49Trip Computer ................................................3-51

Audio System(s) .............................................3-52Setting the Time ...........................................3-52Radio with Cassette ......................................3-53Radio with CD ..............................................3-64Radio with Cassette and CD ..........................3-74Theft-Deterrent Feature ..................................3-87Audio Steering Wheel Controls .......................3-87Radio Reception ...........................................3-88Care of Your Cassette Tape Player .................3-88Care of Your CDs .........................................3-90Care of Your CD Player ................................3-90Backglass Antenna .......................................3-90XM™ Satellite Radio Antenna System .............3-91Vehicle Customization Settings .......................3-91Chime Level Adjustment ................................3-91

Section 3 Instrument Panel

3-2

Page 115: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

✍ NOTES

3-3

Page 116: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Instrument Panel Overview

3-4

Page 117: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

The main components of your instrument panel are listed here:

A. Instrument Panel Fuse Block. See Fuses and CircuitBreakers on page 5-95.

B. Traction Control On/Off Button (If Equipped). SeeTraction Control System (TCS) on page 4-8.

C. Multifunction Lever. See Turn Signal/MultifunctionLever on page 3-7.

D. Audio Steering Wheel Controls (Option). See AudioSteering Wheel Controls on page 3-87.

E. Hazard Warning Flasher Button. See HazardWarning Flashers on page 3-6.

F. Audio System. See Audio System(s) on page 3-52.G. Air Vent. See Outlet Adjustment on page 3-24.H. Exterior Lamps Control. See Exterior Lamps

on page 3-14.

I. Remote Trunk Release Button. See “Remote TrunkRelease” under Trunk on page 2-10.

J. Tilt Steering Wheel Lever. See Tilt Wheel onpage 3-6.

K. Hood Release. See Hood Release on page 5-11.L. Steering Wheel Cruise Control (If Equipped).

See Cruise Control on page 3-11.M. Ignition Switch. See Ignition Positions on page 2-16.N. Center Console Shift Lever (If Equipped). See

“Console Shift Lever” under Shifting Into Park (P) onpage 2-23.

O. Climate Controls. See Dual Climate Control Systemon page 3-21.

P. Glove Box. See Glove Box on page 2-36.

3-5

Page 118: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Hazard Warning FlashersYour hazard warning flashers let you warn others. Theyalso let police know you have a problem. Your frontand rear turn signal lamps will flash on and off.

The hazard warningflasher button is locatednear the center of theinstrument panel.

Your hazard warning flashers work no matter whatposition your key is in, and even if the key is not in.

Press the button to make the front and rear turn signallamps flash on and off. Press the button again toturn the flashers off.

When the hazard warning flashers are on, your turnsignals will not work.

Other Warning DevicesIf you carry reflective triangles, you can set them up atthe side of the road about 300 feet (100 m) behindyour vehicle.

HornPress near or on the horn symbols on your steeringwheel pad to sound the horn.

Tilt WheelA tilt wheel allows you to adjust the steering wheelbefore you drive. You can raise the steering wheel tothe highest level to give your legs more room when youenter and exit the vehicle.

The lever that allows you to tilt the steering wheel islocated on the left side of the steering column.

To tilt the wheel, hold thewheel and pull the lever.Then move the wheelto a comfortable positionand release the leverto lock the wheel in place.

3-6

Page 119: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever

The lever on the left side of the steering columnincludes the following:

• Turn Signal and Lane-Change Indicator. See Turnand Lane-Change Signals on page 3-8.

• Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer. See HeadlampHigh/Low-Beam Changer on page 3-8.

• Flash-to-Pass. See Flash-to-Pass on page 3-9.

• Windshield Wipers. See Windshield Wiperson page 3-9.

• Windshield Washer. See Windshield Washer onpage 3-10

• Cruise Control. See Cruise Control on page 3-11.

For more information on the exterior lamps, see ExteriorLamps on page 3-14 later in this section.

3-7

Page 120: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Turn and Lane-Change SignalsThe turn signal has two upward (for right) andtwo downward (for left) positions. These positions allowyou to signal a turn or a lane change.

To signal a turn, move the lever all the way up or down.When the turn is finished, the lever will returnautomatically.

An arrow on the instrumentpanel cluster will flash inthe direction of theturn or lane change.

To signal a lane change, just raise or lower the leveruntil the arrow starts to flash. Hold it there until youcomplete your lane change. The lever will return by itselfwhen you release it.

If the arrow flashes faster than normal as you signal aturn or a lane change, a signal bulb may be burnedout and other drivers won’t see your turn signal.

If a bulb is burned out, replace it to help avoid anaccident. If the arrows don’t go on at all when you signala turn, check for burned-out bulbs and then check thefuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on page 5-95.

Turn Signal On ChimeIf you leave either one of your turn signals on and drivemore than 3/4 mile (1.2 km), a chime will sound toalert you.

Headlamp High/Low-Beam ChangerTo change your headlamps from low beams to highbeams, or high to low, pull the multifunction lever all theway toward you. Then release it.

While the high beams areon, this light on theinstrument panel clusteralso will be on.

This light works only while the ignition key is in the ONposition, and your fog lamps (if equipped) will not beilluminated when your high beams are on.

3-8

Page 121: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Flash-to-PassWith the turn signal lever in the low-beam position, pullthe lever toward you momentarily to switch tohigh-beams (to signal that you are going to pass).

If you have the headlamps on, they will return tolow-beams when you release the lever.

This feature operates even when the headlamps are off.

Windshield WipersThe windshield wipers will operate with the ignition inACC or ON.

WIPER: To operate the windshield wipers, turn theband labeled WIPER, located on the multifunction lever,upward or downward.

OFF: To stop the wipers turn the band to OFF.

The five marks between OFF and LO are delay settings.For a longer delay between wiping cycles, turn theband downward. For a shorter delay between wipingcycles turn the band upward.

LO (Low Speed): Turn the band up to LO for a steadywiping at a low speed.

HI (High Speed): Turn the band up to HI for a steadywiping at a high speed.

MIST: Turn the band downward to MIST for a singlewiping cycle. Hold the band at this setting until thewindshield wipers start, then release it. The windshieldwipers will stop after one wipe. If additional cyclesare needed, hold the band on MIST longer.

Be sure to clear ice and snow from the wiper bladesbefore using them. Hold the band at this setting until thewindshield wipers start, then release it. The windshieldwipers will stop after one wipe. If additional cyclesare needed, hold the band on MIST longer.

Heavy snow or ice can overload your wipers. A circuitbreaker will stop them until the motor cools. Clear awaysnow or ice to prevent an overload. If your bladesbecome damaged, get new blades or blade inserts. SeeWindshield Wiper Blade Replacement on page 5-57for more information.

3-9

Page 122: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Windshield WasherAt the top of the multifunction lever, there’s a paddle withthe word PUSH on it. To spray washer fluid on thewindshield, push the paddle. The wipers will run forseveral sweeps and then either stop or return to yourpreset speed. The ignition key must be in ACC or ON forthis to work. See Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5-42.

{CAUTION:

In freezing weather, do not use your washeruntil the windshield is warmed. Otherwise thewasher fluid can form ice on the windshield,blocking your vision.

When you are low on washer fluid, the LOW WASHERFLUID message will be illuminated in the messagecenter for 60 seconds. When the ignition is turned off,this message will appear again for three secondsto remind you that the fluid level is low.

Until the fluid tank is refilled, every time you start yourvehicle, the LOW WASHER FLUID message will beilluminated in the message center for 60 seconds.Be sure to refill the tank right away.

United States Canada

3-10

Page 123: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Cruise ControlWith cruise control, you can maintain a speed of about25 mph (40 km/h) or more without keeping your footon the accelerator. This can really help on longtrips. Cruise control does not work at speeds belowabout 25 mph (40 km/h).

When you apply your brakes, the cruise controlshuts off.

{CAUTION:

Cruise control can be dangerous where youcannot drive safely at a steady speed. So, donot use your cruise control on winding roadsor in heavy traffic.

Cruise control can be dangerous on slipperyroads. On such roads, fast changes in tiretraction can cause needless wheel spinning,and you could lose control. Do not use cruisecontrol on slippery roads.

If your vehicle is in cruise control when the traction controlsystem (option) begins to limit wheel spin, the cruisecontrol will automatically disengage. See Traction ControlSystem (TCS) on page 4-8. When road conditions allowyou to safely use it again, you may turn the cruise controlback on.

Setting Cruise ControlThe cruise control OFF ON switch is located at the endof the multifunction lever.

{CAUTION:

If you leave your cruise control on when youare not using cruise, you might hit a buttonand go into cruise when you do not want to.You could be startled and even lose control.Keep the cruise control switch off until youwant to use cruise control.

1. Slide the cruise control OFF ON lever, on themultifunction lever, to ON.

2. Get up to the speed you want.

3-11

Page 124: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

3. Press the SET buttonlocated on the steeringwheel and release it.

4. Take your foot off the accelerator.

The CRUISE light on the instrument panel cluster willcome on after the cruise control has been set tothe desired speed.

Resuming a Set SpeedSuppose you set your cruise control at a desired speedand then you apply the brake. This, of course shutsoff the cruise control. But you don’t need to reset it.

Once you’re going about25 mph (40 km/h) or more,press the RESUMEbutton on your steeringwheel. You’ll go backto your chosen speed andstay there.

3-12

Page 125: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Increasing Speed While Using CruiseControlThere are two ways to go to a higher speed:

• Use the accelerator pedal to get to the higherspeed. Press the SET button on the steering wheel,then release the button and the accelerator pedal.You’ll now cruise at the higher speed.

• Press the ACCEL (Accelerate) button on thesteering wheel. Hold it there until you get up to thespeed you want and then release the button.(To increase your speed in very small amounts,press the ACCEL button briefly and then release it.Each time you do this, your vehicle will go about1 mph (1.6 km/h) faster.)

The accelerate feature will only work after you set thecruise control speed by pressing the SET button on thesteering wheel.

Reducing Speed While Using CruiseControlThere are two ways to reduce your speed while usingcruise control:

• Press the COAST button on the steering wheel untilyou reach the lower speed you want, then release it.

• To slow down in very small amounts, press theCOAST button on the steering wheel briefly. Eachtime you do this, you’ll go about 1 mph (1.6 km/h)slower.

Passing Another Vehicle While UsingCruise ControlUse the accelerator pedal to increase your speed.When you take your foot off the pedal, your vehicle willslow down to the cruise speed you set earlier.

3-13

Page 126: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Using Cruise Control on HillsHow well your cruise control will work on hills dependsupon your speed, load and the steepness of thehills. When going up steep hills, you may have to stepon the accelerator pedal to maintain your speed.When going downhill, you may have to brake or shift toa lower gear to keep your speed down. Of course,applying the brake takes you out of cruise control. Manydrivers find this to be too much trouble and don’t usecruise control on steep hills.

Ending Cruise ControlThere are three ways to cancel the cruise control:

• Step lightly on the brake pedal.

• Slide the OFF ON lever, on the multifunction lever,to OFF.

• Press the COAST and ACCEL buttons at thesame time.

Erasing Speed MemoryWhen you turn off the cruise control or the ignition, yourcruise control set speed memory is erased.

Exterior Lamps

The exterior lamps controlis located on theinstrument panel to the leftof the steering wheel.

It controls the following systems:

• Headlamps

• Taillamps

• Parking Lamps

• License Plate Lamps

• Instrument Panel Lights

3-14

Page 127: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

The exterior lamps control has three positions:

Off: Push the control all the way in to turn off theexterior lamps.

Parking Lamps: Pull the control out halfway to turn onthe parking lamps together with the following:

• Taillamps

• License Plate Lamps

• Instrument Panel Lights

Headlamps: Pull the control all the way out to turn onthe headlamps together with the previously listedlamps and lights. A warning chime will sound if youopen the driver’s door when the ignition switch is off andthe headlamps are on.

Delayed HeadlampsThe delayed headlamps feature provides a period ofexterior lighting as you leave the area around yourvehicle. The feature is activated when the headlampsare on due to the automatic headlamps controlfeature described previously in this section, and whenthe ignition is turned off. Your headlamps will thenremain on until the exterior lamps control is moved tothe parking lamps position or until either a 30 second or60 second lighting period has ended.

If you turn off the ignition with the headlamps switch inthe parking lamps or headlamps position, the delayedheadlamps cycle will not occur.

To disable the delayed headlamps feature or changethe time of delay, see Vehicle Customization Settingson page 3-91.

3-15

Page 128: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Daytime Running Lamps(DRL)/Automatic Headlamp SystemDaytime Running Lamps (DRL) can make it easier forothers to see the front of your vehicle during the day. DRLcan be helpful in many different driving conditions, butthey can be especially helpful in the short periods afterdawn and before sunset. Fully functional daytime runninglamps are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada.

A light sensor on top of the instrument panel makes theDRL work, so be sure it isn’t covered.

The DRL system’s automatic headlamp control willmake your low-beam headlamps come on at a reducedbrightness when the following conditions are met:

• The ignition is ON,

• the exterior lamps control is OFF, and

• the gearshift is not in PARK (P).

When the DRL are on, only your low-beam headlamps,at a reduced level of brightness, will be on. Theheadlamps, taillamps, sidemarker and other lamps won’tbe on. Your instrument panel and cluster won’t be litup either.

When it’s dark enough outside, your low-beamheadlamps will turn off and the headlamps and parkinglamps will turn on. The other lamps that come onwith your headlamps will also come on.

When it’s bright enough outside, your headlamps will gooff and your DRL will come on.

As with any vehicle, you should turn on the regularheadlamp system when you need it.

Fog Lamps

If your vehicle is equippedwith fog lamps, the buttonis located on theinstrument panel next tothe exterior lampscontrol wheel to the left ofthe steering column.

Your ignition must be in ON for the fog lamps toilluminate.

3-16

Page 129: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

To turn the fog lamps on, press the FOG button. A lightwill come on in the button to let you know that thefog lamps are on. Press the FOG button again to turnthe fog lamps off.

The ignition must be ON and the parking lamps must beon for your fog lamps to work.

The fog lamps will go off while you change to high-beamheadlamps.

Instrument Panel BrightnessThe control for the instrument panel lights is located onthe exterior lamps control. Your parking lamps mustbe on for this feature to work. Turn the control clockwiseto brighten the lights or counterclockwise to dim them.

Courtesy LampsWhen any door is opened, several lamps come on.These lamps are courtesy lamps. They make it easy foryou to enter and leave your vehicle. You can alsoturn these lamps on by turning the exterior lamps controlall the way clockwise.

Dome LampIf your vehicle has this feature, the dome lamp willcome on when you open a door. You can also turn thislamp on by turning the exterior lamps control clockwiseas far as it will go. Vehicles that have the optionalsunroof do not have a dome lamp.

Entry LightingYour vehicle may be equipped with courtesy lamps thatwill come on and stay on for a set time wheneveryou press UNLOCK on the remote keyless entrytransmitter (if equipped).

If you open a door, the lamps will stay on while it’s openand then turn off automatically about 25 seconds afteryou close it. If you press UNLOCK and don’t opena door, the lamps will turn off after about 40 seconds.

Entry lighting includes a feature called theater dimming.With theater dimming, the lamps don’t just turn off at theend of the delay time. Instead, they slowly dim after thedelay time until they go out. The delay time is canceled ifyou turn the ignition key to ON or press the power doorlock switch. The lamps will dim right away.

When the ignition is on, illuminated entry is inactive,which means the courtesy lamps won’t come on unlessa door is opened.

3-17

Page 130: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Delayed Entry LightingDelayed entry lighting illuminates the interior for aperiod of time after all the doors have been closed.

The ignition must be off for delayed entry lightingto work. Immediately after all the doors have beenclosed, the delayed entry lighting feature will continueto work until one of the following occurs:

• The ignition is ON,

• the doors are locked, or

• an illumination period of 25 seconds has elapsed.

If during the illumination period a door is opened,the timed illumination period will be canceled and theinterior lamps will remain on because a door is open.

Delayed Exit LightingThis feature illuminates the interior for a period of timeafter the key is removed from the ignition.

The ignition must be off for delayed exit lighting to work.When the key is removed, interior illumination willactivate and remain on until one of the following occurs:

• The ignition is ON,

• the power door locks are activated, or

• an illumination period of 25 seconds has elapsed.

If during the illumination period a door is opened, thetimed illumination period will be canceled and the interiorlamps will remain on because a door is open.

Parade DimmingThe instrument panel has an added feature calledparade mode. This feature prohibits the dimming of yourinstrument panel displays during the daylight whilethe headlamps are on so that you’ll still be able to seethe displays.

Reading LampsYour vehicle may be equipped with reading lamps thatare located on the assist handles in the headliner.These lamps and the interior courtesy lamps come onwhen any door is opened. Press the lens to turn them onand off.

3-18

Page 131: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Battery Run-Down ProtectionYour vehicle has a feature to help prevent you fromdraining the battery in case you accidentally leave on theinterior courtesy lamps, reading/map lamps, visorvanity lamps or trunk lamp. If you leave any of theselamps on, they will automatically turn off after10 minutes, if the ignition is off. The lamps won’t comeback on again until you do the following:

• Turn the ignition on, or

• turn the exterior lamps control off, then on again.

If your vehicle has less than 15 miles (25 km) onthe odometer, the battery saver will turn off the lampsafter only three minutes.

Battery rundown protection will also work if theheadlamps are left on. After having been left on for10 minutes, the headlamps and the parking lamps willflash three times. They will remain on for one moreminute before turning off automatically.

Accessory Power Outlets

Your vehicle has a 12-voltoutlet which can be usedto plug in electricalequipment such as acellular telephone,a compact disc player, etc.

On vehicles with a center console, it is located at therear of the console. Lift the cover to access theoutlet. Close the cover when not using the outlet.

On vehicles without a center console, it is located in theashtray drawer to the right of the ashtray. Removethe rubber cover to access the outlet. When not usingthe outlet, make sure the cover is on it.

Notice: Leaving electrical equipment on forextended periods will drain the battery. Always turnoff electrical equipment when not in use and donot plug in equipment that exceeds the maximumamperage rating.

Console Version shown

3-19

Page 132: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Certain accessory plugs may not be compatible to theaccessory power outlet and could result in blown vehicleand adapter fuses. If you experience a problem, seeyour dealer for additional information on the poweraccessory plugs.

Notice: Adding any electrical equipment to yourvehicle may damage it or keep other componentsfrom working as they should. The repairs would notbe covered by your warranty. Check with yourdealer before adding electrical equipment.

When adding electrical equipment, be sure to follow theproper installation instructions included with theequipment. Check with your dealer before addingelectrical equipment, and never use anything thatexceeds the amperage rating.

Notice: Improper use of the power outlet can causedamage not covered by your warranty. Do nothang any type of accessory or accessory bracketfrom the plug because the power outlets aredesigned for accessory power plugs only.

Ashtrays and Cigarette LighterYour vehicle may have an ashtray and a cigarettelighter. The ashtray and cigarette lighter may be locatedon the console, if your vehicle has one, otherwise,they may be located on the instrument panel.

To remove the ashtray open the door and pull up oneither corner.

Notice: If you put papers or other flammable itemsin the ashtray, hot cigarettes or other smokingmaterials could ignite them and possibly damageyour vehicle. Never put flammable items in theashtray.

Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter in while it isheating will not allow the lighter to back away fromthe heating element when it is hot. Damage fromoverheating may occur to the lighter or heatingelement, or a fuse could be blown. Do not hold acigarette lighter in while it is heating. Do notuse anything other than the cigarette lighter in theheating element.

To use the lighter, just push it in all the way and let go.When it’s ready, it will pop back out by itself.

3-20

Page 133: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Climate Controls

Dual Climate Control SystemWith this system you can control the heating, cooling,defrost, defog and ventilation for your vehicle.

Manual OperationTurn the right knob clockwise or counterclockwise todirect the airflow inside of your vehicle.

To change the current mode, select one of the following:

H (Vent): This mode directs air to the instrumentpanel outlets.

) (Bi-Level): This mode allows for approximately a50/50 split of air to the instrument panel outlets andto the floor outlets.

6 (Floor): This mode directs most of the air to thefloor outlets, with some of the air directed to thewindshield and side window outlets. In this mode, thesystem will automatically select Outside Air.

The right knob can also be used to select defog ordefrost mode. For more information, see “Defogging andDefrosting” later in this section.

By positioning the right knob between two modes, acombination of those two modes is selected.

It should be noted, that the air conditioning compressorwill be engaged unless the outside temperature is40°F (4°C) or below. Recirculation cannot be selectedwhen in Floor Mode.

3-21

Page 134: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

9 (Fan): Turn the left knob clockwise orcounterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed.If the airflow seems low when the fan is at the highestsetting, the passenger compartment air filter, ifequipped, may need to be replaced. For moreinformation, see Passenger Compartment Air Filter onpage 3-25 and Scheduled Maintenance on page 6-4.

: (Outside Air): Press this button to turn theoutside air mode on. When this mode is on, outside airwill circulate throughout your vehicle. When thebutton is pressed, an indicator light in the button willcome on to let you know that it is activated. The outsideair mode can be used with all modes, but it cannotbe used with the recirculation mode.

You may have to set the instrument panel brightnesscontrol to the highest setting during the day to seethe indicator lamp.

? (Recirculation): This mode keeps outside air fromcoming in the vehicle. It can be used to prevent outsideair and odors from entering your vehicle or help heat orcool the air inside your vehicle more quickly. Press thisbutton to turn the recirculation mode on. When the buttonis pressed, an indicator light will come on.

You may have to set the instrument panel brightnesscontrol to the highest setting during the day to see theindicator lamp.

The recirculation mode cannot be used with outsideair modes.

D or P (Temperature Control): Slide the leversmarked D (Driver) or P (Passenger) to increase ordecrease the temperature on the driver’s side orthe passenger’s side of the vehicle.

# (Air Conditioning): Press this button to turn theair conditioning system on or off. When A/C is pressed,an indicator light will come on to let you know thatthe air conditioning has been activated.

You may have to set the instrument panel brightnesscontrol to the highest setting during the day to seethe indicator lamp.

On hot days, open the windows to let hot inside airescape; then close them. This helps to reduce the timeit takes for your vehicle to cool down. It also helpsthe system to operate more efficiently.

3-22

Page 135: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

For quick cool down on hot days, do the following:

1. Select the vent mode.

2. Select the recirculation mode.

3. Select A/C.

4. Select the coolest temperature for both zones.

5. Select the highest fan speeds.

Using these settings together for long periods of time maycause the air inside of your vehicle to become too dry. Toprevent this from happening, after the air inside of yourvehicle has cooled, turn the recirculation mode off.

The air conditioning system removes moisture from theair, so you may sometimes notice a small amount ofwater dripping underneath your vehicle while idlingor after turning off the engine. This is normal.

Defogging and DefrostingFog on the inside of the windows is a result of highhumidity (moisture) condensing on the cool windowglass. This can be minimized if the climate controlsystem is used properly. There are two modes to clearfog or frost from your windshield. Use the defogmode to clear the windows of fog or moisture and warmthe passengers. Use the defrost mode to remove fogor frost from the windshield more quickly.

Turn the right knob clockwise to select the defog ordefrost mode.

- (Defog): This mode directs air equally to thewindshield and the floor outlets. When you select thismode, the system turns off recirculation and runs the airconditioning compressor unless the outside temperatureis below 40°F (4°C). The recirculation mode cannotbe selected while in the defog mode.

Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear.

0 (Defrost): This mode directs half of the air tothe windshield and side window vents and half to thefloor vents. In this mode, the system will automaticallyforce outside air into your vehicle. The recirculationmode cannot be selected while in the defog mode. Theair conditioning compressor will run automatically inthis setting, unless the outside temperature is below40°F (4°C).

Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear.

3-23

Page 136: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Rear Window DefoggerThe rear window defogger uses a warming grid toremove fog from the rear window.

<: The rear window defogger will turn offapproximately 20 minutes after the button is pressed. Ifturned on again, the defogger will run for the sameamount of time. The defogger can also be turned off bypressing the button again or by turning off the engine.

Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear.

If your vehicle has heated outside rearview mirrors,the mirrors will heat to help clear fog or frost from thesurface of the mirror when the rear window defog buttonis pressed.

Notice: Don’t use anything sharp on the inside ofthe rear window. If you do, you could cut or damagethe warming grid, and the repairs wouldn’t becovered by your warranty. Do not attach a temporaryvehicle license, tape, a decal or anything similarto the defogger grid.

Outlet AdjustmentUse the knob located below or to the side of the outlet,to change the direction of the air flow.

Operation Tips• Clear away any ice, snow or leaves from the air

inlets at the base of the windshield that mayblock the flow of air into your vehicle.

• Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors mayadversely affect the performance of the system.

• Keep the path under the front seats clear of objectsto help circulate the air inside your vehicle moreeffectively.

• If the airflow seems low when the fan is at thehighest setting, the passenger compartmentair filter, if equipped, may need to replaced. Formore information, see Passenger Compartment AirFilter on page 3-25 and Scheduled Maintenanceon page 6-4.

3-24

Page 137: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Passenger Compartment Air FilterYour vehicle may be equipped with a passengercompartment particulate air filter. It is locatedunderneath the hood just below the windshield wiperarm on the passenger’s side of the vehicle, underneaththe air inlet grille.

The filter traps most of the pollen from air entering theClimate Control System. Like your engine’s aircleaner/filter, it may need to be changed periodically toensure system performance. For information on howoften to change the passenger compartment airfilter, see Scheduled Maintenance on page 6-4.

To change the passenger compartment air filter, use thefollowing steps:

1. Turn off the ignition when the windshield wipers arein the up position.

2. Raise the vehicle hood.

3. Disconnect the windshield washer pump hose fromthe fender rail and air inlet grille.

4. Peel back the hood weatherstrip from thepassenger’s side of the vehicle halfway to center.

5. Remove the air inlet grille retainers.

6. Remove the air inlet grille.

7. Remove the old passenger compartment air filter.

8. Reverse the steps to install the new air filter.

For the type of filter to use, see Normal MaintenanceReplacement Parts on page 6-13.

3-25

Page 138: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Warning Lights, Gages, andIndicatorsThis part describes the warning lights and gages that maybe on your vehicle. The pictures will help you locate them.

Warning lights and gages can signal that something iswrong before it becomes serious enough to causean expensive repair or replacement. Paying attention toyour warning lights and gages could also save youor others from injury.

Warning lights come on when there may be or is aproblem with one of your vehicle’s functions. As you willsee in the details on the next few pages, somewarning lights come on briefly when you start theengine just to let you know they’re working. If you arefamiliar with this section, you should not be alarmedwhen this happens.

Gages can indicate when there may be or is a problemwith one of your vehicle’s functions. Often gagesand warning lights work together to let you know whenthere’s a problem with your vehicle.

When one of the warning lights comes on and stays onwhen you are driving, or when one of the gages showsthere may be a problem, check the section that tells youwhat to do about it. Please follow this manual’s advice.Waiting to do repairs can be costly – and evendangerous. So please get to know your warning lightsand gages. They’re a big help.

Your vehicle may also have a Driver InformationCenter (DIC) that works along with the warning lightsand gages. See Driver Information Center (DIC)on page 3-49.

3-26

Page 139: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Instrument Panel ClusterYour instrument panel cluster is designed to let you know at a glance how your vehicle is running. You’ll know how fastyou’re going, about how much fuel is in your tank and many other things you need to drive safely and economically.

Uplevel 3400 V6 Engine Cluster: United States version with ABS and Traction Control shown, Canada similar

3-27

Page 140: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Uplevel 3800 V6 Engine Cluster: United States version with ABS and Traction Control shown, Canada similar

3-28

Page 141: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Uplevel 3800 Supercharged V6 Engine Cluster: United States version with ABS and Traction Control shown,Canada similar

3-29

Page 142: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Speedometer and OdometerYour speedometer lets you see your speed in bothmiles per hour (mph) and kilometers per hour (km/h).Your odometer shows how far your vehicle hasbeen driven in either miles (used in the United States)or in kilometers (used in Canada).Your vehicle has a tamper-resistant odometer. If yousee ERROR, you’ll know someone has probablytampered with it and the numbers may not be accurate.You may wonder what happens if your vehicle needs anew odometer installed. If the new one can be set to themileage total of the old odometer, then that will be done.But if it can’t, then it will be set at zero and a label must beput on the driver’s door to show the old mileage readingwhen the new odometer was installed.

Trip OdometerYour trip odometer tells how far you have driven sinceyou last reset it.Your trip/select reset switch will go back and forthbetween the odometer and the trip odometer if the buttonis pressed and released within 1.5 seconds. If the buttonis pressed and held for longer than 1.5 seconds while inthe trip odometer mode, it will be reset to zero. If thebutton is pressed and held for longer than 1.5 secondswhile in the odometer mode, it will have no effect.Your trip odometer will work no matter what positionyour key is in, and even if the key isn’t in.

Tachometer

Your vehicle may have atachometer that displaysthe engine speed inthousands of revolutionsper minute (rpm).

Safety Belt Reminder LightWhen the key is turned to ON, a chime will come on forseveral seconds to remind people to fasten their safetybelts, unless the driver’s safety belt is already buckled.

The safety belt light willalso come on and stay onfor several seconds,then it will flash forseveral more.

3-30

Page 143: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Airbag Readiness LightThere is an airbag readiness light on the instrumentpanel, which shows the airbag symbol. The systemchecks the airbag’s electrical system for malfunctions.The light tells you if there is an electrical problem.The system check includes the airbag sensors, theairbag modules, the wiring and the crash sensing anddiagnostic module. For more information on theairbag system, see Airbag System on page 1-49.

This light will come onwhen you start yourvehicle, and it will flash fora few seconds. Thenthe light should go out.This means the systemis ready.

If the airbag readiness light stays on after you start thevehicle or comes on when you are driving, yourairbag system may not work properly. Have your vehicleserviced right away.

{CAUTION:

If the airbag readiness light stays on after youstart your vehicle, it means the airbag systemmay not be working properly. The airbags inyour vehicle may not inflate in a crash, or theycould even inflate without a crash. To help avoidinjury to yourself or others, have your vehicleserviced right away if the airbag readiness lightstays on after you start your vehicle.

The airbag readiness light should flash for a fewseconds when you turn the ignition key to ON. If thelight doesn’t come on then, have it fixed so it willbe ready to warn you if there is a problem.

3-31

Page 144: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Brake System Warning LightYour vehicle’s hydraulic brake system is divided into twoparts. If one part isn’t working, the other part can stillwork and stop you. For good braking, though, you needboth parts working well.

If the warning light comes on, there is a brake problem.The LOW BRAKE FLUID message in the messagecenter will also appear when there is a brake problem.See Low Brake Fluid Warning Message on page 3-47.Have your brake system inspected right away.

This light should come on briefly when you turn theignition key to ON. If it doesn’t come on then, have itfixed so it will be ready to warn you if there’s a problem.

When the ignition is on, the brake system warning lightwill also come on when you set your parking brake.The light will stay on if your parking brake doesn’trelease fully. If it stays on after your parking brake isfully released, it means you have a brake problem.

If the light comes on while you are driving, pull off theroad and stop carefully. You may notice that the pedal isharder to push. Or, the pedal may go closer to thefloor. It may take longer to stop. If the light is still on,have the vehicle towed for service. See Brake SystemWarning Light on page 3-32 and Towing Your Vehicle onpage 4-34.

{CAUTION:

Your brake system may not be working properlyif the brake system warning light is on. Drivingwith the brake system warning light on can leadto an accident. If the light is still on after youhave pulled off the road and stopped carefully,have the vehicle towed for service.

United States Canada

3-32

Page 145: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Anti-Lock Brake System WarningLight

If your vehicle is equippedwith anti-lock brakes, theanti-lock brake systemwarning light should comeon for a few secondswhen you turn the ignitionkey to ON.

If the anti-lock brake system warning light stays onlonger than normal after you’ve started your engine, turnthe ignition off. Or, if the light comes on and stays onwhen you’re driving, stop as soon as possible and turnthe ignition off. Then start the engine again to resetthe system. If the light still stays on, or comes on againwhile you’re driving, the anti-lock brake system needsservice and you don’t have anti-lock brakes.

The anti-lock brake system warning light should comeon briefly when you turn the ignition key to ON. Thisis normal. If the light doesn’t come on then, have it fixedso it will be ready to warn you if there is a problem.

Traction Control System (TCS)Warning Light

Your vehicle may have thetraction control system. If itdoes, this warning lightmay come on for thefollowing reasons:

• If you turn the system off by pressing the TRACOFF button located on the instrument panel, achime will sound and the warning light will come onand stay on. To turn the system back on, pressthe button again. The warning light should go off.

• If there’s a brake system problem that is specificallyrelated to traction control, the traction controlsystem will turn off and the warning light will comeon. If your brakes begin to overheat, the tractioncontrol system will turn off and the warning light willcome on until your brakes cool down.

If the traction control system warning light comes onand stays on for an extended period of time when thesystem is turned on, your vehicle needs service.

3-33

Page 146: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Engine Coolant Temperature Gage

United States — 3400V6 Engine Cluster

United States — 3800V6 Engine Cluster

United States — 3800Supercharged V6

Engine Cluster

Canada — 3400 V6Engine Cluster

Canada — 3800 V6Engine Cluster

Canada — 3800Supercharged V6

Engine Cluster

3-34

Page 147: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

This gage shows the engine coolant temperature.

It also provides an indicator of how hard your vehicle isworking. During the majority of the operation, thegage will read 210°F (100°C) or less.

If you are pulling a load or going up hills, it is normalfor the temperature to fluctuate and approach the250°F (122°C) mark. When the gage reads greater than250°F (122°C), the HOT COOLANT TEMP light will beilluminated in the message center and a chime will soundcontinuously. If the gage reaches the 260°F (125°C)mark, it indicates that the cooling system is workingbeyond its capacity.

See Engine Overheating on page 5-31.

Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Check Engine Light

Your vehicle is equipped with a computer whichmonitors operation of the fuel, ignition, and emissioncontrol systems.

United States Canada

3-35

Page 148: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

This system is called OBD II (On-BoardDiagnostics-Second Generation) and is intended toassure that emissions are at acceptable levels for thelife of the vehicle, helping to produce a cleanerenvironment. The CHECK ENGINE light comes on toindicate that there is a problem and service is required.Malfunctions often will be indicated by the systembefore any problem is apparent. This may prevent moreserious damage to your vehicle. This system is alsodesigned to assist your service technician in correctlydiagnosing any malfunction.

Notice: If you keep driving your vehicle with thislight on, after awhile, your emission controls may notwork as well, your fuel economy may not be as good,and your engine may not run as smoothly. This couldlead to costly repairs that may not be covered byyour warranty.

Notice: Modifications made to the engine,transaxle, exhaust, intake, or fuel system of yourvehicle or the replacement of the original tires withother than those of the same Tire PerformanceCriteria (TPC) can affect your vehicle’s emissioncontrols and may cause this light to come on.Modifications to these systems could lead to costlyrepairs not covered by your warranty. This mayalso result in a failure to pass a required EmissionInspection/Maintenance test.

This light should come on, as a check to show you it isworking, when the ignition is on and the engine isnot running. If the light does not come on, have itrepaired. This light will also come on during amalfunction in one of two ways:

• Light Flashing — A misfire condition has beendetected. A misfire increases vehicle emissions andmay damage the emission control system on yourvehicle. Diagnosis and service may be required.

• Light On Steady — An emission control systemmalfunction has been detected on your vehicle.Diagnosis and service may be required.

If the Light Is FlashingThe following may prevent more serious damage toyour vehicle:

• Reducing vehicle speed

• Avoiding hard accelerations

• Avoiding steep uphill grades

• If you are towing a trailer, reduce the amount ofcargo being hauled as soon as it is possible

3-36

Page 149: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If the light stops flashing and remains on steady, see “Ifthe Light Is On Steady” following.

If the light continues to flash, when it is safe to do so,stop the vehicle. Find a safe place to park your vehicle.Turn the key off, wait at least 10 seconds and restartthe engine. If the light remains on steady, see “Ifthe Light Is On Steady” following. If the light is stillflashing, follow the previous steps, and see your dealerfor service as soon as possible.

If the Light Is On SteadyYou also may be able to correct the emission systemmalfunction by considering the following:

Did you recently put fuel into your vehicle?

If so, reinstall the fuel cap, making sure to fully installthe cap. See Filling Your Tank on page 5-8. Thediagnostic system can determine if the fuel cap hasbeen left off or improperly installed. A loose or missingfuel cap will allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere.A few driving trips with the cap properly installedshould turn the light off.

Did you just drive through a deep puddle of water?

If so, your electrical system may be wet. The conditionwill usually be corrected when the electrical systemdries out. A few driving trips should turn the light off.

Have you recently changed brands of fuel?

If so, be sure to fuel your vehicle with quality fuel. SeeGasoline Octane on page 5-5. Poor fuel quality willcause your engine not to run as efficiently as designed.You may notice this as stalling after start-up, stallingwhen you put the vehicle into gear, misfiring, hesitationon acceleration, or stumbling on acceleration. (Theseconditions may go away once the engine is warmed up.)This will be detected by the system and cause thelight to turn on.

If you experience one or more of these conditions,change the fuel brand you use. It will require at leastone full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light off.

If none of the above steps have made the light turn off,your dealer can check the vehicle. Your dealer has theproper test equipment and diagnostic tools to fix anymechanical or electrical problems that may havedeveloped.

3-37

Page 150: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Emissions Inspection and MaintenanceProgramsSome state/provincial and local governments have ormay begin programs to inspect the emission controlequipment on your vehicle. Failure to pass thisinspection could prevent you from getting a vehicleregistration.

Here are some things you need to know to help yourvehicle pass an inspection:

Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the CheckEngine light is on or not working properly.

Your vehicle will not pass this inspection if the OBD(on-board diagnostic) system determines that criticalemission control systems have not been completelydiagnosed by the system. The vehicle would beconsidered not ready for inspection. This can happen ifyou have recently replaced your battery or if yourbattery has run down. The diagnostic system isdesigned to evaluate critical emission control systemsduring normal driving. This may take several daysof routine driving. If you have done this and your vehiclestill does not pass the inspection for lack of OBDsystem readiness, your GM dealer can prepare thevehicle for inspection.

Cruise Control Light

The CRUISE light comeson whenever you set yourcruise control. SeeCruise Control onpage 3-11.

Highbeam On Light

This light will illuminatewhen the headlamp highbeams are in use.

See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer on page 3-8.

3-38

Page 151: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Fuel Gage

United States — 3400V6 Engine Cluster

United States — 3800V6 Engine Cluster

United States — 3800Supercharged V6

Engine Cluster

Canada — 3400 V6Engine Cluster

Canada — 3800 V6Engine Cluster

Canada — 3800Supercharged V6

Engine Cluster

3-39

Page 152: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

The fuel gage, when the ignition is on, tells you abouthow much fuel you have left in your tank.

The gage will first indicate empty before you are out offuel, and you should get more fuel as soon aspossible.

Here are four situations you may experience with yourfuel gage. None of these indicate a problem with thefuel gage.

• At the gas station, the fuel pump shuts off beforethe gage reads full.

• It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up than thefuel gage indicated. For example, the gage mayhave indicated the tank was half full, but it actuallytook a little more or less than half the tank’scapacity to fill the tank.

• The gage goes back to empty when you turn off theignition.

• The gage pointer moves while cornering, braking oracceleration.

Message CenterThe message center is located below the temperaturegage or the tachometer gage (if equipped) on theinstrument panel cluster. It gives you important safetyand maintenance facts.

Service Traction System WarningMessage

If your vehicle is equipped with the traction controlsystem and this message appears when you are driving,there is a problem with your traction control systemand your vehicle is in need of service.

United States Canada

3-40

Page 153: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

When this message is displayed, the system will not limitwheel spin. The message will stay on for 60 seconds.Four chimes will also be heard. Adjust your drivingaccordingly.

When the ignition is turned off, this message will bedisplayed again for three seconds to remind youthat your traction control system is not working properly.Be sure to have your vehicle serviced right away.

Traction Active Message

If your vehicle is equipped with the traction controlsystem, this message will stay on a few seconds afterthe traction system stops limiting wheel spin.

This message will appear when the traction controlsystem is limiting wheel spin.

Battery Warning Message

When the vehicleis started this messagewill be displayed forthree seconds.

If the message is displayed when the engine is running,you may have a problem with your charging system. Ifthere is a problem with the charging system, four chimeswill sound when the message comes on. The batterydisplay will also stay on while the key is in ON until theengine is started.

If the message stays on after starting the engine it couldindicate a problem with the generator drive belt, orsome other charging system problem. Have it checkedright away. Driving with this message on could drainyour battery.

If you must drive a short distance with this messagedisplayed, it helps to turn off all your accessories.

United States Canada

3-41

Page 154: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Hot Coolant Temperature WarningMessage

This message is displayed when the cooling systemtemperature gets hot. A chime will soundcontinuously, also.

Check the coolant temperature gage and the coolantlevel. See Engine Coolant on page 5-28, Engine CoolantTemperature Gage on page 3-34 and EngineOverheating on page 5-31 for further information.

Low Oil Pressure Message

This message is displayed in the message center whenthe engine oil pressure is low. A chime will soundcontinuously, also.

If this occurs, you should have your vehicle servicedimmediately.

United States Canada

United States Canada

3-42

Page 155: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low. Ifyou do, your engine can become so hot that itcatches fire. You or others could be burned.Check your oil as soon as possible and haveyour vehicle serviced.

Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance maydamage the engine. The repairs would not be coveredby your warranty. Always follow the maintenanceschedule in this manual for changing engine oil.

Low Engine Oil Level Message

Your vehicle may be equipped with a LOW ENG OILLEVEL message.

This message is displayed for 60 seconds at the start ofeach ignition cycle when the engine oil level is low.Four chimes will also sound.

When the ignition is turned off, this message will bedisplayed again for three seconds to remind youthat your engine oil level is low. Be sure to have yourvehicle serviced right away.

See Engine Oil on page 5-18 on how to check the oillevel and for what type of oil to add.

United States Canada

3-43

Page 156: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Change Engine Oil Message

When this message comes on, it means that service isrequired for your vehicle. It will appear for 60 seconds.See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6-4 andEngine Oil on page 5-18 for more information.

Once the engine oil has been changed, the CHANGEENGINE OIL message must be reset. Until it isreset, this message will be displayed for 60 secondseach time you start the engine. For more information onresetting the system, see “How to Reset the ChangeEngine Oil Message” under Engine Oil on page 5-18.

Low Tire Message

Your vehicle may be equipped with the tire pressuresystem which monitors the inflation pressure of the tires.

After the system has “learned” the tire pressure withproperly inflated tires, the LOW TIRE PRESSUREmessage will be displayed and four warning chimeswill sound if the tire pressure in one tire becomes12 psi (83 kPa) lower than the other three tires.

When you have checked the tire pressures, be sure toreset the tire inflation monitor. See “Tire PressureMonitor System” under Tires on page 5-58.

United States Canada United States Canada

3-44

Page 157: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Door Ajar Warning Message

This message will appear if one of the doors is notcompletely closed and the ignition is in ON.

If you are in a forward or reverse gear position you willalso hear four chimes.

Trunk Ajar Warning Message

This message will appear if the trunk is not completelyclosed and the ignition is in ON.

If you are in a forward or reverse gear position you willalso hear four chimes.

United States Canada United States Canada

3-45

Page 158: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Security Message

This message is displayed to monitor the Passlock®

system.

If the security message is displayed continuously whiledriving and stays on, there may be a problem with thePasslock® system. Your vehicle will not be protected byPasslock® and you should see your dealer for service.See Passlock® on page 2-15 for more information.

Low Washer Fluid Warning Message

This message is displayed when the vehicle is low onwindshield washer fluid.

The message is only displayed for 60 seconds at thestart of each ignition cycle. For more informationsee Windshield Washer Fluid on page 5-42.

When the ignition is turned off, this message will bedisplayed again for three seconds to remind youthat your washer fluid is low. Be sure to refill the washerfluid tank right away.

United States Canada United States Canada

3-46

Page 159: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Low Fuel Warning Message

This message is displayed when your vehicle is low onfuel. Four chimes will also sound.

Refer to the fuel gage for a better indication of theamount of fuel remaining in the fuel tank.

Low Brake Fluid Warning Message

This message will be displayed when your vehicle has abrake problem. The brake system warning light willalso be illuminated.

If this message appears, the brakes aren’t workingproperly. You should have your vehicle servicedimmediately. See Brake System Warning Light onpage 3-32 for more information.

United States Canada United States Canada

3-47

Page 160: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Service Vehicle Soon Message

This message will come on if you have engine problems.

These problems may not be obvious and may notaffect vehicle performance or durability. Consult aqualified dealership for necessary repairs to maintaintop vehicle performance.

Highbeam Out Warning Message

If this message appears, you may have a problem withyour high-beam headlamps.

The message will stay on about 60 seconds. When theignition is turned off, this message will be displayedagain for three seconds to remind you that youmay have a problem with your highbeam-headlamps.Be sure to check your bulbs right away and replacethem if necessary.

See Bulb Replacement on page 5-53.

United States Canada United States Canada

3-48

Page 161: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Driver Information Center (DIC)

If your vehicle is equipped with the DIC, it will showinformation about the vehicle and the surroundings. It islocated in the headliner between the sun visors.

RESET: You can reset the AVG ECON, FUEL USEDor AVG SPEED trip computer modes by pressingand holding this button for three seconds while you arein the mode you wish to reset. A chime will sound toconfirm that your requested change has been made andall the segments of the display will briefly light up.

To change the display to a metric or English reading,press the RESET and MODE buttons at the same time.Hold them down for three seconds and the displaywill change. A chime will be heard to confirm the newselection.

The reset button can also be used to manually calibratethe compass. See “Manual Compass Calibration”later in this section.

The reset button can be used to set the compass zonevariation. See “Compass Variance” later in this section.

MODE: Press this button to cycle through three modesof operation: Off, Compass/Temperature and TripComputer mode.

• Off: No driver information is displayed in this modeof operation.

• Compass/Temperature Mode: One of eightcompass readings and the outside temperature aredisplayed. If the temperature is below 38°F (3°C), theword ICE is displayed for two minutes.

• Trip Computer: Pressing the MODE button cyclesthrough the five displays. Press the MODE buttonafter the last Trip Computer display to return the DICto the OFF mode.

Optional Sunroof Version Shown

3-49

Page 162: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Compass VarianceCompass variance is the difference between magneticnorth and geographic north. In some areas of thecountry, the difference is great enough to cause thecompass to give false readings. If this occurs, thecompass variance must be set.

Setting the Variance

Turn the ignition on and cycle the DIC to theCompass/Temperature mode. Press the RESET buttonfor about five seconds.

The last entered variance zone number and VAR will bedisplayed. Press the MODE button until the propervariance zone number on the map is shown. Press theRESET button to set the new variance zone andresume normal operation.

All the display segments will be illuminated briefly toacknowledge the change in zone number. A chime willsound to confirm that the new zone number has been set.

Automatic Compass CalibrationThe compass is self-calibrating, which eliminates theneed to manually set the compass. When the vehicle isnew, the calibration process may not be complete. Inthese cases CAL will be displayed, and all segments ofthe compass will be illuminated where the compassreading is normally displayed.

To calibrate the compass, in an area free from largemetal objects, make one to two 360° turns. Thecalibration symbol will turn off and the compass readingwill be displayed.

3-50

Page 163: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Manual Compass CalibrationIf the compass appears erratic and the calibrationsymbol does not appear, you must manually put thecompass into the calibration mode.

Turn the ignition on and cycle the DIC to theCompass/Temperature mode. Press the RESET buttonfor at least 10 seconds until the calibration symbolappears and all segments of the compass display areilluminated. A chime will sound to confirm that thecalibration mode is active. Release the button andcomplete two or three 360° turns in an area free fromlarge metal objects. The calibration symbol will turnoff and the compass reading will be displayed. A chimewill sound to verify that the calibration is complete.

Error Displays• An error of the speed sensor or fuel sender will

cause -E- to be displayed.

• In the absence of vehicle communications, adash - - is displayed.

If one of these error messages appear, see yourGM dealer.

Trip ComputerThere are five trip computer displays which may bestepped through by pushing the MODE button.The information will appear in the following order:

AVG ECON (Average Fuel Economy): This shows theaverage fuel economy since the last reset.

INST ECON (Instantaneous Fuel Economy): Thisshows fuel economy for the most recent secondof driving.

RANGE (Trip Range): This shows the estimateddistance that can be traveled with the remaining fuel.The fuel economy used to calculate range is basedon the last few hours of driving. When in a lowfuel condition, LO is displayed.

FUEL USED (Trip Fuel Used): This shows theaccumulated fuel used since the last reset.

AVG SPEED (Average Speed): This shows theaverage speed since the last reset.

Resetting the Trip ComputerPress and hold the RESET button for at least threeseconds. The reset is acknowledged with all segmentsof the display lit briefly and a chime. A reset canonly be done in AVG ECON, FUEL USED and AVGSPEED displays. Each setting must be reset individually.

3-51

Page 164: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Audio System(s)Notice: Before adding any sound equipment toyour vehicle, like a tape player, CB radio, mobiletelephone, or two-way radio, make sure that it canbe added by checking with your dealer. Also,check federal rules covering mobile radio andtelephone units. If sound equipment can be added,it is very important to do it properly. Addedsound equipment may interfere with the operationof your vehicle’s engine, radio, or other systems,and even damage them. Your vehicle’s systems mayinterfere with the operation of sound equipmentthat has been added improperly.

Figure out which audio system is in your vehicle, findout what your audio system can do, and how to operateall of its controls.

Your vehicle has a feature called Retained AccessoryPower (RAP). With RAP, the audio system can beplayed even after the ignition is turned off. See RetainedAccessory Power (RAP) on page 2-17 for moreinformation.

Setting the TimePress and hold the HR or MN buttons for two seconds.The clock symbol will appear on the display. Thenpress and hold HR until the correct hour appears on thedisplay. AM or PM will appear for morning or eveninghours. Press and hold MN until the correct minuteappears on the display. The time can be set with theignition on or off.

To synchronize the time with an FM station broadcastingRadio Data System (RDS) information, press andhold HR and MN at the same time for two seconds untilUPDATED and the clock symbol appear on thedisplay. If the time is not available from the station, NOUPDAT will appear on the display.

RDS time is broadcast once a minute. After tuning to anRDS broadcast station, it may take a few minutes forthe time to update.

3-52

Page 165: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Radio with Cassette

Radio Data System (RDS)The audio system has a Radio Data System (RDS).RDS features are available for use only on FM stationsthat broadcast RDS information.

With RDS, the radio can do the following:

• Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type ofprogramming

• Receive announcements concerning local andnational emergencies

• Display messages from radio stations

• Seek to stations with traffic announcements

This system relies upon receiving specific informationfrom these stations and will only work when theinformation is available. In rare cases, a radio stationmay broadcast incorrect information that will causethe radio features to work improperly. If this happens,contact the radio station.

While the radio is tuned to an RDS station, the stationname or call letters will appear on the display instead ofthe frequency. RDS stations may also provide the time ofday, a program type (PTY) for current programming, andthe name of the program being broadcast.

XM™ Satellite Radio ServiceXM™ is a satellite radio service that is based in the48 contiguous United States. XM™ offers 100 coast tocoast channels including music, news, sports, talk, andchildren’s programming. XM™ provides digital qualityaudio and text information that includes song title andartist name. A service fee is required in order to receivethe XM™ service. For more information, contact XM™ atwww.xmradio.com or call 1-800-852-XMXM (9696).

3-53

Page 166: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Playing the Radio

PWR (Power): Press this knob to turn the system onand off.

VOL (Volume): Turn this knob to increase or todecrease the volume.

DISPL (Display): Press this knob to switch the displaybetween the radio station frequency and the time. Whenthe ignition is off, press this knob to display the time.

For RDS, press the DISPL knob to change what appearson the display while using RDS. The display options arestation name, RDS station frequency, PTY, and the nameof the program (if available).

For XM™ (if equipped), press the DISPL knob while inXM mode to retrieve four different categories ofinformation related to the current song or channel:Artist, Song Title, Category or PTY, ChannelNumber/Channel Name.

To change the default on the display, press the DISPLknob until you see the display you want, then hold theknob for two seconds. The radio will produce one beepand the selected display will now be the default.

AUTO VOL (Automatic Volume): With automaticvolume, the audio system adjusts automatically to makeup for road and wind noise as you drive.

Set the volume at the desired level. Press this button toselect LOW, MEDIUM, or HIGH. AVOL will appear on thedisplay. Each higher setting will allow for more volumecompensation at faster vehicle speeds. Then as youdrive, automatic volume increases the volume, asnecessary, to overcome noise at any speed. The volumelevel should always sound the same to you as you drive.NONE will appear on the display if the radio cannotdetermine the vehicle speed. To turn automatic volumeoff, press this button until OFF appears on the display.

Finding a Station

BAND: Press this button to switch between FM1, FM2,AM, or XM1 or XM2 (if equipped). The display willshow the selection.

TUNE: Turn this knob to select radio stations.

q SEEKr: Press the right or the left arrow to go tothe next or to the previous station and stay there.

The radio will only seek stations with a strong signalthat are in the selected band.

3-54

Page 167: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

q PSCANr (Preset Scan): Press and hold eitherarrow for more than two seconds until SCAN appears onthe display and you hear a beep. The radio will go tothe first preset station stored on the pushbuttons,play for a few seconds, then go on to the next presetstation. Press either arrow again or one of thepushbuttons to stop scanning presets.

The radio will only scan the preset stations with a strongsignal that are in the selected band.

Setting Preset StationsUp to 30 stations (six FM1, six FM2, and six AM,six XM1 and six XM2 (if equipped)), can be programmedon the six numbered pushbuttons, by performing thefollowing steps:

1. Turn the radio on.2. Press BAND to select FM1, FM2, AM, or XM1

or XM2.3. Tune in the desired station.4. Press AUTO TONE to select the equalization.5. Press and hold one of the six numbered

pushbuttons until you hear a beep. Whenever thatnumbered pushbutton is pressed, the stationthat was set will return and the equalization thatwas selected will be stored for that pushbutton.

6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.

Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble)

AUDIO: Push and release the AUDIO knob until BASSor TREB appears on the display. Then turn the knobto increase or to decrease. The display will showthe bass or the treble level. If a station is weak or noisy,decrease the treble.

To adjust the bass and the treble to the middle position,push and hold the AUDIO knob. The radio will produceone beep and adjust the display level to the middleposition.

To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middleposition, push and hold the AUDIO knob when no toneor speaker control is displayed. ALL will appear onthe display and you will hear a beep.

AUTO TONE (Automatic Tone): Press this button toselect customized equalization settings designedfor country/western, jazz, talk, pop, rock, and classical.

To return the bass and treble to the manual mode,push and release the AUDIO knob until MANUALappears on the display.

3-55

Page 168: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade)

AUDIO: To adjust the balance between the rightand the left speakers, push and release the AUDIOknob until BAL appears on the display. Turn the knob tomove the sound toward the right or the left speakers.

To adjust the fade between the front and the rearspeakers, push and release the AUDIO knob until FADEappears on the display. Turn the knob to move thesound toward the front or the rear speakers.

To adjust the balance and the fade to the middleposition, push the AUDIO knob, then push it again andhold it until you hear one beep. The balance and thefade will be adjusted to the middle position and thedisplay will show the speaker balance.

To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middleposition, push and hold the AUDIO knob when no toneor speaker control is displayed. ALL will appear onthe display and you will hear a beep.

Finding a Program Type (PTY) Station(RDS and XM™)To select and find a desired PTY perform the following:

1. Press the P-TYPE knob to activate programtype select mode. TYPE and a PTY will appear onthe display.

2. Turn the P-TYPE knob to select a PTY.

3. Once the desired PTY is displayed, press the SEEKTYPE button to take you to the PTY’s first station.

4. To go to another station within that PTY and thePTY is displayed, press the SEEK TYPE buttononce. If the PTY is not displayed, press the SEEKTYPE button twice to display the PTY and goto another station.

5. Press the P-TYPE knob to exit program typeselect mode.If PTY times out and is no longer on the display, goback to Step 1.

If both PTY and TRAF are on, the radio will searchfor stations with the selected PTY and trafficannouncements.

If the radio cannot find the desired program type, NONEwill appear on the display and the radio will return tothe last tuned station.

3-56

Page 169: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

BAND (Alternate Frequency): Alternate frequencyallows the radio to switch to a stronger station with thesame program type. To turn alternate frequency on,press and hold BAND for two seconds. AF ON willappear on the display. The radio may switch to stationswith a stronger frequency.

To turn alternate frequency off, press and hold BANDagain for two seconds. AF OFF will appear on thedisplay. The radio will not switch to other stations.

This function does not apply to XM™ Satellite RadioService.

RDS Messages

ALERT!: Alert warns of local or national emergencies.When an alert announcement comes on the currentradio station, ALERT! will appear on the display. You willhear the announcement, even if the volume is low ora cassette tape is playing. If a cassette tape is playing,play will stop during the announcement. Alertannouncements cannot be turned off.

ALERT! will not be affected by tests of the emergencybroadcast system. This feature is not supported byall RDS stations.

INFO (Information): If the current station has amessage, INFO will appear on the display. Press thisbutton to see the message. The message may displaythe artist, song title, call in phone numbers, etc.

If the entire message is not displayed, parts of themessage will appear every three seconds. To scrollthrough the message, press and release the INFObutton. A new group of words will appear on the displayafter every press of this button. Once the completemessage has been displayed, INFO will disappear fromthe display until another new message is received.The last message can be displayed by pressingthe INFO button. The last message can be viewed untila new message is received or the station is changed.

When a message is not available from a station,NO INFO will appear on the display.

3-57

Page 170: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

TRAF (Traffic): If TRAF appears on the display, thetuned station broadcasts traffic announcementsand when a traffic announcement comes on the tunedradio station you will hear it.

If the station does not broadcast traffic announcements,press the TRAF button and the radio will seek to astation that does. When a station that broadcasts trafficannouncements is found, the radio will stop seekingand TRAF will appear on the display. If no stationis found that broadcasts traffic announcements, NOTRAF will appear on the display.

If TRAF is on the display, press the TRAF button to turnoff the traffic announcements.

The radio will play the traffic announcement even if thevolume is low. The radio will interrupt the play of acassette tape if the last tuned station broadcasts trafficannouncements.

This function does not apply to XM™ Satellite RadioService.

Radio Messages

CAL ERR (Calibration Error): The audio system hasbeen calibrated for your vehicle from the factory. IfCAL ERR appears on the display it means that the radiohas not been configured properly for the vehicle andmust be returned to your GM dealer for service.

LOCKED: This message is displayed when theTHEFTLOCK® system has locked up. Take the vehicleto your GM dealer for service.

If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot becorrected, contact your GM dealer.

3-58

Page 171: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

XM™ Radio MessagesRadio Display Message Condition Action Required

XL (Explicit LanguageChannels)

XL on the radio display,after the channel name,indicates content withexplicit language.

These channels, or any others, can be blocked at acustomer’s request, by calling 1-800-852-XMXM (9696).

Updating Updatingencryption code

The encryption code in the receiver is being updated, andno action is required. This process should take no longerthan 30 seconds.

No Signl Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly, but the vehicle is in alocation that is blocking the XM signal. When the vehicle ismoved into an open area, the signal should return.

Loading Acquiring channel audio(after 4 second delay)

The system is acquiring and processing audio and textdata. No action is needed. This message should disappearshortly.

Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service. Tune to anotherchannel.

CH Unavl Channel no longeravailable

This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned.Tune to another station. If this station was one of thepresets, choose another station for that preset button.

No Info Artist Name/Feature notavailable

No artist information is available at this time on thischannel. The system is working properly.

No Info Song/Program Title notavailable

No song title information is available at this time on thischannel. The system is working properly.

3-59

Page 172: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

XM™ Radio Messages (cont’d)Radio Display Message Condition Action Required

No Info Category Name notavailable

No category information is available at this time on thischannel. The system is working properly.

No Info No Text/Informationalmessage available

No text or informational messages are available at thistime on this channel. The system is working properly.

Not Found No channel available forthe chosen category

There are no channels available for the selected category.The system is working properly.

XM Lock Theft lock active The XM receiver in your vehicle may have previously beenin another vehicle. For security purposes, XM receiverscannot be swapped between vehicles. If this message isreceived after having your vehicle serviced, check withyour GM dealer.

Radio ID Radio ID label(channel 0)

If tuned to channel 0, this message will alternate with theXM Radio eight digit radio ID label. This label is needed toactivate the service.

Unknown Radio ID not known(should only be ifhardware failure)

If this message is received when tuned to channel 0, theremay be a receiver fault. Consult with your GM dealer.

Check XM Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time,the receiver may have a fault. Consult with your GMdealer.

3-60

Page 173: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Playing a Cassette TapeThe tape player is built to work best with tapes that areup to 30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapeslonger than that are so thin they may not work well inthis player. The longer side with the tape visible shouldface to the right. If you hear nothing or hear a garbledsound, the tape may not be in squarely. Press the EJTbutton to remove the tape and start over.

If the ignition and radio are off, press the EJT button orthe DISPL knob to insert and to begin play of a tape.If the ignition is on and the radio is off, the tape can beinserted and will begin playing. A tape symbol willappear on the display when a tape is inserted.

While the tape is playing, use VOL, TUNE, SEEK, andPSCAN controls just as you do for the radio. Thetape symbol and an arrow showing which side of thetape is playing will appear on the display.

Cassette tape adapter kits for portable CD players willwork in the cassette tape player. See “CD Adapter Kits”later for more information.

Your tape bias is set automatically when a metal orchrome tape is inserted.

If an error appears on the display, see “Cassette TapeMessages” later in this section.

1 PREV (Previous): The tape must have at leastthree seconds of silence between each selection forprevious to work. Press this pushbutton to go tothe previous selection on the tape if the current selectionhas been playing for less than three seconds. Ifpressed when the current selection has been playingfrom three to 13 seconds, it will go to the beginningof the previous selection or the beginning of the currentselection, depending on the position on the tape. Ifpressed when the current selection has been playing formore than 13 seconds, it will go to the beginning ofthe current selection.

SEEK and a negative number will appear on the displaywhile the cassette player is in the previous mode.Pressing this pushbutton multiple times will increase thenumber of selections to be searched back, up to -9.

2 NEXT: The tape must have at least three seconds ofsilence between each selection for next to work. Pressthis pushbutton to go to the next selection on the tape. Ifyou press this pushbutton more than once, the player willcontinue moving forward through the tape. SEEK and apositive number will appear on the display.

3-61

Page 174: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

3 REV (Reverse): Press this pushbutton to quicklyreverse the tape. The station frequency and REV willappear on the display. Press it again to return to playingspeed. The radio will play while the tape reverses.Select stations during reverse operation using TUNEand the SEEK arrows.

4 FWD (Forward): Press this pushbutton to quicklyadvance the tape. The station frequency and FWD willappear on the display. Press the pushbutton againto return to playing speed. The radio will play while thetape advances. Select stations during forwardoperation using TUNE and the SEEK arrows.

5X SIDE: Press this pushbutton to play the other sideof the tape.

q SEEKr: The tape must have at leastthree seconds of silence between each selection forseek to work. The left arrow is the same as the PREVpushbutton and the right arrow is the same as the NEXTpushbutton. If either arrow is held or pressed morethan once, the player will continue moving backward orforward through the tape.

BAND: Press this button to listen to the radio when atape is playing. The inactive tape will remain safelyinside the radio for future listening.

TAPE AUX (Auxiliary): Press this button to play acassette tape when listening to the radio. The tapesymbol will appear on the display when a tape is loaded.

Z EJT (Eject): Press this button to eject a tape.Eject may be activated with the radio off. Cassette tapesmay be loaded with the ignition and radio off if thisbutton is pressed first.

3-62

Page 175: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Cassette Tape Messages

CHK TAPE (Check Tape): If this message appears onthe display, it could be for one of the followingreasons:

• The tape is tight and the player cannot turn thetape hubs. Remove the tape. Hold the tape withthe open end down and try to turn the righthub counterclockwise with a pencil. Turn the tapeover and repeat. If the hubs do not turn easily,the tape may be damaged and should not be usedin the player. Try a new tape to make sure theplayer is working properly.

• The tape is broken. Try a new tape.

• The tape is wrapped around the tape head. Attemptto get the cassette out. Try a new tape.

CLEAN: If this message appears on the display, thecassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It will still playtapes, but it should be cleaned as soon as possible toprevent damage to the tapes and player. See Careof Your Cassette Tape Player on page 3-88.

If the cassette is not playing correctly, for any otherreason, try a known good cassette.

If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot becorrected, contact your GM dealer. If the radio displaysan error message, write it down and provide it toyour GM dealer when reporting the problem.

CD Adapter KitsIt is possible to use a portable CD player adapter kitwith the cassette tape player after activating the bypassfeature on the tape player.

To activate the bypass feature, use the following steps:

1. Turn the radio off.

2. Press and hold the TAPE AUX button forfive seconds. READY will appear on the display,indicating the feature is active.

3. Insert the adapter into the cassette slot. It willpower up the radio and begin playing.

The override feature will remain active until the EJTbutton is pressed.

3-63

Page 176: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Radio with CD

Radio Data System (RDS)The audio system has a Radio Data System (RDS).RDS features are available for use only on FM stationsthat broadcast RDS information.

With RDS, the radio can do the following:

• Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type ofprogramming

• Receive announcements concerning local andnational emergencies

• Display messages from radio stations

• Seek to stations with traffic announcements

This system relies upon receiving specific informationfrom these stations and will only work when theinformation is available. In rare cases, a radio stationmay broadcast incorrect information that will causethe radio features to work improperly. If this happens,contact the radio station.

While the radio is tuned to an RDS station, the stationname or call letters will appear on the display instead ofthe frequency. RDS stations may also provide the time ofday, a program type (PTY) for current programming, andthe name of the program being broadcast.

XM™ Satellite Radio ServiceXM™ is a satellite radio service that is based in the48 contiguous United States. XM™ offers 100 coast tocoast channels including music, news, sports, talk, andchildren’s programming. XM™ provides digital qualityaudio and text information that includes song title andartist name. A service fee is required in order to receivethe XM™ service. For more information, contact XM™ atwww.xmradio.com or call 1-800-852-XMXM (9696).

3-64

Page 177: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Playing the Radio

PWR (Power): Press this knob to turn the system onand off.

VOL (Volume): Turn this knob to increase or todecrease the volume.

AUTO VOL (Automatic Volume): With automaticvolume, the audio system adjusts automatically to makeup for road and wind noise as you drive.

Set the volume at the desired level. Press this button toselect LOW, MEDIUM, or HIGH. AVOL will appear on thedisplay. Each higher setting will allow for more volumecompensation at faster vehicle speeds. Then, as youdrive, automatic volume increases the volume, asnecessary, to overcome noise at any speed. The volumelevel should always sound the same to you as you drive.NONE will appear on the display if the radio cannotdetermine the vehicle speed. To turn automatic volumeoff, press this button until OFF appears on the display.

DISPL (Display): Press this knob to switch the displaybetween the radio station frequency and the time. Whenthe ignition is off, press this knob to display the time.

For RDS, press the DISPL knob to change what appearson the display while using RDS. The display options arestation name, RDS station frequency, PTY, and the nameof the program (if available).

For XM™ (if equipped), press the DISPL knob while inXM™ mode to retrieve four different categories ofinformation related to the current song or channel:Artist, Song Title, Category or PTY, ChannelNumber/Channel Name.

To change the default on the display, press the DISPLknob until you see the display you want, then hold theknob for two seconds. The radio will produce a beep andthe selected display will now be the default.

Finding a Station

BAND: Press this button to switch between FM1, FM2,AM, or XM1 or XM2 (if equipped). The display willshow the selection.

TUNE: Turn this knob to select radio stations.

q SEEKr: Press the right or the left arrow to go tothe next or to the previous station and stay there.

The radio will only seek stations with a strong signalthat are in the selected band.

3-65

Page 178: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

q PSCANr (Preset Scan): Press and hold eitherarrow for more than two seconds. SCAN will appear onthe display and you will hear a beep. The radio willgo to the first preset station stored on the pushbuttons,play for a few seconds, then go on to the next presetstation. Press either arrow again or one of thepushbuttons to stop scanning presets.

The radio will only scan the preset stations with a strongsignal that are in the selected band.

Setting Preset StationsUp to 30 stations (six FM1, six FM2, and six AM,six XM1 and six XM2 (if equipped)), can be programmedon the six numbered pushbuttons, by performing thefollowing steps:

1. Turn the radio on.2. Press BAND to select FM1, FM2, AM, or XM1

or XM2.3. Tune in the desired station.4. Press AUTO TONE to select the equalization.5. Press and hold one of the six numbered

pushbuttons until you hear a beep. Whenever thatnumbered pushbutton is pressed, the stationthat was set will return and the equalization thatwas selected will be stored for that pushbutton.

6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.

Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble)

AUDIO: Push and release the AUDIO knob until BASSor TREB appears on the display. Turn the knob toincrease or to decrease. The display will show the bassor the treble level. If a station is weak or noisy,decrease the treble.

To adjust the bass and the treble to the middle position,push and hold the AUDIO knob. The radio will produceone beep and adjust the display level to the middleposition.

To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middleposition, push and hold the AUDIO knob when no toneor speaker control is displayed. ALL will appear onthe display, you will hear a beep, and the display levelwill be adjusted to the middle position.

AUTO TONE (Automatic Tone): Press this button toselect customized equalization settings designedfor country/western, jazz, talk, pop, rock, and classical.

To return the bass and treble to the manual mode,push and release the AUDIO knob until MANUALappears on the display.

3-66

Page 179: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade)

AUDIO: To adjust the balance between the rightand the left speakers, push and release the AUDIOknob until BAL appears on the display. Turn the knob tomove the sound toward the right or the left speakers.

To adjust the fade between the front and the rearspeakers, push and release the AUDIO knob until FADEappears on the display. Turn the knob to move thesound toward the front or the rear speakers.

To adjust the balance and the fade to the middleposition, push the AUDIO knob, then push it again andhold it until you hear one beep. The balance and thefade will be adjusted to the middle position and thedisplay will show the speaker balance.

To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middleposition, push and hold the AUDIO knob when no toneor speaker control is displayed. ALL will appear onthe display, you will hear a beep, and the display levelwill be adjusted to the middle position.

Finding a Program Type (PTY) Station(RDS and XM™)To select and find a desired PTY perform the following:

1. Press the P-TYPE knob to activate programtype select mode. TYPE and a PTY will appear onthe display.

2. Turn the P-TYPE knob to select a PTY.

3. Once the desired PTY is displayed, press theSEEK TYPE button to select the PTY and totake you to the PTY’s first station.

4. To go to another station within that PTY and thePTY is displayed, press the SEEK TYPE buttononce. If the PTY is not displayed, press the SEEKTYPE button twice to display the PTY and thento go to another station.

5. Press the P-TYPE knob to exit program typeselect mode.If PTY times out and is no longer on the display,go back to Step 1.

If both PTY and TRAF are on, the radio will search forstations with the selected PTY and trafficannouncements.

If the radio cannot find the desired program type, NONEwill appear on the display and the radio will return tothe last station you were listening to.

3-67

Page 180: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

BAND (Alternate Frequency): Alternate frequencyallows the radio to switch to a stronger station with thesame program type. To turn alternate frequency on,press and hold BAND for two seconds. AF ON willappear on the display. The radio may switch to stationswith a stronger frequency.

To turn alternate frequency off, press and hold BANDagain for two seconds. AF OFF will appear on thedisplay. The radio will not switch to other stations.

This function does not apply for XM™ Satellite RadioService.

RDS Messages

ALERT!: Alert warns of local or national emergencies.When an alert announcement comes on the currentradio station, ALERT! will appear on the display. You willhear the announcement, even if the volume is low ora CD is playing. If a CD is playing, play will stop duringthe announcement. Alert announcements cannot beturned off.

ALERT! will not be affected by tests of the emergencybroadcast system. This feature is not supported byall RDS stations.

INFO (Information): If the current station has amessage, the information symbol will appear on thedisplay. Press this button to see the message. Themessage may display the artist, song title, call in phonenumbers, etc.

If the entire message is not displayed, parts of themessage will appear every three seconds. To scrollthrough the message, press and release the INFObutton. A new group of words will appear on the displayafter every press of the button. Once the completemessage has been displayed, the information symbolwill disappear from the display until another newmessage is received. The last message can bedisplayed by pressing the INFO button. You can viewthe last message until a new message is receivedor a different station is tuned to.

When a message is not available from a station, NOINFO will appear on the display.

3-68

Page 181: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

TRAF (Traffic): If TRAF appears on the display, thetuned station broadcasts traffic announcementsand when a traffic announcement comes on the tunedradio station you will hear it.

If the station does not broadcast traffic announcements,press the TRAF button and the radio will seek to astation that does. When a station that broadcasts trafficannouncements is found, the radio will stop seekingand TRAF will appear on the display. If no stationis found that broadcasts traffic announcements, NOTRAF will appear on the display.

If TRAF is on the display, press the TRAF button to turnoff the traffic announcements.

The radio will play the traffic announcement even if thevolume is low. The radio will interrupt the play of aCD if the last tuned station broadcasts trafficannouncements.

This function does not apply to XM™ Satellite RadioService.

Radio Messages

CAL ERR (Calibration Error): The audio system hasbeen calibrated for your vehicle from the factory. IfCAL ERR appears on the display, it means that the radiohas not been configured properly for your vehicle andmust be returned to the dealer for service.

LOCKED: This message is displayed when theTHEFTLOCK® system has locked up. Take the vehicleto the dealer for service.

If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot becorrected, contact your dealer.

3-69

Page 182: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

XM™ Radio MessagesRadio Display Message Condition Action Required

XL (Explicit LanguageChannels)

XL on the radio display,after the channel name,indicates content withexplicit language.

These channels, or any others, can be blocked at acustomer’s request, by calling 1-800-852-XMXM (9696).

Updating Updatingencryption code

The encryption code in the receiver is being updated, andno action is required. This process should take no longerthan 30 seconds.

No Signl Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly, but the vehicle is in alocation that is blocking the XM signal. When you moveinto an open area, the signal should return.

Loading Acquiring channel audio(after 4 second delay)

The audio system is acquiring and processing audio andtext data. No action is needed. This message shoulddisappear shortly.

Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service. Tune to anotherchannel.

CH Unavl Channel no longeravailable

This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned.Tune to another station. If this station was one of thepresets, choose another station for that preset button.

No Info Artist Name/Feature notavailable

No artist information is available at this time on thischannel. The system is working properly.

No Info Song/Program Title notavailable

No song title information is available at this time on thischannel. The system is working properly.

3-70

Page 183: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

XM™ Radio Messages (cont’d)Radio Display Message Condition Action Required

No Info Category Name notavailable

No category information is available at this time on thischannel. The system is working properly.

No Info No Text/Informationalmessage available

No text or informational messages are available at thistime on this channel. The system is working properly.

Not Found No channel available forthe chosen category

There are no channels available for the selected category.The system is working properly.

XM Lock Theft lock active The XM receiver in your vehicle may have previously beenin another vehicle. For security purposes, XM receiverscannot be swapped between vehicles. If this message isreceived after having your vehicle serviced, check with theservicing facility.

Radio ID Radio ID label(channel 0)

If tuned to channel 0, this message will alternate with theXM Radio 8 digit radio ID label. This label is needed toactivate the service.

Unknown Radio ID not known(should only be ifhardware failure)

If this message is received when tuned to channel 0, theremay be a receiver fault. Consult with your dealer.

Check XM Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time,the receiver may have a fault. Consult with your dealer.

3-71

Page 184: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Playing a CDInsert a CD partway into the slot, label side up. Theplayer will pull it in and the CD should begin playing. Ifyou want to insert a CD with the ignition off, firstpress the EJT button or the DISPL knob.

If the ignition or radio is turned off with a CD in theplayer, it will stay in the player. When the ignition or theradio is turned on, the CD will start playing, where itstopped, if it was the last selected audio source.

When the CD is inserted, the CD symbol will appear onthe display. As each new track starts to play, thetrack number will appear on the display.

The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch (8 cm) singleCDs with an adapter ring. Full-size CDs and thesmaller CDs are loaded in the same manner.

If playing a CD-R the sound quality may be reduceddue to CD-R quality, the method of recording, the qualityof the music that has been recorded, and the way theCD-R has been handled. There may be an increasein skipping, difficulty in finding tracks, and/or difficulty inloading and ejecting. If these problems occur try aknown good CD.

Do not add paper labels to CDs, they could get caughtin the CD player.

If an error appears on the display, see “CD Messages”later in this section.

1 PREV (Previous): Press this pushbutton to go to thestart of the current track if more than eight secondshave played. TRACK and the track number will appearon the display. If this pushbutton is held or pressedmore than once, the player will continue movingbackward through the CD.

2 NEXT: Press this pushbutton to go to the next track.TRACK and the track number will appear on thedisplay. If this pushbutton is held or pressed more thanonce, the player will continue moving forward throughthe CD.

3 REV (Reverse): Press and hold this pushbutton toreverse quickly within a track. Press and hold thispushbutton for less than two seconds to reverse atsix times the normal playing speed. Press and hold it formore than two seconds to reverse at 17 times thenormal playing speed. Release this pushbutton to playthe passage. ET and the elapsed time of the trackwill appear on the display.

4 FWD (Forward): Press and hold this pushbutton toadvance quickly within a track. Press and hold thispushbutton for less than two seconds to advance atsix times the normal playing speed. Press and hold it formore than two seconds to advance at 17 times thenormal playing speed. Release this pushbutton to playthe passage. ET and the elapsed time of the trackwill appear on the display.

3-72

Page 185: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

6 RDM (Random): Press this pushbutton to hear thetracks in random, rather than sequential, order. RDM ONwill appear on the display. RDM T and the tracknumber will appear on the display when each trackstarts to play. Press RDM again to turn off random play.RDM OFF will appear on the display.

q SEEKr: Press the left arrow to go to the start ofthe current or to the previous track. Press the rightarrow to go to the start of the next track. If either arrowis held or pressed more than once, the player willcontinue moving backward or forward through the CD.

DISPL (Display): Press this knob to see how long thecurrent track has been playing. ET and the elapsed timeof the track will appear on the display. To change thedefault on the display, track or elapsed time, press theknob until you see the display you want, then hold theknob for two seconds. The radio will produce one beepand the selected display will now be the default.

BAND: Press this button to listen to the radio when aCD is playing. The inactive CD will remain safelyinside the radio for future listening.

CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press this button to play a CDwhen listening to the radio. The CD symbol will appearon the display when a CD is loaded.

Z EJT (Eject): Press this button to eject a CD. Ejectmay be activated with either the ignition or radio off.CDs may be loaded with the ignition and radio off if thisbutton is pressed first.

CD Messages

CHECK CD: If this message appears on the displayand/or the CD comes out, it could be for one of thefollowing reasons:

• It is very hot. When the temperature returns tonormal, the CD should play.

• You are driving on a very rough road. When theroad becomes smoother, the CD should play.

• The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, or upside down.

• The air is very humid. If so, wait about an hour andtry again.

• There may have been a problem while burningthe CD.

• The label may be caught in the CD player.

If the CD is not playing correctly, for any other reason,try a known good CD.

If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot becorrected, contact your dealer. If the radio displaysan error message, write it down and provide it to yourdealer when reporting the problem.

3-73

Page 186: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Radio with Cassette and CD

Radio Data System (RDS)The audio system has a Radio Data System (RDS).RDS features are available for use only on FM stationsthat broadcast RDS information.

With RDS, the radio can do the following:

• Seek to stations broadcasting the selected type ofprogramming

• Receive announcements concerning local andnational emergencies

• Display messages from radio stations

• Seek to stations with traffic announcements.

This system relies upon receiving specific informationfrom these stations and will only work when theinformation is available. In rare cases, a radio stationmay broadcast incorrect information that will causethe radio features to work improperly. If this happens,contact the radio station.

While the radio is tuned to an RDS station, the stationname or call letters will appear on the display instead ofthe frequency. RDS stations may also provide the time ofday, a program type (PTY) for current programming, andthe name of the program being broadcast.

XM™ Satellite Radio ServiceXM™ is a satellite radio service that is based in the48 contiguous Untied States. XM™ offers 100 coast tocoast channels including music, news, sports, talk, andchildren’s programming. XM™ provides digital qualityaudio and text information that includes song title andartist name. A service fee is required in order to receivethe XM™ service. For more information, contact XM™ atwww.xmradio.com or call 1-800-852-XMXM (9696).

3-74

Page 187: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Playing the Radio

PWR (Power): Press this knob to turn the system onand off.

VOL (Volume): Turn this knob to increase or todecrease the volume.

DISPL (Display): For RDS, press this knob to changewhat appears on the display while using RDS. Thedisplay options are station name, RDS station frequency,PTY, and the name of the program (if available).

For XM™ (if equipped), press the DISPL knob while inXM mode to retrieve four different categories ofinformation related to the current song or channel:Artist, Song Title, Category or PTY, ChannelNumber/Channel Name.

To change the default on the display, press the DISPLknob until you see the display you want, then holdthe knob for two seconds. The radio will produceone beep and the selected display will now be thedefault.

AUTO VOL (Automatic Volume): With automaticvolume, the audio system adjusts automatically to makeup for road and wind noise as you drive.

Set the volume at the desired level. Press this button toselect LOW, MEDIUM, or HIGH. AVOL will appear on thedisplay. Each higher setting will allow for more volumecompensation at faster vehicle speeds. NONE will appearon the display if the radio cannot determine the vehiclespeed. To turn automatic volume off, press this buttonuntil OFF appears on the display.

Finding a StationBAND: Press this button to switch between FM1, FM2,AM, or XM1 or XM2 (if equipped). The display willshow the selection.

TUNE: Turn this knob to select radio stations.

q SEEKr: Press the right or the left arrow to go tothe next or to the previous station and stay there.

The radio will only seek stations with a strong signalthat are in the selected band.

q PSCANr (Preset Scan): Press and hold eitherarrow for more than two seconds until SCAN appears onthe display and you hear a beep. The radio will go to thefirst preset station, play for a few seconds, then go on tothe next preset station. Press either arrow again or one ofthe pushbuttons to stop scanning presets.

The radio will only scan stations with a strong signal thatare in the selected band.

3-75

Page 188: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Setting Preset StationsUp to 30 stations (six FM1, six FM2, and six AM,six XM1 and six XM2 (if equipped), can be programmedon the six numbered pushbuttons, by performing thefollowing steps:

1. Turn the radio on.

2. Press BAND to select FM1, FM2, AM, or XM1,or XM2.

3. Tune in the desired station.

4. Press AUTO TONE to select the equalization.

5. Press and hold one of the six numberedpushbuttons until you hear a beep. Whenever thatnumbered pushbutton is pressed, the stationthat was set will return and the equalization thatwas selected will be stored for that pushbutton.

6. Repeat the steps for each pushbutton.

Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble)

AUDIO: Push and release the AUDIO knob until BASSor TREB appears on the display. Then turn the knobto increase or to decrease. The display will showthe bass or the treble level. If a station is weak or noisy,decrease the treble.

To adjust the bass and the treble to the middle position,push and hold the AUDIO knob. The radio will produceone beep and adjust the display level to the middleposition.

To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middleposition, push and hold the AUDIO knob when no toneor speaker control is displayed. ALL will appear onthe display and you will hear a beep.

AUTO TONE (Automatic Tone): Press this button toselect customized equalization settings designedfor country/western, jazz, talk, pop, rock, and classical.

To return the bass and treble to the manual mode,push and release the AUDIO knob until MANUALappears on the display.

3-76

Page 189: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade)

AUDIO: To adjust the balance between the right and theleft speakers, push and release the AUDIO knob untilBAL appears on the display. Turn the AUDIO knob tomove the sound toward the right or the left speakers.

To adjust the fade between the front and the rearspeakers, push and release the AUDIO knob until FADEappears on the display. Turn the knob to move the soundtoward the front or the rear speakers.

To adjust the balance and the fade to the middle position,push the AUDIO knob, then push it again and hold it untilyou hear one beep. The balance and the fade will beadjusted to the middle position and the display will showthe speaker balance.

To adjust all tone and speaker controls to the middleposition, push and hold the AUDIO knob when no tone orspeaker control is displayed. ALL will appear on thedisplay and you will hear a beep.

Finding a Program Type (PTY) Station(RDS and XM™)To select and find a desired PTY perform the following:

1. Press the P-TYPE knob to activate programtype select mode. TYPE and a PTY will appear onthe display.

2. Turn the P-TYPE knob to select a PTY.

3. Once the desired PTY is displayed, press theSEEK TYPE button to select and to take you to thePTY’s first station.

4. To go to another station within that PTY and thePTY is displayed, press the SEEK TYPE buttononce. If the PTY is not displayed, press the SEEKTYPE button twice to display the PTY and thento go to another station.

5. Press the P-TYPE knob to exit program typeselect mode.If PTY times out and is no longer on the display, goback to Step 1.

If both PTY and TRAF are on, the radio will search forthe selected PTY and traffic announcements.

If the radio cannot find the desired PTY, NONE willappear on the display and the radio will return to the laststation you were listening to.

3-77

Page 190: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

BAND (Alternate Frequency): Alternate frequencyallows the radio to switch to a stronger station with thesame program type. To turn alternate frequency on,press and hold BAND for two seconds. AF ON willappear on the display. The radio may switch to stationswith a stronger frequency.

To turn alternate frequency off, press and hold BANDagain for two seconds. AF OFF will appear on thedisplay. The radio will not switch to other stations.

This function does not apply to XM™ Satellite RadioService.

RDS Messages

ALERT!: Alert warns of local or national emergencies.When an alert announcement comes on the current radiostation, ALERT! will appear on the display. You will hearthe announcement, even if the volume is low or acassette tape or CD is playing. If a cassette tape or CD isplaying, play will stop during the announcement. Alertannouncements cannot be turned off.

ALERT! will not be affected by tests of the emergencybroadcast system. This feature is not supported by allRDS stations.

INFO (Information): If the current station has amessage, the information symbol will appear on thedisplay. Press this button to see the message. Themessage may display the artist, song title, call in phonenumbers, etc.

If the entire message is not displayed, parts of themessage will appear every three seconds. To scrollthrough the message, press the INFO button. Anew group of words will appear on the display afterevery press of this button. Once the complete messagehas been displayed, the information symbol willdisappear from the display until another new messageis received. The last message can be displayed bypressing the INFO button. You can view the lastmessage until a new message is received or a differentstation is tuned to.

3-78

Page 191: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

TRAF (Traffic): If TRAF appears on the display, thetuned station broadcasts traffic announcementsand when a traffic announcement comes on the tunedradio station you will hear it.

If the station does not broadcast traffic announcements,press the TRAF button and the radio will seek to astation that does. When a station that broadcasts trafficannouncements is found, the radio will stop seekingand TRAF will appear on the display. If no stationis found, NO TRAF will appear on the display.

If TRAF is on the display, press the TRAF button to turnoff the traffic announcements.

The radio will play the traffic announcement even if thevolume is low. The radio will interrupt the play of acassette tape or a CD if the last tuned station broadcaststraffic announcements.

This function does not apply to XM™ Satellite RadioService.

Radio Messages

CAL ERR (Calibrate Error): The audio system hasbeen calibrated for your vehicle from the factory. If CALERR appears on the display, it means that the radiohas not been configured properly for the vehicleand must be returned to your GM dealer for service.

LOCKED: This message is displayed when theTHEFTLOCK® system has locked up. Return yourvehicle to your GM dealer for service.

If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot becorrected, contact your GM dealer.

3-79

Page 192: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

XM™ Radio MessagesRadio Display Message Condition Action Required

XL (Explicit LanguageChannels)

XL on the radio display,after the channel name,indicates content withexplicit language.

These channels, or any others, can be blocked at acustomer’s request, by calling 1-800-852-XMXM (9696).

Updating Updatingencryption code

The encryption code in the receiver is being updated, andno action is required. This process should take no longerthan 30 seconds.

No Signl Loss of signal The system is functioning correctly, but the vehicle is in alocation that is blocking the XM signal. When you moveinto an open area, the signal should return.

Loading Acquiring channel audio(after 4 second delay)

The audio system is acquiring and processing audio andtext data. No action is needed. This message shoulddisappear shortly.

Off Air Channel not in service This channel is not currently in service. Tune to anotherchannel.

CH Unavl Channel no longeravailable

This previously assigned channel is no longer assigned.Tune to another station. If this station was one of thepresets, choose another station for that preset button.

No Info Artist Name/Feature notavailable

No artist information is available at this time on thischannel. The system is working properly.

No Info Song/Program Title notavailable

No song title information is available at this time on thischannel. The system is working properly.

3-80

Page 193: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

XM™ Radio Messages (cont’d)Radio Display Message Condition Action Required

No Info Category Name notavailable

No category information is available at this time on thischannel. The system is working properly.

No Info No Text/Informationalmessage available

No text or informational messages are available at thistime on this channel. The system is working properly.

Not Found No channel available forthe chosen category

There are no channels available for the selected category.The system is working properly.

XM Lock Theft lock active The XM receiver in the vehicle may have previously beenin another vehicle. For security purposes, XM receiverscannot be swapped between vehicles. If this message isreceived after having your vehicle serviced, check withyour GM dealer.

Radio ID Radio ID label(channel 0)

If tuned to channel 0, this message will alternate with theXM Radio 8 digit radio ID label. This label is needed toactivate the service.

Unknown Radio ID not known(should only be ifhardware failure)

If this message is received when tuned to channel 0, theremay be a receiver fault. Consult with your GM dealer.

Check XM Hardware failure If this message does not clear within a short period of time,the receiver may have a fault. Consult with your GMdealer.

3-81

Page 194: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Playing a Cassette TapeThe tape player is built to work best with tapes that areup to 30 to 45 minutes long on each side. Tapeslonger than that are so thin they may not work well inthis player. The longer side with the tape visible shouldface to the right. If you hear nothing or hear a garbledsound, the tape may not be in squarely. Press the EJTbutton to remove the tape and start over.

If the ignition and radio are off, press the EJT button orthe DISPL knob to insert and to begin play of a tape.If the ignition is on and the radio is off, the tape can beinserted and will begin playing.

While the tape is playing, use VOL, TUNE, SEEK, andPSCAN controls just as you do for the radio. TAPEand an arrow will appear on the display to show whichside of the tape is playing.

Cassette tape adapter kits for portable CD players willwork in the cassette tape player. See “CD Adapter Kits”later for more information.

The tape bias is set automatically when a metal orchrome tape is inserted.

If an error appears on the display, see “Cassette TapeMessages” later in this section.

1 PREV (Previous): The tape must have at least threeseconds of silence between each selection for previous towork. Press this pushbutton to go to the previousselection on the tape if the current selection has beenplaying for less than three seconds. If pressed when thecurrent selection has been playing from 3 to 13 seconds,it will go to the beginning of the previous selection or thebeginning of the current selection, depending upon theposition on the tape. If pressed when the currentselection has been playing for more than 13 seconds, itwill go to the beginning of the current selection.

SEEK and a negative number will appear on the displaywhile the cassette player is in the previous mode.Pressing this pushbutton multiple times will increase thenumber of selections to be searched back, up to -9.

2 NEXT: The tape must have at least three seconds ofsilence between each selection for next to work.Press this pushbutton to go to the next selection on thetape. If this pushbutton is pressed more than once,the player will continue moving forward through the tape.SEEK and a positive number will appear on thedisplay. To forward through each selection press theright SEEK arrow.

3-82

Page 195: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

3 REV (Reverse): Press this pushbutton to quicklyreverse the tape. The station frequency and REV willappear on the display and the radio will play while thetape reverses. Press this pushbutton again to return toplaying speed. You may select stations during reverseoperation using the TUNE knob and the SEEK arrows.

4 FWD (Forward): Press this pushbutton to quicklyadvance the tape. The station frequency and FWD willappear on the display and the radio will play while thetape advances. Press the pushbutton again to return toplaying speed. You may select stations during forwardoperation using the TUNE knob and the SEEK arrows.

5X SIDE: Press this pushbutton to play the other sideof the tape.

q SEEKr: If the right or the left arrow is held orpressed more than once, the player will continue movingforward or backward through the tape. SEEK and apositive or a negative number will appear on the display.

BAND: Press this button to listen to the radio when acassette tape or CD is playing. The inactive tape or CDwill remain safely inside the radio for future listening.

TAPE CD: Press this button to play a cassette tape orCD when listening to the radio. The inactive tape orCD will remain safely inside the radio for future listening.

Z EJT (Eject): Press this button, located next tothe cassette tape slot, to eject a tape. Eject maybe activated with the radio off. Cassette tapes may beloaded with the ignition and radio off if this button ispressed first.

3-83

Page 196: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Cassette Tape Messages

CHK TAPE (Check Tape): If this message appears onthe display, the tape will not play because of one ofthe following errors:

• The tape is tight and the player cannot turn thetape hubs. Remove the tape. Hold the tape withthe open end down and try to turn the righthub counterclockwise with a pencil. Turn the tapeover and repeat. If the hubs do not turn easily,the tape may be damaged and should not be usedin the player. Try a new tape to make sure theplayer is working properly.

• The tape is broken. Try a new tape.

• The tape is wrapped around the tape head. Attemptto get the cassette out. Try a new tape.

CLEAN: If this message appears on the display, thecassette tape player needs to be cleaned. It will still playtapes, but it should be cleaned as soon as possible toprevent damage to the tapes and player. See Careof Your Cassette Tape Player on page 3-88.

If the cassette tape is not playing correctly, for any otherreason, try a known good cassette.

If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot becorrected, contact your GM dealer. If the radio displaysan error message, write it down and provide it toyour GM dealer when reporting the problem.

CD Adapter KitsIt is possible to use a portable CD player with thecassette tape player after activating the bypass featureon the tape player.

To activate the bypass feature, use the following steps:

1. Turn the radio off.

2. Press and hold the TAPE CD button forfive seconds. READY will appear on the display,indicating the feature is active.

3. Insert the adapter into the cassette slot. It willpower up the radio and begin playing.

The override feature will remain active until EJTis pressed.

3-84

Page 197: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Playing a CDInsert a CD partway into the slot, label side up. Theplayer will pull it in and the CD should begin playing. Ifyou want to insert a CD with the ignition or the radiooff, first press the EJT button or the DISPL knob.

If the ignition or radio is turned off with the CD in theplayer, it will stay in the player. When the ignitionor radio is turned on, the CD will start playing where itstopped, if it was the last selected audio source.

When a CD is inserted, the CD symbol will appear onthe display. As each new track starts to play, thetrack number will appear on the display.

The CD player can play the smaller 3 inch (8 cm) singleCDs with an adapter ring. Full-size CDs and thesmaller CDs are loaded in the same manner.

If playing a CD-R the sound quality may be reduceddue to CD-R quality, the method of recording, the qualityof the music that has been recorded, and the way theCD-R has been handled. There may be an increasein skipping, difficulty in finding tracks, and/or difficulty inloading and ejecting. If these problems occur try aknown good CD.

Do not add paper labels to CDs, they could get caughtin the CD player.

If an error appears on the display, see “CD Messages”later in this section.

1 PREV (Previous): Press this pushbutton to go to thestart of the current track if more than eight secondshave played. TRACK and the track number will appearon the display. If this pushbutton is held or pressedmore than once, the player will continue movingbackward through the CD.

2 NEXT: Press this pushbutton to go to the next track.TRACK and the track number will appear on the display.If his pushbutton is held or pressed more than once, theplayer will continue moving forward through the CD.

3 REV (Reverse): Press and hold this pushbutton toreverse quickly within a track. Press and hold thispushbutton for less than two seconds to reverse atsix times the normal playing speed. Press and hold it formore than two seconds to reverse at 17 times the normalplaying speed. ET and the elapsed time of the track willappear on the display. Release this pushbutton to playthe passage.

4 FWD (Forward): Press and hold this pushbutton toadvance quickly within a track. Press and hold thispushbutton for less than two seconds to advance atsix times the normal playing speed. Press and hold thispushbutton for more than two seconds to advance at17 times the normal playing speed. ET and the elapsedtime of the track will appear on the display. Releasethis pushbutton to play the passage.

3-85

Page 198: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

6 RDM (Random): Press this pushbutton to hear thetracks in random, rather than sequential, order. RDM ONwill appear on the display. RDM T and the tracknumber will appear on the display when each trackstarts to play. Press RDM again to turn off random play.RDM OFF will appear on the display.

q SEEKr: Press the left arrow to go to the start ofthe current or of the previous track. Press the rightarrow to go to the start of the next track. If either arrowis held or pressed more than once, the player willcontinue moving backward or forward through the CD.

DISPL (Display): Press this knob to see how long thecurrent track has been playing. ET and the elapsed timeof the track will appear on the display. To change thedefault on the display, track or elapsed time, press theknob until you see the display you want, then hold theknob for two seconds. The radio will produce one beepand the selected display will now be the default.

BAND: Press this button to listen to the radio when acassette tape or a CD is playing. The inactive tape or CDwill remain safely inside the radio for future listening.

TAPE CD: Press this button to play a cassette tape or aCD when listening to the radio. The inactive tape or CDwill remain safely inside the radio for future listening.

Z EJT (Eject): Press this button, located next to theCD slot, to eject a CD. Eject may be activated with eitherthe ignition or radio off. CDs may be loaded with theignition and radio off if this button is pressed first.

CD Messages

CHECK CD: If this message appears on the radiodisplay and/or the CD comes out, it could be for one ofthe following reasons:

• You are driving on a very rough road. When theroad becomes smoother, the CD should play.

• The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, or upside down.

• The air is very humid. If so, wait about an hour andtry again.

• There may have been a problem while burningthe CD.

• The label may be caught in the CD player.

If the CD is not playing correctly, for any other reason,try a known good CD.

If any error occurs repeatedly or if an error cannot becorrected, contact your GM dealer. If the radio displaysan error message, write it down and provide it toyour GM dealer when reporting the problem.

3-86

Page 199: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Theft-Deterrent FeatureTHEFTLOCK® is designed to discourage theft of yourvehicle’s radio. The feature works automatically bylearning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number(VIN). If the radio is moved to a different vehicle, itwill not operate and LOCKED will appear on the display.

When the ignition is off and RAP is not active, theblinking red light indicates that THEFTLOCK® is armed.

With THEFTLOCK® activated, the radio will notoperate if stolen.

Audio Steering Wheel Controls

If your vehicle has this feature, some audio controls canbe adjusted at the steering wheel.

They include the following:

Q SEEKR: Press the up or the down arrow to go tothe next or to the previous station and stay there.

Press and hold either arrow for three seconds to scanthe radio stations programmed on the presetpushbuttons. The radio will go to the first preset station,play for a few seconds, then go to the next presetstation. Press either arrow again to stop scanning.

The radio will only seek or scan stations with a strongsignal that are in the selected band.

When a cassette tape or CD is playing, press the up orthe down arrow to fast forward or reverse.

SEEK TYPE: Press this button to go to a station withthe last selected PTY and the last selected PTYwill appear on the display, if it is not already showing. Ifa station with the selected PTY is not found, theradio will return to the original station. If both SEEKTYPE and TRAF are on, the radio will search for stationswith the selected PTY and traffic announcements.

PRESET: Press this button to play the stations that areprogrammed on the radio preset pushbuttons. The radiowill go to the first preset station, play for a few seconds,then go to the next preset station. Press this button againto stop scanning. The radio will only scan preset stationswith a strong signal that are in the selected band.

3-87

Page 200: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

MODE: Press this button to switch between FM1, FM2,AM, or XM1 or XM2 (if equipped).

Press this button to listen to the radio when a cassettetape or CD is playing. The inactive tape or CD willremain safely inside the radio for future listening.

MUTE: Press this button to silence the system. Press itagain, or any other radio button, to turn on the sound.

Q VOLR (Volume): Press the up or the down arrowto increase or to decrease the volume.

Radio Reception

AMThe range for most AM stations is greater than for FM,especially at night. The longer range can cause stationfrequencies to interfere with each other. Static can occuron AM stations caused by things like storms and powerlines. Try reducing the treble to reduce this noise.

FM StereoFM stereo will give the best sound, but FM signals willreach only about 10 to 40 miles (16 to 65 km). Tallbuildings or hills can interfere with FM signals, causingthe sound to fade in and out.

XM™ Satellite Radio ServiceXM™ Satellite Radio Service gives digital radioreception from coast to coast. Just as with FM, tallbuildings or hills can interfere with satellite radio signals,causing the sound to fade in and out. The radio maydisplay NO SIGNAL to indicate interference.

Care of Your Cassette Tape PlayerA tape player that is not cleaned regularly can causereduced sound quality, ruined cassettes, or a damagedmechanism. Cassette tapes should be stored in theircases away from contaminants, direct sunlight, andextreme heat. If they are not, they may not operateproperly or may cause failure of the tape player.

The tape player should be cleaned regularly after every50 hours of use. The radio may display CLEAN toindicate that the tape player has been used for 50 hourswithout resetting the tape clean timer. If this messageappears on the display, the cassette tape playerneeds to be cleaned. It will still play tapes, but it shouldbe cleaned as soon as possible to prevent damageto the tapes and player. If there is a reduction in soundquality, try a known good cassette to see if the tapeor the tape player is at fault. If this other cassette has noimprovement in sound quality, clean the tape player.

3-88

Page 201: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

For best results, use a scrubbing action, non-abrasivecleaning cassette with pads which scrub the tapehead as the hubs of the cleaner cassette turn. Therecommended cleaning cassette is available throughyour dealer.

The broken tape detection feature of the cassette tapeplayer may identify the cleaning cassette as a damagedtape, in error. To prevent the cleaning cassette frombeing ejected, use the following steps:

1. Turn the ignition on.

2. Turn the radio off.

3. Press and hold the TAPE AUX or the TAPE CDbutton for five seconds. READY will appear onthe display and a cassette symbol will flash forfive seconds.

4. Insert the scrubbing action cleaning cassette.

5. Eject the cleaning cassette after the manufacturer’srecommended cleaning time.After the cleaning cassette is ejected, the brokentape detection feature will be active again.

A non-scrubbing action, wet-type cleaner which uses acassette with a fabric belt to clean the tape headcan be used. This type of cleaning cassette will noteject on its own. A non-scrubbing action cleaner may notclean as thoroughly as the scrubbing type cleaner.The use of a non-scrubbing action, dry-type cleaningcassette is not recommended.

After the player is cleaned, press and hold the EJTbutton for five seconds to reset the CLEAN indicator.The radio will display CLEANED to show the indicatorwas reset.

Cassettes are subject to wear and the sound qualitymay degrade over time. Always make sure the cassettetape is in good condition before the tape player isserviced.

3-89

Page 202: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Care of Your CDsHandle CDs carefully. Store them in their original casesor other protective cases and away from directsunlight and dust. If the surface of a CD is soiled,dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, neutral detergentsolution and clean it, wiping from the center to the edge.

Be sure never to touch the side without writing whenhandling CDs. Pick up CDs by grasping the outer edgesor the edge of the hole and the outer edge.

Care of Your CD PlayerThe use of CD lens cleaners for CD players is notadvised, due to the risk of contaminating the lens of theCD optics with lubricants internal to the CD mechanism.

Backglass AntennaThe AM-FM antenna is integrated with the rear windowdefogger, located in the rear window. Be sure that theinside surface of the rear window is not scratched andthat the lines on the glass are not damaged. If the insidesurface is damaged, it could interfere with radioreception. Also, for proper radio reception, the antennaconnector at the top-center of the rear window needs tobe properly attached to the post on the glass.

Notice: Using a razor blade or sharp object to clearthe inside rear window may damage the rear windowantenna and/or the rear window defogger. Repairswould not be covered by your warranty. Do not clearthe inside rear window with sharp objects.

Notice: Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting withmetallic film. The metallic film in some tintingmaterials will interfere with or distort the incomingradio reception. Any damage caused to yourbackglass antenna due to metallic tinting materialswill not be covered by your warranty.

3-90

Page 203: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Because this antenna is built into your rear window,there is a reduced risk of damage caused by car washesand vandals.

If you choose to add a cellular telephone to yourvehicle, and the antenna needs to be attached to theglass, be sure that you do not damage the grid lines forthe AM-FM antenna. There is enough space betweenthe lines to attach a cellular telephone antennawithout interfering with radio reception.

Do not apply aftermarket glass tinting to the back glass.The metallic film in some tinting materials will interferewith or distort the incoming radio reception. Care must betaken when cleaning the rear window because it breaksin the resistive material heating element and willadversely affect radio and defogger performance. Seeyour dealer for details.

XM™ Satellite Radio AntennaSystemThe XM™ Satellite Radio antenna is located on the roofof your vehicle. Keep this antenna clear of snow andice build up for clear radio reception.

The performance of the XM™ system may be affected ifthe sunroof is open.

Vehicle Customization SettingsThe audio system can be used to control vehiclecustomization settings using the DISPL knob when theradio is off. See Vehicle Personalization on page 2-38for more information.

Chime Level AdjustmentThe radio is the vehicle chime producer. To change thevolume level, press and hold pushbutton 6 with theignition on and the radio power off. The chime volumelevel will change from the normal level to loud, andLOUD will appear on the radio display. To change backto the default or normal setting, press and holdpushbutton 6 again. The chime level will change fromthe loud level to normal, and NORMAL will appearon the radio display. Each time the chime volume ischanged, three chimes will sound as an example of thenew volume selected. Removing the radio and notreplacing it with a factory radio or chime module willdisable vehicle chimes.

3-91

Page 204: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

✍ NOTES

3-92

Page 205: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Your Driving, the Road, and Your Vehicle ..........4-2Defensive Driving ...........................................4-2Drunken Driving .............................................4-2Control of a Vehicle ........................................4-5Braking .........................................................4-5Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) .........................4-6Braking in Emergencies ...................................4-8Traction Control System (TCS) .........................4-8Steering ......................................................4-10Off-Road Recovery .......................................4-12Passing .......................................................4-13Loss of Control .............................................4-14Driving at Night ............................................4-15Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads ..................4-17

City Driving ..................................................4-19Freeway Driving ...........................................4-20Before Leaving on a Long Trip .......................4-21Highway Hypnosis ........................................4-22Hill and Mountain Roads ................................4-22Winter Driving ..............................................4-24If You Are Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow ........4-28Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out .................4-29Loading Your Vehicle ....................................4-29

Towing ..........................................................4-34Towing Your Vehicle .....................................4-34Recreational Vehicle Towing ...........................4-34Towing a Trailer ...........................................4-36

Section 4 Driving Your Vehicle

4-1

Page 206: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Your Driving, the Road, andYour Vehicle

Defensive DrivingThe best advice anyone can give about driving is: Drivedefensively.

Please start with a very important safety device in yourvehicle: Buckle up. See Safety Belts: They Are forEveryone on page 1-8.

Defensive driving really means “be ready for anything.”On city streets, rural roads, or freeways, it means“always expect the unexpected.”

Assume that pedestrians or other drivers are going tobe careless and make mistakes. Anticipate whatthey might do. Be ready for their mistakes.

Rear-end collisions are about the most preventable ofaccidents. Yet they are common. Allow enough followingdistance. It is the best defensive driving maneuver, inboth city and rural driving. You never know when thevehicle in front of you is going to brake or turn suddenly.

Defensive driving requires that a driver concentrate onthe driving task. Anything that distracts from the drivingtask — such as concentrating on a cellular telephone call,

reading, or reaching for something on the floor — makesproper defensive driving more difficult and can evencause a collision, with resulting injury. Ask a passenger tohelp do things like this, or pull off the road in a safe placeto do them yourself. These simple defensive drivingtechniques could save your life.

Drunken DrivingDeath and injury associated with drinking and driving isa national tragedy. It is the number one contributorto the highway death toll, claiming thousands of victimsevery year.

Alcohol affects four things that anyone needs to drive avehicle:

• Judgment

• Muscular Coordination

• Vision

• Attentiveness

Police records show that almost half of all motorvehicle-related deaths involve alcohol. In most cases,these deaths are the result of someone who wasdrinking and driving. In recent years, more than16,000 annual motor vehicle-related deaths have beenassociated with the use of alcohol, with more than300,000 people injured.

4-2

Page 207: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Many adults — by some estimates, nearly half the adultpopulation — choose never to drink alcohol, so theynever drive after drinking. For persons under 21,it is against the law in every U.S. state to drink alcohol.There are good medical, psychological anddevelopmental reasons for these laws.

The obvious way to eliminate the leading highway safetyproblem is for people never to drink alcohol and thendrive. But what if people do? How much is “too much” ifsomeone plans to drive? It is a lot less than many mightthink. Although it depends on each person and situation,here is some general information on the problem.

The Blood Alcohol Concentration (BAC) of someonewho is drinking depends upon four things:

• The amount of alcohol consumed

• The drinker’s body weight

• The amount of food that is consumed before andduring drinking

• The length of time it has taken the drinker toconsume the alcohol

According to the American Medical Association, a 180 lb(82 kg) person who drinks three 12 ounce (355 ml)bottles of beer in an hour will end up with a BACof about 0.06 percent. The person would reach thesame BAC by drinking three 4 ounce (120 ml) glassesof wine or three mixed drinks if each had 1-1/2 ounces(45 ml) of liquors like whiskey, gin, or vodka.

It is the amount of alcohol that counts. For example, ifthe same person drank three double martinis (3 ouncesor 90 ml of liquor each) within an hour, the person’sBAC would be close to 0.12 percent. A personwho consumes food just before or during drinking willhave a somewhat lower BAC level.

4-3

Page 208: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

There is a gender difference, too. Women generallyhave a lower relative percentage of body waterthan men. Since alcohol is carried in body water, thismeans that a woman generally will reach a higher BAClevel than a man of her same body weight will wheneach has the same number of drinks.

The law in most U.S. states, and throughout Canada,sets the legal limit at 0.08 percent. In some othercountries, the limit is even lower. For example, it is0.05 percent in both France and Germany. TheBAC limit for all commercial drivers in the United Statesis 0.04 percent.

The BAC will be over 0.10 percent after three tosix drinks (in one hour). Of course, as we have seen, itdepends on how much alcohol is in the drinks, andhow quickly the person drinks them.

But the ability to drive is affected well below a BAC of0.10 percent. Research shows that the driving skillsof many people are impaired at a BAC approaching0.05 percent, and that the effects are worse at night. Alldrivers are impaired at BAC levels above 0.05 percent.

Statistics show that the chance of being in a collisionincreases sharply for drivers who have a BAC of0.05 percent or above. A driver with a BAC level of0.06 percent has doubled his or her chance of having acollision. At a BAC level of 0.10 percent, the chanceof this driver having a collision is 12 times greater; at alevel of 0.15 percent, the chance is 25 times greater!

The body takes about an hour to rid itself of the alcohol inone drink. No amount of coffee or number of coldshowers will speed that up. “I will be careful” is not theright answer. What if there is an emergency, a need totake sudden action, as when a child darts into the street?A person with even a moderate BAC might not be able toreact quickly enough to avoid the collision.

There is something else about drinking and driving thatmany people do not know. Medical research shows thatalcohol in a person’s system can make crash injuriesworse, especially injuries to the brain, spinal cord, orheart. This means that when anyone who has beendrinking — driver or passenger — is in a crash, thatperson’s chance of being killed or permanently disabledis higher than if the person had not been drinking.

4-4

Page 209: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Drinking and then driving is very dangerous.Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, andjudgment can be affected by even a smallamount of alcohol. You can have a serious — oreven fatal — collision if you drive after drinking.Please do not drink and drive or ride with adriver who has been drinking. Ride home in acab; or if you are with a group, designate adriver who will not drink.

Control of a VehicleYou have three systems that make your vehicle go whereyou want it to go. They are the brakes, the steering, andthe accelerator. All three systems have to do their work atthe places where the tires meet the road.

Sometimes, as when you are driving on snow or ice, it iseasy to ask more of those control systems than the tiresand road can provide. That means you can lose controlof your vehicle. See Traction Control System (TCS)on page 4-8.

BrakingBraking action involves perception time andreaction time.

First, you have to decide to push on the brake pedal.That is perception time. Then you have to bring up yourfoot and do it. That is reaction time.

Average reaction time is about three-fourths of asecond. But that is only an average. It might be lesswith one driver and as long as two or three seconds ormore with another. Age, physical condition, alertness,coordination and eyesight all play a part. So do alcohol,drugs and frustration. But even in three-fourths of asecond, a vehicle moving at 60 mph (100 km/h) travels66 feet (20 m). That could be a lot of distance in anemergency, so keeping enough space betweenyour vehicle and others is important.

And, of course, actual stopping distances vary greatlywith the surface of the road (whether it is pavementor gravel); the condition of the road (wet, dry, icy); tiretread; the condition of your brakes; the weight ofthe vehicle and the amount of brake force applied.

4-5

Page 210: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Avoid needless heavy braking. Some people drive inspurts — heavy acceleration followed by heavybraking — rather than keeping pace with traffic. This isa mistake. Your brakes may not have time to coolbetween hard stops. Your brakes will wear out muchfaster if you do a lot of heavy braking. If you keep pacewith the traffic and allow realistic following distances,you will eliminate a lot of unnecessary braking.That means better braking and longer brake life.

If your engine ever stops while you are driving, brakenormally but do not pump your brakes. If you do,the pedal may get harder to push down. If your enginestops, you will still have some power brake assist.But you will use it when you brake. Once the powerassist is used up, it may take longer to stop andthe brake pedal will be harder to push.

Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)Your vehicle may have anti-lock brakes. ABS is anadvanced electronic braking system that will helpprevent a braking skid.

If your vehicle has anti-lockbrakes, this warning lighton the instrument panel willcome on briefly whenyou start your vehicle.

When you start your engine, or when you begin to driveaway, your anti-lock brake system will check itself.You may hear a momentary motor or clicking noise whilethis test is going on, and you may even notice thatyour brake pedal moves or pulses a little. This is normal.

4-6

Page 211: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Let us say the road is wet and you are driving safely.Suddenly, an animal jumps out in front of you. You slamon the brakes and continue braking. Here is whathappens with ABS:

A computer senses that wheels are slowing down. If oneof the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer willseparately work the brakes at each front wheel and atboth rear wheels.

The anti-lock system can change the brake pressurefaster than any driver could. The computer isprogrammed to make the most of available tire and roadconditions. This can help you steer around the obstaclewhile braking hard.

As you brake, your computer keeps receiving updates onwheel speed and controls braking pressure accordingly.

4-7

Page 212: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Remember: Anti-lock does not change the time youneed to get your foot up to the brake pedal or alwaysdecrease stopping distance. If you get too close tothe vehicle in front of you, you will not have time to applyyour brakes if that vehicle suddenly slows or stops.Always leave enough room up ahead to stop, eventhough you have anti-lock brakes.

Using Anti-LockDo not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake pedaldown firmly and let anti-lock work for you. You may feela slight brake pedal pulsation or notice some noise,but this is normal.

Braking in EmergenciesAt some time, nearly every driver gets into a situationthat requires hard braking.

If you have anti-lock, you can steer and brake at thesame time. However, if you do not have anti-lock, yourfirst reaction — to hit the brake pedal hard and holdit down — may be the wrong thing to do. Your wheelscan stop rolling. Once they do, the vehicle cannotrespond to your steering. Momentum will carry it inwhatever direction it was headed when the wheelsstopped rolling. That could be off the road, into the verything you were trying to avoid, or into traffic.

If you do not have anti-lock, use a “squeeze” brakingtechnique. This will give you maximum braking whilemaintaining steering control. You can do this by pushingon the brake pedal with steadily increasing pressure.

In an emergency, you will probably want to squeeze thebrakes hard without locking the wheels. If you hear or feelthe wheels sliding, ease off the brake pedal. This will helpyou retain steering control. If you do have anti-lock, itis different. See Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS)on page 4-6.

In many emergencies, steering can help you more thaneven the very best braking.

Traction Control System (TCS)Your vehicle may have a traction control system thatlimits wheel spin. This is especially useful in slippery roadconditions. The system operates only if it senses that oneor both of the front wheels are spinning or beginning tolose traction. When this happens, the system reducesengine power and may also upshift the transaxle andapply the front brakes to limit wheel spin.

4-8

Page 213: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

This light will come on when your traction controlsystem is limiting wheel spin. See Traction ActiveMessage on page 3-41.

You may feel or hear the system working, but thisis normal.

If your vehicle is in cruise control when the tractioncontrol system begins to limit wheel spin, the cruisecontrol will automatically disengage. When roadconditions allow you to safely use it again, you mayre-engage the cruise control. See Cruise Controlon page 3-11.

The traction control system operates in all transaxleshift lever positions. But the system can upshiftthe transaxle only as high as the shift lever positionyou’ve chosen, so you should use the lower gears onlywhen necessary. See Automatic Transaxle Operationon page 2-20.

When the system is on,this warning light will comeon to let you know ifthere’s a problem.

When this warning light is on, the system will not limitwheel spin. Adjust your driving accordingly.

To limit wheel spin, especially in slippery road conditions,you should always leave the traction control system on.But you can turn the system off if you ever need to. Youshould turn the system off if your vehicle ever gets stuckin sand, mud or snow and rocking the vehicle is required.See Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4-29 andIf You Are Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow onpage 4-28 for more information.

United States Canada

4-9

Page 214: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

To turn the system on oroff, press the TRAC OFFbutton on the left sideof the instrument panel.

When you turn the system off, a chime will sound and theTRAC OFF warning light will come on and stay on. If thetraction control system is limiting wheel spin when youpress the button to turn the system off, the warning lightwill come on and the system will turn off right away.

You can turn the system back on at any time by pressingthe button again. The TRAC OFF light should go off.

Steering

Power SteeringIf you lose power steering assist because the enginestops or the system is not functioning, you can steer butit will take much more effort.

Steering TipsDriving on CurvesIt is important to take curves at a reasonable speed.

A lot of the “driver lost control” accidents mentioned onthe news happen on curves.

Here is why:

Experienced driver or beginner, each of us is subject tothe same laws of physics when driving on curves.The traction of the tires against the road surface makesit possible for the vehicle to change its path whenyou turn the front wheels. If there is no traction, inertiawill keep the vehicle going in the same direction. Ifyou have ever tried to steer a vehicle on wet ice, youwill understand this.

The traction you can get in a curve depends on thecondition of your tires and the road surface, the angle atwhich the curve is banked, and your speed. While you arein a curve, speed is the one factor you can control.

4-10

Page 215: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Suppose you are steering through a sharp curve.Then you suddenly apply the brakes. Both controlsystems — steering and braking — have to do theirwork where the tires meet the road. Unless you havefour-wheel anti-lock brakes, adding the hard braking candemand too much of those places. You can lose control.

The same thing can happen if you are steering througha sharp curve and you suddenly accelerate. Thosetwo control systems — steering and acceleration — canoverwhelm those places where the tires meet theroad and make you lose control.

What should you do if this ever happens? Ease up onthe brake or accelerator pedal, steer the vehicle the wayyou want it to go, and slow down.

Speed limit signs near curves warn that you shouldadjust your speed. Of course, the posted speedsare based on good weather and road conditions. Underless favorable conditions you will want to go slower.

If you need to reduce your speed as you approacha curve, do it before you enter the curve, while your frontwheels are straight ahead.

Try to adjust your speed so you can “drive” through thecurve. Maintain a reasonable, steady speed. Wait toaccelerate until you are out of the curve, and thenaccelerate gently into the straightaway.

Steering in EmergenciesThere are times when steering can be more effective thanbraking. For example, you come over a hill and find atruck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls outfrom nowhere, or a child darts out from between parkedcars and stops right in front of you. You can avoid theseproblems by braking — if you can stop in time. Butsometimes you cannot; there is not room. That is the timefor evasive action — steering around the problem.

Your vehicle can perform very well in emergencies likethese. First apply your brakes — but, unless youhave anti-lock, not enough to lock your wheels.

See Braking on page 4-5. It is better to remove as muchspeed as you can from a possible collision. Thensteer around the problem, to the left or right dependingon the space available.

4-11

Page 216: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

An emergency like this requires close attention and aquick decision. If you are holding the steering wheel atthe recommended 9 and 3 o’clock positions, youcan turn it a full 180 degrees very quickly withoutremoving either hand. But you have to act fast, steerquickly, and just as quickly straighten the wheelonce you have avoided the object.

The fact that such emergency situations are alwayspossible is a good reason to practice defensive drivingat all times and wear safety belts properly.

Off-Road RecoveryYou may find that your right wheels have dropped off theedge of a road onto the shoulder while you’re driving.

If the level of the shoulder is only slightly below thepavement, recovery should be fairly easy. Ease off theaccelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way,steer so that your vehicle straddles the edge ofthe pavement. You can turn the steering wheel up toone-quarter turn until the right front tire contactsthe pavement edge. Then turn your steering wheel to gostraight down the roadway.

4-12

Page 217: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

PassingThe driver of a vehicle about to pass another on atwo-lane highway waits for just the right moment,accelerates, moves around the vehicle ahead, thengoes back into the right lane again. A simple maneuver?

Not necessarily! Passing another vehicle on a two-lanehighway is a potentially dangerous move, since thepassing vehicle occupies the same lane as oncomingtraffic for several seconds. A miscalculation, an error injudgment, or a brief surrender to frustration or angercan suddenly put the passing driver face to face with theworst of all traffic accidents — the head-on collision.

So here are some tips for passing:

• Drive ahead. Look down the road, to the sides andto crossroads for situations that might affect yourpassing patterns. If you have any doubt whatsoeverabout making a successful pass, wait for abetter time.

• Watch for traffic signs, pavement markings andlines. If you can see a sign up ahead that mightindicate a turn or an intersection, delay your pass.A broken center line usually indicates it is allright to pass, providing the road ahead is clear.Never cross a solid line on your side of the lane ora double solid line, even if the road seems emptyof approaching traffic.

• Do not get too close to the vehicle you want topass while you are awaiting an opportunity. For onething, following too closely reduces your area ofvision, especially if you are following a largervehicle. Also, you will not have adequate space ifthe vehicle ahead suddenly slows or stops.Keep back a reasonable distance.

• When it looks like a chance to pass is coming up,start to accelerate but stay in the right lane and donot get too close. Time your move so you will beincreasing speed as the time comes to move into theother lane. If the way is clear to pass, you will have arunning start that more than makes up for thedistance you would lose by dropping back. And ifsomething happens to cause you to cancel yourpass, you need only slow down and drop back againand wait for another opportunity.

• If other vehicles are lined up to pass a slow vehicle,wait your turn. But take care that someone is nottrying to pass you as you pull out to pass the slowvehicle. Remember to glance over your shoulder andcheck the blind spot.

4-13

Page 218: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

• Check your mirrors, glance over your shoulder, andstart your left lane change signal before moving outof the right lane to pass. When you are far enoughahead of the passed vehicle to see its front in yourinside mirror, activate your right lane change signaland move back into the right lane. Remember thatyour right outside mirror is convex. The vehicle youjust passed may seem to be farther away from youthan it really is.

• Try not to pass more than one vehicle at a time ontwo-lane roads. Reconsider before passing the nextvehicle.

• Do not overtake a slowly moving vehicle too rapidly.Even though the brake lamps are not flashing, it maybe slowing down or starting to turn.

• If you are being passed, make it easy for thefollowing driver to get ahead of you. Perhaps you canease a little to the right.

Loss of ControlLet us review what driving experts say about whathappens when the three control systems — brakes,steering, and acceleration — do not have enough frictionwhere the tires meet the road to do what the driverhas asked.

In any emergency, do not give up. Keep trying to steerand constantly seek an escape route or area of lessdanger.

SkiddingIn a skid, a driver can lose control of the vehicle.Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking reasonablecare suited to existing conditions, and by not overdrivingthose conditions. But skids are always possible.

The three types of skids correspond to your vehicle’sthree control systems. In the braking skid, your wheelsare not rolling. In the steering or cornering skid, too muchspeed or steering in a curve causes tires to slip and losecornering force. And in the acceleration skid, too muchthrottle causes the driving wheels to spin.

A cornering skid and an acceleration skid are besthandled by easing your foot off the accelerator pedal.

4-14

Page 219: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If your vehicle starts to slide, ease your foot off theaccelerator pedal and quickly steer the way you wantthe vehicle to go. If you start steering quickly enough,your vehicle may straighten out. Always be readyfor a second skid if it occurs.

Of course, traction is reduced when water, snow, ice,gravel, or other material is on the road. For safety, youwill want to slow down and adjust your driving tothese conditions. It is important to slow down on slipperysurfaces because stopping distance will be longer andvehicle control more limited.

While driving on a surface with reduced traction, tryyour best to avoid sudden steering, acceleration,or braking, including engine braking by shifting to alower gear. Any sudden changes could cause the tiresto slide. You may not realize the surface is slipperyuntil your vehicle is skidding. Learn to recognize warningclues — such as enough water, ice, or packed snowon the road to make a mirrored surface — andslow down when you have any doubt.

If you have the anti-lock braking system, remember: Ithelps avoid only the braking skid. If you do not haveanti-lock, then in a braking skid, where the wheels areno longer rolling, release enough pressure on the brakesto get the wheels rolling again. This restores steeringcontrol. Push the brake pedal down steadily whenyou have to stop suddenly. As long as the wheels arerolling, you will have steering control.

Driving at Night

Night driving is more dangerous than day driving. Onereason is that some drivers are likely to be impaired — byalcohol or drugs, with night vision problems, or by fatigue.

4-15

Page 220: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Here are some tips on night driving.

• Drive defensively.

• Do not drink and drive.

• Adjust your inside rearview mirror to reduce theglare from headlamps behind you.

• Since you cannot see as well, you may need toslow down and keep more space between youand other vehicles.

• Slow down, especially on higher speed roads. Yourheadlamps can light up only so much road ahead.

• In remote areas, watch for animals.

• If you are tired, pull off the road in a safe placeand rest.

No one can see as well at night as in the daytime. Butas we get older these differences increase. A50-year-old driver may require at least twice as muchlight to see the same thing at night as a 20-year-old.

What you do in the daytime can also affect yournight vision. For example, if you spend the day in brightsunshine you are wise to wear sunglasses. Youreyes will have less trouble adjusting to night. But if youare driving, do not wear sunglasses at night. Theymay cut down on glare from headlamps, but they alsomake a lot of things invisible.

You can be temporarily blinded by approachingheadlamps. It can take a second or two, or even severalseconds, for your eyes to re-adjust to the dark. Whenyou are faced with severe glare, as from a driverwho does not lower the high beams, or a vehicle withmisaimed headlamps, slow down a little. Avoidstaring directly into the approaching headlamps.

Keep your windshield and all the glass on your vehicleclean — inside and out. Glare at night is made muchworse by dirt on the glass. Even the inside of the glasscan build up a film caused by dust. Dirty glass makeslights dazzle and flash more than clean glass would,making the pupils of your eyes contract repeatedly.

Remember that your headlamps light up far less of aroadway when you are in a turn or curve. Keepyour eyes moving; that way, it is easier to pick out dimlylighted objects. Just as your headlamps should bechecked regularly for proper aim, so should your eyesbe examined regularly. Some drivers suffer fromnight blindness — the inability to see in dim light — andare not even aware of it.

4-16

Page 221: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Driving in Rain and on Wet Roads

Rain and wet roads can mean driving trouble. On a wetroad, you cannot stop, accelerate, or turn as wellbecause your tire-to-road traction is not as good as ondry roads. And, if your tires do not have much treadleft, you will get even less traction. It is always wise togo slower and be cautious if rain starts to fall whileyou are driving. The surface may get wet suddenly whenyour reflexes are tuned for driving on dry pavement.

The heavier the rain, the harder it is to see. Even if yourwindshield wiper blades are in good shape, a heavyrain can make it harder to see road signs andtraffic signals, pavement markings, the edge of the road,and even people walking.It is wise to keep your windshield wiping equipment ingood shape and keep your windshield washer tank filledwith washer fluid. Replace your windshield wiperinserts when they show signs of streaking or missingareas on the windshield, or when strips of rubber start toseparate from the inserts.Driving too fast through large water puddles or evengoing through some car washes can cause problems,too. The water may affect your brakes. Try to avoidpuddles. But if you cannot, try to slow down before youhit them.

{CAUTION:

Wet brakes can cause accidents. They will notwork as well in a quick stop and may causepulling to one side. You could lose control ofthe vehicle.After driving through a large puddle of wateror a car wash, apply your brake pedal lightlyuntil your brakes work normally.

4-17

Page 222: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

HydroplaningHydroplaning is dangerous. So much water can build upunder your tires that they can actually ride on thewater. This can happen if the road is wet enough andyou are going fast enough. When your vehicle ishydroplaning, it has little or no contact with the road.

Hydroplaning does not happen often. But it can if yourtires do not have much tread or if the pressure inone or more is low. It can happen if a lot of water isstanding on the road. If you can see reflectionsfrom trees, telephone poles, or other vehicles, andraindrops dimple the water’s surface, there could behydroplaning.

Hydroplaning usually happens at higher speeds. Therejust is not a hard and fast rule about hydroplaning.The best advice is to slow down when it is raining.

Driving Through Deep Standing Water

Notice: If you drive too quickly through deeppuddles or standing water, water can come inthrough your engine’s air intake and badly damageyour engine. Never drive through water that isslightly lower than the underbody of your vehicle. Ifyou cannot avoid deep puddles or standing water,drive through them very slowly.

Driving Through Flowing Water

{CAUTION:

Flowing or rushing water creates strong forces.If you try to drive through flowing water, as youmight at a low water crossing, your vehicle canbe carried away. As little as six inches offlowing water can carry away a smaller vehicle.If this happens, you and other vehicleoccupants could drown. Do not ignore policewarning signs, and otherwise be very cautiousabout trying to drive through flowing water.

Some Other Rainy Weather Tips• Besides slowing down, allow some extra following

distance. And be especially careful when youpass another vehicle. Allow yourself more clearroom ahead, and be prepared to have yourview restricted by road spray.

• Have good tires with proper tread depth. See Tireson page 5-58.

4-18

Page 223: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

City Driving

One of the biggest problems with city streets is theamount of traffic on them. You will want to watch out forwhat the other drivers are doing and pay attention totraffic signals.

Here are ways to increase your safety in city driving:

• Know the best way to get to where you aregoing. Get a city map and plan your trip intoan unknown part of the city just as you would fora cross-country trip.

• Try to use the freeways that rim and crisscrossmost large cities. You will save time and energy.See Freeway Driving on page 4-20.

• Treat a green light as a warning signal. A trafficlight is there because the corner is busy enoughto need it. When a light turns green, and just beforeyou start to move, check both ways for vehiclesthat have not cleared the intersection or maybe running the red light.

4-19

Page 224: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Freeway Driving

Mile for mile, freeways — also called thruways, parkways,expressways, turnpikes, or superhighways — are thesafest of all roads. But they have their own special rules.

The most important advice on freeway driving is:Keep up with traffic and keep to the right. Drive at thesame speed most of the other drivers are driving.Too-fast or too-slow driving breaks a smooth traffic flow.Treat the left lane on a freeway as a passing lane.

At the entrance, there is usually a ramp that leads to thefreeway. If you have a clear view of the freeway as youdrive along the entrance ramp, you should begin to checktraffic. Try to determine where you expect to blend withthe flow. Try to merge into the gap at close to theprevailing speed. Switch on your turn signal, check yourmirrors, and glance over your shoulder as often asnecessary. Try to blend smoothly with the traffic flow.

Once you are on the freeway, adjust your speed to theposted limit or to the prevailing rate if it is slower.Stay in the right lane unless you want to pass.

Before changing lanes, check your mirrors. Then useyour turn signal.

Just before you leave the lane, glance quickly over yourshoulder to make sure there is not another vehicle inyour blind spot.

4-20

Page 225: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Once you are moving on the freeway, make certain youallow a reasonable following distance.

Expect to move slightly slower at night.

When you want to leave the freeway, move to theproper lane well in advance. If you miss your exit, donot, under any circumstances, stop and back up. Driveon to the next exit.

The exit ramp can be curved, sometimes quite sharply.The exit speed is usually posted. Reduce your speedaccording to your speedometer, not to your senseof motion. After driving for any distance at higherspeeds, you may tend to think you are going slowerthan you actually are.

Before Leaving on a Long TripMake sure you are ready. Try to be well rested. If youmust start when you are not fresh — such as aftera day’s work — do not plan to make too many miles thatfirst part of the journey. Wear comfortable clothingand shoes you can easily drive in.

Is your vehicle ready for a long trip? If you keep itserviced and maintained, it is ready to go. If it needsservice, have it done before starting out. Of course, youwill find experienced and able service experts in GMdealerships all across North America. They will be readyand willing to help if you need it.

Here are some things you can check before a trip:

• Windshield Washer Fluid: Is the reservoir full? Areall windows clean inside and outside?

• Wiper Blades: Are they in good shape?

• Fuel, Engine Oil, Other Fluids: Have you checkedall levels?

• Lamps: Are they all working? Are the lenses clean?

• Tires: They are vitally important to a safe,trouble-free trip. Is the tread good enough forlong-distance driving? Are the tires all inflated to therecommended pressure?

• Weather Forecasts: What is the weather outlookalong your route? Should you delay your trip ashort time to avoid a major storm system?

• Maps: Do you have up-to-date maps?

4-21

Page 226: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Highway HypnosisIs there actually such a condition as highway hypnosis?Or is it just plain falling asleep at the wheel? Call ithighway hypnosis, lack of awareness, or whatever.

There is something about an easy stretch of road withthe same scenery, along with the hum of the tires on theroad, the drone of the engine, and the rush of thewind against the vehicle that can make you sleepy. Donot let it happen to you! If it does, your vehicle canleave the road in less than a second, and you couldcrash and be injured.

What can you do about highway hypnosis? First, beaware that it can happen.

Then here are some tips:

• Make sure your vehicle is well ventilated, with acomfortably cool interior.

• Keep your eyes moving. Scan the road ahead andto the sides. Check your rearview mirrors and yourinstruments frequently.

• If you get sleepy, pull off the road into a rest,service, or parking area and take a nap, get someexercise, or both. For safety, treat drowsinesson the highway as an emergency.

Hill and Mountain Roads

Driving on steep hills or mountains is different fromdriving in flat or rolling terrain.

4-22

Page 227: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If you drive regularly in steep country, or if you areplanning to visit there, here are some tips that can makeyour trips safer and more enjoyable.

• Keep your vehicle in good shape. Check all fluidlevels and also the brakes, tires, cooling system,and transaxle. These parts can work hard onmountain roads.

• Know how to go down hills. The most importantthing to know is this: let your engine do some ofthe slowing down. Shift to a lower gear when you godown a steep or long hill.

{CAUTION:

If you do not shift down, your brakes could getso hot that they would not work well. Youwould then have poor braking or even nonegoing down a hill. You could crash. Shift downto let your engine assist your brakes on asteep downhill slope.

{CAUTION:

Coasting downhill in NEUTRAL (N) or with theignition off is dangerous. Your brakes will haveto do all the work of slowing down. They couldget so hot that they would not work well. Youwould then have poor braking or even nonegoing down a hill. You could crash. Alwayshave your engine running and your vehicle ingear when you go downhill.

• Know how to go uphill. You may want to shift down toa lower gear. The lower gears help cool your engineand transaxle, and you can climb the hill better.

• Stay in your own lane when driving on two-laneroads in hills or mountains. Do not swing wide or cutacross the center of the road. Drive at speeds that letyou stay in your own lane.

• As you go over the top of a hill, be alert. There couldbe something in your lane, like a stalled car or anaccident.

• You may see highway signs on mountains that warnof special problems. Examples are long grades,passing or no-passing zones, a falling rocks area, orwinding roads. Be alert to these and take appropriateaction.

4-23

Page 228: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Winter Driving

Here are some tips for winter driving:

• Have your vehicle in good shape for winter.

• You may want to put winter emergency supplies inyour trunk.

Also see Tires on page 5-58.

Include an ice scraper, a small brush or broom, asupply of windshield washer fluid, a rag, some winterouter clothing, a small shovel, a flashlight, a redcloth, and a couple of reflective warning triangles. And,if you will be driving under severe conditions, includea small bag of sand, a piece of old carpet or a couple ofburlap bags to help provide traction. Be sure youproperly secure these items in your vehicle.

4-24

Page 229: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Driving on Snow or IceMost of the time, those places where your tires meetthe road probably have good traction.

However, if there is snow or ice between your tires andthe road, you can have a very slippery situation. Youwill have a lot less traction, or grip, and will need to bevery careful.

What is the worst time for this? Wet ice. Very cold snowor ice can be slick and hard to drive on.

But wet ice can be even more trouble because it mayoffer the least traction of all. You can get wet ice when itis about freezing (32°F; 0°C) and freezing rain beginsto fall. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until salt and sandcrews can get there.

Whatever the condition — smooth ice, packed, blowingor loose snow — drive with caution.

Traction control improves your ability to accelerate whendriving on a slippery road. Even though your vehicle hasa traction control system, you will want to slow down andadjust your driving to the road conditions. Under certainconditions, you may want to turn the traction controlsystem off, such as when driving through deep snow andloose gravel, to help maintain vehicle motion at lowerspeeds. See Traction Control System (TCS) on page 4-8.

Unless you have the anti-lock braking system, you willwant to brake very gently, too. If you do have anti-lockbrakes, see Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) onpage 4-6. This system improves your vehicle’s stabilitywhen you make a hard stop on a slippery road.Whether you have the anti-lock braking system or not,you will want to begin stopping sooner than youwould on dry pavement. Without anti-lock brakes, if youfeel your vehicle begin to slide, let up on the brakesa little. Push the brake pedal down steadily to get themost traction you can.

4-25

Page 230: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Remember, unless you have anti-lock brakes, if youbrake so hard that your wheels stop rolling, you will justslide. Brake so your wheels always keep rolling andyou can still steer.• Whatever your braking system, allow greater

following distance on any slippery road.• Watch for slippery spots. The road might be fine until

you hit a spot that is covered with ice. On anotherwise clear road, ice patches may appear inshaded areas where the sun cannot reach, such asaround clumps of trees, behind buildings, or underbridges. Sometimes the surface of a curve or anoverpass may remain icy when the surroundingroads are clear. If you see a patch of ice ahead ofyou, brake before you are on it. Try not to brake whileyou are actually on the ice, and avoid suddensteering maneuvers.

If You Are Caught in a BlizzardIf you are stopped by heavy snow, you could be in aserious situation. You should probably stay withyour vehicle unless you know for sure that you are nearhelp and you can hike through the snow. Here aresome things to do to summon help and keep yourselfand your passengers safe:• Turn on your hazard flashers.• Tie a red cloth to your vehicle to alert police that

you have been stopped by the snow.

• Put on extra clothing or wrap a blanket around you.If you do not have blankets or extra clothing, makebody insulators from newspapers, burlap bags,rags, floor mats — anything you can wrap aroundyourself or tuck under your clothing to keep warm.

You can run the engine to keep warm, but be careful.

4-26

Page 231: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Snow can trap exhaust gases under yourvehicle. This can cause deadly CO (carbonmonoxide) gas to get inside. CO couldovercome you and kill you. You cannot see itor smell it, so you might not know it is in yourvehicle. Clear away snow from around thebase of your vehicle, especially any that isblocking your exhaust pipe. And check aroundagain from time to time to be sure snow doesnot collect there.

Open a window just a little on the side of thevehicle that is away from the wind. This willhelp keep CO out.

Run your engine only as long as you must. This savesfuel. When you run the engine, make it go a little fasterthan just idle. That is, push the accelerator slightly. Thisuses less fuel for the heat that you get and it keeps thebattery charged. You will need a well-charged battery torestart the vehicle, and possibly for signaling later on withyour headlamps. Let the heater run for a while.

Then, shut the engine off and close the window almost allthe way to preserve the heat. Start the engine again andrepeat this only when you feel really uncomfortable fromthe cold. But do it as little as possible. Preserve the fuelas long as you can. To help keep warm, you can get outof the vehicle and do some fairly vigorous exercisesevery half hour or so until help comes.

4-27

Page 232: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If You Are Stuck: In Sand, Mud, Iceor SnowIn order to free your vehicle when it is stuck, you willneed to spin the wheels, but you do not want tospin your wheels too fast. The method known as rockingcan help you get out when you are stuck, but youmust use caution.

{CAUTION:

If you let your tires spin at high speed, they canexplode, and you or others could be injured.And, the transaxle or other parts of the vehiclecan overheat. That could cause an enginecompartment fire or other damage. When youare stuck, spin the wheels as little as possible.Do not spin the wheels above 35 mph (55 km/h)as shown on the speedometer.

Notice: Spinning your wheels can destroy parts ofyour vehicle as well as the tires. If you spin thewheels too fast while shifting your transaxle backand forth, you can destroy your transaxle. SeeRocking Your Vehicle to Get It Out on page 4-29.

For information about using tire chains on your vehicle,see Tire Chains on page 5-73.

4-28

Page 233: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It OutFirst, turn your steering wheel left and right. That will clearthe area around your front wheels. If your vehicle hastraction control, you should turn your traction controlsystem off. See Traction Control System (TCS) onpage 4-8. Then shift back and forth betweenREVERSE (R) and a forward gear, spinning the wheelsas little as possible. Release the accelerator pedal whileyou shift, and press lightly on the accelerator pedal whenthe transaxle is in gear. By slowly spinning your wheels inthe forward and reverse directions, you will cause arocking motion that may free your vehicle. If that does notget you out after a few tries, you may need to be towedout. If you do need to be towed out, see Towing YourVehicle on page 4-34.

Loading Your VehicleIt is very important to know how much weight your vehiclecan carry. Two labels on your vehicle show how muchweight it may properly carry, the Tire and LoadingInformation label and the Vehicle Certification label.

{CAUTION:

Do not load your vehicle any heavier than theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or eitherthe maximum front or rear Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). If you do, parts on yourvehicle can break, and it can change the wayyour vehicle handles. These could cause youto lose control and crash. Also, overloadingcan shorten the life of your vehicle.

4-29

Page 234: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Tire and Loading Information Label

A vehicle specific Tire and Loading Information label isattached to the vehicle’s center pillar (B-pillar). Withthe driver’s door open, you will find the label attachedbelow the door lock post (striker). The tire andloading information label lists the number of occupantseating positions (A), and the maximum vehicle capacityweight (B) in kilograms and pounds.

The Tire and Loading Information label also lists the tiresize of the original equipment tires (C) and therecommended cold tire inflation pressures (D). For moreinformation on tires and inflation, see Tires on page 5-58and Inflation - Tire Pressure on page 5-64.

There is also important loading information on theCertification label. It tells you the Gross VehicleWeight Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR) for the front and rear axle, see“Certification Label” later in this section.

Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit1. Locate the statement “The combined weight of

occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kgor XXX pounds” on your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver andpassengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver andpassengers from XXX kilograms or XXX pounds.

Label Example

4-30

Page 235: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

4. The resulting figure equals the available amount ofcargo and luggage load capacity. For example, ifthe “XXX” amount equals 1400 lbs and there will befive 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amountof available cargo and luggage load capacity is650 lbs (1400 − 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs).

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage andcargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weightmay not safely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4.

6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, the load fromyour trailer will be transferred to your vehicle.Consult this manual to determine how this reducesthe available cargo and luggage load capacityfor your vehicle.

If your vehicle can tow a trailer, see Towing a Trailer onpage 4-36 for important information on towing atrailer, towing safety rules, and trailering tips.

Item Description Total

AMaximum VehicleCapacity Weight forExample 1 =

1,000 lbs (453 kg)

BSubtract OccupantWeight 150 lbs(68 kg) × 2 =

300 lbs (136 kg)

C Available Occupant andCargo Weight = 700 lbs (317 kg)

Example 1

4-31

Page 236: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Item Description Total

AMaximum VehicleCapacity Weight forExample 2 =

1,000 lbs (453 kg)

BSubtract OccupantWeight 150 lbs(68 kg) × 5 =

750 lbs (340 kg)

C Available CargoWeight = 250 lbs (113 kg)

Item Description Total

AMaximum VehicleCapacity Weight forExample 3 =

1,000 lbs (453 kg)

BSubtract OccupantWeight 200 lbs(91 kg) × 5 =

1,000 lbs (453 kg)

C Available CargoWeight = 0 lbs (0 kg)

Refer to your vehicle’s tire and loading information labelfor specific information about your vehicle’s maximumvehicle capacity weight and seating positions. Thecombined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargoshould never exceed your vehicle’s maximum vehiclecapacity weight.

Example 2 Example 3

4-32

Page 237: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Certification Label

A vehicle specific Certification label is found on the rearedge of the driver’s door.

The label shows the gross weight capacity of yourvehicle, called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR).The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, alloccupants, fuel, and cargo.

Never exceed the GVWR for your vehicle or the GrossAxle Weight Rating (GAWR) for either the front orrear axle.

If the vehicle is going to carry a heavy load, spread it out.Do not carry more than 167 lbs (75 kg) in your trunk.

{CAUTION:

Do not load your vehicle any heavier than theGross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or eitherthe maximum front or rear Gross Axle WeightRating (GAWR). If you do, parts on yourvehicle can break, and it can change the wayyour vehicle handles. These could cause youto lose control and crash. Also, overloadingcan shorten the life of your vehicle.

Notice: Overloading your vehicle may causedamage. Repairs would not be covered by yourwarranty. Do not overload your vehicle.

4-33

Page 238: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If things like suitcases, tools, packages, or anything elseare put inside the vehicle, they will go as fast as thevehicle goes. If you have to stop or turn quickly,or if there is a crash, they will keep going.

{CAUTION:

Things you put inside your vehicle can strikeand injure people in a sudden stop or turn, orin a crash.

• Put things in the trunk of your vehicle. In atrunk, put them as far forward as you can.Try to spread the weight evenly.

• Never stack heavier things, like suitcases,inside the vehicle so that some of themare above the tops of the seats.

• Do not leave an unsecured child restraintin your vehicle.

• When you carry something inside thevehicle, secure it whenever you can.

• Do not leave a seat folded down unlessyou need to.

Towing

Towing Your VehicleConsult your dealer or a professional towing service ifyou need to have your disabled vehicle towed. SeeRoadside Assistance Program on page 7-6.

If you want to tow your vehicle behind another vehiclefor recreational purposes (such as behind a motorhome),see “Recreational Vehicle Towing” following.

Recreational Vehicle TowingRecreational vehicle towing means towing your vehiclebehind another vehicle – such as behind a motorhome.The two most common types of recreational vehicletowing are known as “dinghy towing” (towing your vehiclewith all four wheels on the ground) and “dolly towing”(towing your vehicle with two wheels on the ground andtwo wheels up on a device known as a “dolly”).

With the proper preparation and equipment, manyvehicles can be towed in these ways. See “DinghyTowing” and “Dolly Towing,” following.

4-34

Page 239: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Here are some important things to consider before youdo recreational vehicle towing:

• What’s the towing capacity of the towing vehicle?Be sure you read the tow vehicle manufacturer’srecommendations.

• How far will you tow? Some vehicles haverestrictions on how far and how long they can tow.

• Do you have the proper towing equipment?See your dealer or trailering professional foradditional advice and equipment recommendations.

• Is your vehicle ready to be towed? Just as you wouldprepare your vehicle for a long trip, you’ll want tomake sure your vehicle is prepared to be towed. SeeBefore Leaving on a Long Trip on page 4-21.

Dinghy Towing

Notice: If you tow your vehicle with all four wheelson the ground, the drivetrain components couldbe damaged. The repairs would not be covered byyour warranty. Do not tow your vehicle with allfour wheels on the ground.

Your vehicle was not designed to be towed with all fourwheels on the ground. If your vehicle must be towed,you should use a dolly. See “Dolly Towing” that followsfor more information.

Dolly Towing

Your vehicle can be towed using a dolly. To tow yourvehicle using a dolly, follow these steps:

1. Put the front wheels on a dolly.

2. Put the vehicle in PARK (P).

3. Set the parking brake and then remove the key.

4. Clamp the steering wheel in a straight-aheadposition.

5. Release the parking brake.

4-35

Page 240: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Towing a Trailer

{CAUTION:

If you do not use the correct equipment anddrive properly, you can lose control when youpull a trailer. For example, if the trailer is tooheavy, the brakes may not work well — or evenat all. You and your passengers could beseriously injured. You may also damage yourvehicle; the resulting repairs would not becovered by your warranty. Pull a trailer only ifyou have followed all the steps in this section.Ask your dealer for advice and informationabout towing a trailer with your vehicle.

Your vehicle can tow a trailer if it is equipped with theproper trailer towing equipment. To identify whatthe vehicle trailering capacity is for your vehicle, youshould read the information in “Weight of the Trailer” thatappears later in this section. But trailering is differentthan just driving your vehicle by itself. Trailering meanschanges in handling, durability and fuel economy.Successful, safe trailering takes correct equipment, andit has to be used properly.

That’s the reason for this part. In it are many time-tested,important trailering tips and safety rules. Many of theseare important for your safety and that of your passengers.So please read this section carefully before you pulla trailer.

Load-pulling components such as the engine, transaxle,wheel assemblies and tires are forced to work harderagainst the drag of the added weight. The engine isrequired to operate at relatively higher speeds and undergreater loads, generating extra heat. What’s more, thetrailer adds considerably to wind resistance, increasingthe pulling requirements.

If You Do Decide To Pull A TrailerIf you do, here are some important points:

• There are many different laws, including speed limitrestrictions, having to do with trailering. Make sureyour rig will be legal, not only where you livebut also where you’ll be driving. A good source forthis information can be state or provincial police.

• Consider using a sway control. You can ask a hitchdealer about sway controls.

4-36

Page 241: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

• Don’t tow a trailer at all during the first 1,000 miles(1 600 km) your new vehicle is driven. Yourengine, axle or other parts could be damaged.

• Then, during the first 500 miles (800 km) that youtow a trailer, don’t drive over 50 mph (80 km/h)and don’t make starts at full throttle. This helps yourengine and other parts of your vehicle wear in atthe heavier loads.

• Obey speed limit restrictions when towing a trailer.Don’t drive faster than the maximum posted speedfor trailers, or no more than 55 mph (90 km/h),to save wear on your vehicle’s parts.

Three important considerations have to do with weight:

• the weight of the trailer

• the weight of the trailer tongue

• and the total weight on your vehicle’s tires

Weight of the TrailerHow heavy can a trailer safely be?

It should never weigh more than 1,000 lbs (454 kg).But even that can be too heavy.

It depends on how you plan to use your rig. Forexample, speed, altitude, road grades, outsidetemperature and how much your vehicle is used to pulla trailer are all important. And, it can also dependon any special equipment that you have on your vehicle.

You can ask your dealer for our trailering informationor advice, or you can write us at:

Chevrolet Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, write to:

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre, 163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

4-37

Page 242: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Weight of the Trailer TongueThe tongue load (A) of any trailer is an important weightto measure because it affects the total or gross weightof your vehicle. The Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW)includes the curb weight of the vehicle, any cargo youmay carry in it, and the people who will be riding inthe vehicle. And if you tow a trailer, you must add thetongue load to the GVW because your vehicle willbe carrying that weight, too. See Loading Your Vehicleon page 4-29 for more information about yourvehicle’s maximum load capacity.

If you’re using a weight-carrying hitch or aweight-distributing hitch, the trailer tongue (A) shouldweigh 10 to 15 percent of the total loaded trailerweight (B).

After you’ve loaded your trailer, weigh the trailer and thenthe tongue, separately, to see if the weights are proper. Ifthey aren’t, you may be able to get them right simply bymoving some items around in the trailer.

Total Weight on Your Vehicle’s TiresBe sure your vehicle’s tires are inflated to the upperlimit for cold tires. You’ll find these numbers onthe Tire-Loading Information label, See Loading YourVehicle on page 4-29. Then be sure you don’t goover the GVW limit for your vehicle, including the weightof the trailer tongue.

4-38

Page 243: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

HitchesIt’s important to have the correct hitch equipment.Crosswinds, large trucks going by and rough roads area few reasons why you’ll need the right hitch. Hereare some rules to follow:

• The rear bumper on your vehicle is not intendedfor hitches. Do not attach rental hitches orother bumper-type hitches to it. Use only aframe-mounted hitch that does not attach tothe bumper.

• Will you have to make any holes in the body ofyour vehicle when you install a trailer hitch? Ifyou do, then be sure to seal the holes later whenyou remove the hitch. If you don’t seal them, deadlycarbon monoxide (CO) from your exhaust can getinto your vehicle. See Engine Exhaust on page 2-26in the Index. Dirt and water can, too.

Safety ChainsYou should always attach chains between your vehicleand your trailer. Cross the safety chains under thetongue of the trailer so that the tongue will not drop tothe road if it becomes separated from the hitch.Instructions about safety chains may be provided by thehitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer.

Follow the manufacturer’s recommendation for attachingsafety chains and do not attach them to the bumper.Always leave just enough slack so you can turn with yourrig. And, never allow safety chains to drag on the ground.

Trailer BrakesDoes your trailer have its own brakes? Be sure to readand follow the instructions for the trailer brakes so you’llbe able to install, adjust and maintain them properly.

• If your vehicle has anti-lock brakes, do not try to tapinto your vehicle’s brake system. If you do, bothbrake systems won’t work well, or at all.

• Even if your vehicle doesn’t have anti-lock brakes,don’t tap into your vehicle’s brake system if thetrailer’s brake system will use more than 0.02 cubicinch (0.3 cc) of fluid from your vehicle’s mastercylinder. If it does, both braking systems won’t workwell. You could even lose your brakes.

• Will the trailer brake parts take 3,000 psi(20 650 kPa) of pressure? If not, the trailer brakesystem must not be used with your vehicle.

• If everything checks out this far, then make the brakefluid tap at the upper rear master cylinder port. Butdon’t use copper tubing for this. If you do, it will bendand break off. Use steel brake tubing.

4-39

Page 244: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Driving with a TrailerTowing a trailer requires a certain amount of experience.Before setting out for the open road, you’ll want to getto know your rig. Acquaint yourself with the feel ofhandling and braking with the added weight of the trailer.And always keep in mind that the vehicle you aredriving is now a good deal longer and not nearly asresponsive as your vehicle is by itself.

Before you start, check the trailer hitch and platform(and attachments), safety chains, electrical connector,lamps, tires and mirror adjustment. If the trailer haselectric brakes, start your vehicle and trailer moving andthen apply the trailer brake controller by hand to besure the brakes are working. This lets you check yourelectrical connection at the same time.

During your trip, check occasionally to be sure that theload is secure, and that the lamps and any trailerbrakes are still working.

Following DistanceStay at least twice as far behind the vehicle ahead asyou would when driving your vehicle without a trailer.This can help you avoid situations that requireheavy braking and sudden turns.

PassingYou’ll need more passing distance up ahead whenyou’re towing a trailer. And, because you’re a good deallonger, you’ll need to go much farther beyond thepassed vehicle before you can return to your lane.

Backing UpHold the bottom of the steering wheel with one hand.Then, to move the trailer to the left, just move that handto the left. To move the trailer to the right, move yourhand to the right. Always back up slowly and, if possible,have someone guide you.

Making Turns

Notice: Making very sharp turns while traileringcould cause the trailer to come in contact with thevehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged. Avoidmaking very sharp turns while trailering.

When you’re turning with a trailer, make wider turns thannormal. Do this so your trailer won’t strike soft shoulders,curbs, road signs, trees or other objects. Avoid jerky orsudden maneuvers. Signal well in advance.

4-40

Page 245: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Turn Signals When Towing a TrailerWhen you tow a trailer, your vehicle may need additionalwiring. Check with your dealer. The arrows on yourinstrument panel will flash whenever you signal a turn orlane change. Properly hooked up, the trailer lampswill also flash, telling other drivers you’re about to turn,change lanes or stop.

When towing a trailer, the arrows on your instrumentpanel will flash for turns even if the bulbs on the trailerare burned out. Thus, you may think drivers behindyou are seeing your signal when they are not. It’simportant to check occasionally to be sure the trailerbulbs are still working.

Driving On GradesReduce speed and shift to a lower gear before you startdown a long or steep downgrade. If you don’t shiftdown, you might have to use your brakes so much thatthey would get hot and no longer work well.

On a long uphill grade, shift down and reduce yourspeed to around 45 mph (70 km/h) to reduce thepossibility of engine and transaxle overheating.

If you have overdrive, you may want to drive inTHIRD (3) instead of AUTOMATIC OVERDRIVEX.

Parking on Hills

{CAUTION:

You really should not park your vehicle, with atrailer attached, on a hill. If something goeswrong, your rig could start to move. Peoplecan be injured, and both your vehicle and thetrailer can be damaged.

But if you ever have to park your rig on a hill, here’show to do it:

1. Apply your regular brakes, but don’t shift intoPARK (P) yet.

2. Have someone place chocks under the trailerwheels.

3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release theregular brakes until the chocks absorb the load.

4. Reapply the regular brakes. Then apply yourparking brake, and then shift to PARK (P).

5. Release the regular brakes.

4-41

Page 246: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

When You Are Ready to Leave AfterParking on a Hill

1. Apply your regular brakes and hold the pedal downwhile you:

• start your engine,

• shift into a gear, and

• release the parking brake.

2. Let up on the brake pedal.

3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of the chocks.

4. Stop and have someone pick up and storethe chocks.

Maintenance When Trailer TowingYour vehicle will need service more often when you’repulling a trailer. See the Maintenance Schedule for moreon this. Things that are especially important in traileroperation are automatic transaxle fluid (don’t overfill),engine oil, drive belts, cooling system and brake system.Each of these is covered in this manual, and the Indexwill help you find them quickly. If you’re trailering, it’s agood idea to review this information before you startyour trip.

Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and boltsare tight.

Engine Cooling When Trailer TowingYour cooling system may temporarily overheat duringsevere operating conditions. See Engine Overheating onpage 5-31.

4-42

Page 247: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Service ............................................................5-3Doing Your Own Service Work .........................5-4Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your

Vehicle ......................................................5-5Fuel ................................................................5-5

Gasoline Octane ............................................5-5Gasoline Specifications ....................................5-6California Fuel ...............................................5-6Additives .......................................................5-6Fuels in Foreign Countries ...............................5-7Filling Your Tank ............................................5-8Filling a Portable Fuel Container .....................5-10

Checking Things Under the Hood ....................5-10Hood Release ..............................................5-11Engine Compartment Overview .......................5-12Engine Oil ...................................................5-18Engine Oil Life System ..................................5-21Supercharger Oil ..........................................5-23Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ................................5-24Automatic Transaxle Fluid ..............................5-26Engine Coolant .............................................5-28Radiator Pressure Cap ..................................5-31Engine Overheating .......................................5-31Overheated Engine Protection

Operating Mode ........................................5-33Cooling System ............................................5-34

Power Steering Fluid .....................................5-41Windshield Washer Fluid ................................5-42Brakes ........................................................5-44Battery ........................................................5-47Jump Starting ...............................................5-48

Headlamp Aiming ...........................................5-53Bulb Replacement ..........................................5-53

Halogen Bulbs ..............................................5-53Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, and

Parking Lamps ..........................................5-54Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps and

Sidemarker Lamps .....................................5-55Back-Up Lamps ............................................5-56Replacement Bulbs .......................................5-56

Windshield Wiper Blade Replacement ..............5-57Tires ..............................................................5-58

Tire Sidewall Labelling ...................................5-59Tire Terminology and Definitions .....................5-61Inflation - Tire Pressure .................................5-64Tire Pressure Monitor System .........................5-65Tire Inspection and Rotation ...........................5-67When It Is Time for New Tires .......................5-68Buying New Tires .........................................5-69Uniform Tire Quality Grading ..........................5-70Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ..................5-71

Section 5 Service and Appearance Care

5-1

Page 248: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Wheel Replacement ......................................5-71Tire Chains ..................................................5-73If a Tire Goes Flat ........................................5-74Changing a Flat Tire .....................................5-74Removing the Spare Tire and Tools ................5-76Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the

Spare Tire ................................................5-77Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools ............5-83Compact Spare Tire ......................................5-85

Appearance Care ............................................5-86Fabric/Carpet ...............................................5-86Vinyl ...........................................................5-88Leather .......................................................5-88Instrument Panel ..........................................5-88Interior Plastic Components ............................5-88Glass Surfaces .............................................5-88Care of Safety Belts ......................................5-89Weatherstrips ...............................................5-89Washing Your Vehicle ...................................5-89Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses .....................5-89Finish Care ..................................................5-90

Windshield and Wiper Blades .........................5-90Aluminum Wheels .........................................5-91Tires ...........................................................5-91Sheet Metal Damage .....................................5-92Finish Damage .............................................5-92Underbody Maintenance ................................5-92Chemical Paint Spotting .................................5-92Vehicle Care/Appearance Materials ..................5-93

Vehicle Identification ......................................5-94Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................5-94Service Parts Identification Label .....................5-94

Electrical System ............................................5-95Add-On Electrical Equipment ..........................5-95Headlamp Wiring ..........................................5-95Windshield Wiper Fuses ................................5-95Power Windows and Other Power Options .......5-95Fuses and Circuit Breakers ............................5-95Instrument Panel Fuse Block ..........................5-96Underhood Fuse Block ..................................5-99

Capacities and Specifications ........................5-102

Section 5 Service and Appearance Care

5-2

Page 249: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

ServiceYour dealer knows your vehicle best and wants you tobe happy with it. We hope you will go to your dealerfor all your service needs. You will get genuine GM partsand GM-trained and supported service people.

We hope you will want to keep your GM vehicle all GM.Genuine GM parts have one of these marks:

California Proposition 65 WarningMost motor vehicles, including this one, contain and/oremit chemicals known to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects or other reproductiveharm. Engine exhaust, many parts and systems(including some inside the vehicle), many fluids, andsome component wear by-products contain and/or emitthese chemicals.

5-3

Page 250: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Doing Your Own Service WorkIf you want to do some of your own service work, youwill want to use the proper service manual. It tellsyou much more about how to service your vehicle thanthis manual can. To order the proper service manual,see Service Publications Ordering Information onpage 7-11.

Your vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting todo your own service work, see Servicing YourAirbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 1-58.

You should keep a record with all parts receipts and listthe mileage and the date of any service work youperform. See Maintenance Record on page 6-14.

{CAUTION:

You can be injured and your vehicle could bedamaged if you try to do service work on avehicle without knowing enough about it.

• Be sure you have sufficient knowledge,experience, the proper replacement partsand tools before you attempt any vehiclemaintenance task.

• Be sure to use the proper nuts, bolts andother fasteners. English and metricfasteners can be easily confused. If youuse the wrong fasteners, parts can laterbreak or fall off. You could be hurt.

5-4

Page 251: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Adding Equipment to the Outside ofYour VehicleThings you might add to the outside of your vehicle canaffect the airflow around it. This may cause windnoise and affect windshield washer performance. Checkwith your dealer before adding equipment to theoutside of your vehicle.

FuelUse of the recommended fuel is an important part of theproper maintenance of your vehicle.

Gasoline OctaneIf your vehicle has the 3400 V6 engine (VIN Code E) orthe 3800 V6 engine (VIN Code K), use regular unleadedgasoline with a posted octane of 87 or higher. If theoctane is less than 87, you may get a heavy knockingnoise when you drive. If this occurs, use a gasoline ratedat 87 octane or higher as soon as possible. Otherwise,you might damage your engine. A little pinging noisewhen you accelerate or drive uphill is considered normal.This does not indicate a problem exists or that ahigher-octane fuel is necessary. If you are using87 octane or higher-octane fuel and you hear heavyknocking, your engine needs service.

If your vehicle has the 3800 Supercharged V6 engine(VIN Code 1), use only premium unleaded gasoline with aposted octane of 91 or higher. In an emergency, you maybe able to use a lower octane — as low as 87 — if heavyknocking does not occur. Refill your tank with premiumfuel as soon as possible. Otherwise, you might damageyour engine. If you are using 91 octane or higher-octanefuel and you hear heavy knocking, your engine needsservice.

5-5

Page 252: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Gasoline SpecificationsIt is recommended that gasoline meet specificationswhich were developed by automobile manufacturersaround the world and contained in the World-Wide FuelCharter which is available from the Alliance ofAutomobile Manufacturers atwww.autoalliance.org/fuel_charter.htm. Gasolinemeeting these specifications could provide improveddriveability and emission control system performancecompared to other gasoline.

California FuelIf your vehicle is certified to meet California EmissionStandards (see the underhood emission control label), itis designed to operate on fuels that meet Californiaspecifications. If this fuel is not available in statesadopting California emissions standards, your vehiclewill operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting federalspecifications, but emission control system performancemay be affected. The malfunction indicator lamp mayturn on and your vehicle may fail a smog-check test. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3-35. If thisoccurs, return to your authorized GM dealer fordiagnosis. If it is determined that the condition is causedby the type of fuel used, repairs may not be coveredby your warranty.

AdditivesTo provide cleaner air, all gasolines in the United Statesare now required to contain additives that will helpprevent engine and fuel system deposits from forming,allowing your emission control system to work properly. Inmost cases, you should not have to add anything to yourfuel. However, some gasolines contain only the minimumamount of additive required to meet U.S. EnvironmentalProtection Agency regulations. General Motorsrecommends that you buy gasolines that are advertisedto help keep fuel injectors and intake valves clean. If yourvehicle experiences problems due to dirty injectors orvalves, try a different brand of gasoline. Also, your GMdealer has additives that will help correct and preventmost deposit-related problems.

Gasolines containing oxygenates, such as ethers andethanol, and reformulated gasolines may be available inyour area to contribute to clean air. General Motorsrecommends that you use these gasolines, particularly ifthey comply with the specifications described earlier.

Notice: Your vehicle was not designed for fuel thatcontains methanol. Do not use fuel containingmethanol. It can corrode metal parts in your fuelsystem and also damage the plastic and rubberparts. That damage would not be covered underyour warranty.

5-6

Page 253: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Some gasolines that are not reformulated forlow emissions may contain an octane-enhancingadditive called methylcyclopentadienyl manganesetricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant where youbuy gasoline whether the fuel contains MMT. GeneralMotors does not recommend the use of such gasolines.Fuels containing MMT can reduce the life of sparkplugs and the performance of the emission controlsystem may be affected. The malfunction indicator lampmay turn on. If this occurs, return to your authorizedGM dealer for service.

Fuels in Foreign CountriesIf you plan on driving in another country outside theUnited States or Canada, the proper fuel may be hardto find. Never use leaded gasoline or any other fuelnot recommended in the previous text on fuel. Costlyrepairs caused by use of improper fuel would notbe covered by your warranty.

To check the fuel availability, ask an auto club, orcontact a major oil company that does business in thecountry where you will be driving.

5-7

Page 254: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Filling Your Tank

{CAUTION:

Fuel vapor burns violently and a fuel fire cancause bad injuries. To help avoid injuries toyou and others, read and follow all theinstructions on the pump island. Turn off yourengine when you are refueling. Do not smokeif you are near fuel or refueling your vehicle.Keep sparks, flames and smoking materialsaway from fuel. Do not leave the fuel pumpunattended when refueling your vehicle — thisis against the law in some places. Keepchildren away from the fuel pump; never letchildren pump fuel.

The tethered fuel cap is located behind a hinged fueldoor on the driver’s side of the vehicle.

To remove the fuel cap, turn it slowly to the left(counterclockwise). The fuel cap has a spring in it; if thecap is released too soon, it will spring back to the right.

While refueling, let the fuel cap hang by the tether belowthe fuel fill opening.

5-8

Page 255: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

If you spill fuel and then something ignites it,you could be badly burned. Fuel can spray outon you if you open the fuel cap too quickly.This spray can happen if your tank is nearlyfull, and is more likely in hot weather. Openthe fuel cap slowly and wait for any hiss noiseto stop. Then unscrew the cap all the way.

Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not top off or overfill thetank and wait a few seconds after you have finishedpumping before removing the nozzle. Clean fuelfrom painted surfaces as soon as possible. SeeWashing Your Vehicle on page 5-89.

When replacing the fuel cap, turn it to the right(clockwise) until it clicks. Make sure the cap is fullyinstalled. The diagnostic system can determine if the fuelcap has been left off or improperly installed. Thiswould allow fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. SeeMalfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3-35.

{CAUTION:

If a fire starts while you are refueling, do notremove the nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel byshutting off the pump or by notifying thestation attendant. Leave the area immediately.

Notice: If you need a new fuel cap, be sure to get theright type. Your dealer can get one for you. If you getthe wrong type, it may not fit properly. This maycause your malfunction indicator lamp to light andmay damage your fuel tank and emissions system.See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on page 3-35.

5-9

Page 256: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Filling a Portable Fuel Container

{CAUTION:

Never fill a portable fuel container while it is inyour vehicle. Static electricity discharge fromthe container can ignite the gasoline vapor.You can be badly burned and your vehicledamaged if this occurs. To help avoid injury toyou and others:

• Dispense gasoline only into approvedcontainers.

• Do not fill a container while it is inside avehicle, in a vehicle’s trunk, pickup bed oron any surface other than the ground.

• Bring the fill nozzle in contact with theinside of the fill opening before operatingthe nozzle. Contact should be maintaineduntil the filling is complete.

• Do not smoke while pumping gasoline.

Checking Things Underthe Hood

{CAUTION:

An electric fan under the hood can start upand injure you even when the engine is notrunning. Keep hands, clothing and tools awayfrom any underhood electric fan.

{CAUTION:

Things that burn can get on hot engine partsand start a fire. These include liquids like fuel,oil, coolant, brake fluid, windshield washer andother fluids, and plastic or rubber. You orothers could be burned. Be careful not to dropor spill things that will burn onto a hot engine.

5-10

Page 257: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Hood ReleaseTo open the hood, do the following:

1. Pull the handle locatedinside the vehicle nearthe parking brakepedal.

2. Then go to the front of the vehicle and release thesecondary hood latch, located near the center ofthe hood front, by pushing the latch to the right.

3. Lift the hood.

Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps areon properly. Then pull the hood down and close it firmly.

5-11

Page 258: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Engine Compartment OverviewWhen you open the hood on the 3400 V6 (Code E) engine, here is what you will see:

5-12

Page 259: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

A. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See “AddingWasher Fluid” under Windshield Washer Fluidon page 5-42.

B. Battery. See Battery on page 5-47.C. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. See Jump Starting on

page 5-48.D. Upper Underhood Fuse Block. See “Underhood

Fuse Block (Upper)” under Underhood Fuse Blockon page 5-99.

E. Lower Underhood Fuse Block. See “UnderhoodFuse Block (Lower)” under Underhood Fuse Blockon page 5-99.

F. Engine Coolant Recovery Tank. See “CheckingCoolant” under Cooling System on page 5-34.

G. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Radiator Pressure Capon page 5-31.

H. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. See Power SteeringFluid on page 5-41.

I. Engine Coolant Air Bleed Valves (underneath engineshield). See “How to Add Coolant to the Radiator”under Cooling System on page 5-34.

J. Electric Cooling Fan. See Cooling System onpage 5-34.

K. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil”under Engine Oil on page 5-18.

L. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine Oil”under Engine Oil on page 5-18.

M. Automatic Transaxle Fluid Dipstick. See “Checkingthe Fluid Level” under Automatic Transaxle Fluidon page 5-26.

N. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid”under Brakes on page 5-44.

O. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter. See Engine AirCleaner/Filter on page 5-24.

5-13

Page 260: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

When you open the hood on the 3800 V6 (Code K) engine, here is what you will see:

5-14

Page 261: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

A. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See “AddingWasher Fluid” under Windshield Washer Fluidon page 5-42.

B. Battery. See Battery on page 5-47.C. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. See Jump Starting on

page 5-48.D. Upper Underhood Fuse Block. See “Underhood

Fuse Block (Upper)” under Underhood Fuse Blockon page 5-99.

E. Lower Underhood Fuse Block. See “UnderhoodFuse Block (Lower)” under Underhood Fuse Blockon page 5-99.

F. Engine Coolant Recovery Tank. See “CheckingCoolant” under Cooling System on page 5-34.

G. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Radiator Pressure Capon page 5-31.

H. Electric Cooling Fan. See Cooling System onpage 5-34.

I. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir (low in enginecompartment). See Power Steering Fluid onpage 5-41.

J. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine Oil”under Engine Oil on page 5-18.

K. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil”under Engine Oil on page 5-18.

L. Engine Coolant Air Bleed Valves (underneath engineshield). See “How to Add Coolant to the Radiator”under Cooling System on page 5-34.

M. Automatic Transaxle Fluid Dipstick. See “Checkingthe Fluid Level” under Automatic Transaxle Fluidon page 5-26.

N. Brake Master Cylinder Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid”under Brakes on page 5-44.

O. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter. See Engine AirCleaner/Filter on page 5-24.

5-15

Page 262: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

When you open the hood on the 3800 V6 Supercharged (Code 1) engine, here is what you will see:

5-16

Page 263: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

A. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See “AddingWasher Fluid” under Windshield Washer Fluidon page 5-42.

B. Battery. See Battery on page 5-47.C. Radiator Pressure Cap. See Radiator Pressure Cap

on page 5-31.D. Underhood Fuse Block. See Underhood Fuse Block

on page 5-99.E. Remote Positive (+) Terminal. See Battery on

page 5-47.F. Engine Coolant Recovery Tank. See “Checking

Coolant” under Cooling System on page 5-34.G. Electric Cooling Fan. See Cooling System on

page 5-34.

H. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir (below generator).See Power Steering Fluid on page 5-41.

I. Engine Oil Dipstick. See “Checking Engine Oil”under Engine Oil on page 5-18.

J. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When to Add Engine Oil”under Engine Oil on page 5-18.

K. Automatic Transaxle Fluid Dipstick. See “Checkingthe Fluid Level” under Automatic Transaxle Fluidon page 5-26.

L. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See “Brake Fluid” underBrakes on page 5-44.

M. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter. See Engine AirCleaner/Filter on page 5-24.

5-17

Page 264: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Engine Oil

Checking Engine OilIt is a good idea to check your engine oil every time youget fuel. In order to get an accurate reading, the oilmust be warm and the vehicle must be on level ground.

The engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop. SeeEngine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 forthe location of the engine oil dipstick.

1. Turn off the engine and give the oil several minutesto drain back into the oil pan. If you do not do this,the oil dipstick might not show the actual level.

2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it with a paper towelor cloth, then push it back in all the way. Remove itagain, keeping the tip down, and check the level.

3400 V6 Engine

3800 V6 Engine

5-18

Page 265: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

When to Add Engine OilIf the oil is at or below the cross-hatched area at the tip ofthe dipstick, then you will need to add at least one quartof oil. But you must use the right kind. This sectionexplains what kind of oil to use. For engine oil crankcasecapacity, see Capacities and Specifications onpage 5-102.

Notice: Do not add too much oil. If your enginehas so much oil that the oil level gets abovethe cross-hatched area that shows the properoperating range, your engine could be damaged.

See Engine CompartmentOverview on page 5-12 forthe location of theengine oil fill cap.

Be sure to add enough oil to put the level somewhere inthe proper operating range in the cross-hatched area.Push the dipstick all the way back in when you arethrough.

What Kind of Engine Oil to UseLook for two things:

• GM6094M

Your vehicle’s engine requires oil meeting GMStandard GM6094M. You should look for and useonly an oil that meets GM Standard GM6094M.

5-19

Page 266: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

• SAE 5W-30

As shown in the viscosity chart, SAE 5W-30 is bestfor your vehicle.These numbers on an oil container show itsviscosity, or thickness. Do not use other viscosityoils such as SAE 20W-50.

Oils meeting theserequirements should alsohave the starburstsymbol on the container.This symbol indicatesthat the oil has beencertified by the AmericanPetroleum Institute (API).

You should look for this information on the oil container,and use only those oils that are identified as meetingGM Standard GM6094M and have the starburst symbolon the front of the oil container.

5-20

Page 267: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Notice: Use only engine oil identified as meetingGM Standard GM6094M and showing the AmericanPetroleum Institute Certified For Gasoline Enginesstarburst symbol. Failure to use the recommendedoil can result in engine damage not covered byyour warranty.

GM Goodwrench® oil meets all the requirements foryour vehicle.

If you are in an area of extreme cold, where thetemperature falls below −20°F (−29°C), it isrecommended that you use either an SAE 5W-30synthetic oil or an SAE 0W-30 oil. Both will provideeasier cold starting and better protection for your engineat extremely low temperatures.

Engine Oil AdditivesDo not add anything to your oil. The recommended oilswith the starburst symbol that meet GM StandardGM6094M are all you will need for good performanceand engine protection.

Engine Oil Life System

When to Change Engine OilYour vehicle has a computer system that lets you knowwhen to change the engine oil and filter. This is based onengine revolutions and engine temperature, and not onmileage. Based on driving conditions, the mileage atwhich an oil change will be indicated can varyconsiderably. For the oil life system to work properly, youmust reset the system every time the oil is changed.

When the system has calculated that oil life has beendiminished, it will indicate that an oil change is necessary.A CHANGE ENGINE OIL message will come on. SeeChange Engine Oil Message on page 3-44. Change youroil as soon as possible within the next 600 miles(1 000 km). It is possible that, if you are driving under thebest conditions, the oil life system may not indicate thatan oil change is necessary for over a year. However, yourengine oil and filter must be changed at least once a yearand at this time the system must be reset. Your dealerhas GM-trained service people who will perform this workusing genuine GM parts and reset the system. It is alsoimportant to check your oil regularly and keep it at theproper level.

If the system is ever reset accidentally, you mustchange your oil at 3,000 miles (5 000 km) since yourlast oil change. Remember to reset the oil life systemwhenever the oil is changed.

5-21

Page 268: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

How to Reset the Engine Oil LifeSystemThe Engine Oil Life System calculates when to changeyour engine oil and filter based on vehicle use.Anytime your oil is changed, reset the system so it cancalculate when the next oil change is required. If asituation occurs where you change your oil prior to aCHANGE ENGINE OIL message being turned on, resetthe system.

After changing the engine oil, the system must be reset.To reset the CHANGE ENGINE OIL message, useone of the following procedures:

Using the Radio1. Turn the ignition to ACC or ON, with the radio off.

2. Press and hold the TUNE DISP knob on theradio for at least five seconds until SETTINGSis displayed.

3. Press the SEEK PSCAN up or down arrow to scrollthrough the main menu.

4. Scroll until OIL LIFE appears on the display.

5. Press the 1 PREV or 2 NEXT buttons to enter thesubmenu. RESET will be displayed.

6. Press the TUNE DISP knob to reset. A chime willbe heard to verify the new setting and DONE willbe displayed for one second.

7. Once the indicator has been reset, scroll until EXITappears on the display.

8. Press the TUNE DISP knob to exit programming. Achime will be heard to verify the exit.

9. Turn the key to OFF.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL message comes back onwhen you start your vehicle, the engine oil life systemhas not reset. Repeat the procedure.

Using the Accelerator Pedal1. Turn the ignition to ON, with the engine off.

2. Fully press and release the accelerator pedal slowlythree times within five seconds. If the CHANGEENGINE OIL message flashes, the system is reset.However, if it stays on, it did not reset. Repeatthe procedure.

3. Turn the key to OFF.

If the CHANGE ENGINE OIL message comes back onwhen you start your vehicle, the engine oil life systemhas not reset. Repeat the procedure.

5-22

Page 269: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

What to Do with Used OilUsed engine oil contains certain elements that may beunhealthy for your skin and could even cause cancer.Do not let used oil stay on your skin for very long. Cleanyour skin and nails with soap and water, or a goodhand cleaner. Wash or properly dispose of clothing orrags containing used engine oil. See the manufacturer’swarnings about the use and disposal of oil products.

Used oil can be a threat to the environment. If youchange your own oil, be sure to drain all the oil from thefilter before disposal. Never dispose of oil by putting it inthe trash, pouring it on the ground, into sewers, or intostreams or bodies of water. Instead, recycle it by taking itto a place that collects used oil. If you have a problemproperly disposing of your used oil, ask your dealer, aservice station or a local recycling center for help.

Supercharger OilUnless you are technically qualified and have the propertools, you should let your dealer perform thismaintenance.

When to CheckCheck oil level every 30,000 miles (50 000 km) or every36 months, whichever occurs first.

What Kind of Oil to UseUse only the recommended supercharger oil. SeeRecommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-12.

5-23

Page 270: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

How to Check and Add Oil

{CAUTION:

If you remove the supercharger oil fill plugwhile the engine is hot, pressure may causehot oil to blow out of the oil fill hole. You maybe burned. Do not remove the plug until theengine cools.

Park the vehicle on a levelsurface. Check oil onlywhen the engine iscold. Allow the engine tocool two to three hoursafter running.

1. Clean the area around the oil fill plug beforeremoving it.

2. Remove the oil fill plug.

3. The oil level is correct when it just reaches thebottom of the threads of the inspection hole.

4. Replace the oil plug with the O-ring in place.Tighten to 88 lb-in (10Y).

Engine Air Cleaner/FilterSee Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 forthe location of the engine air cleaner/filter.

When to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/FilterInspect the air cleaner/filter at the Maintenance IIintervals and replace at the first oil change after50,000 miles (83 000 km). See Scheduled Maintenanceon page 6-4 for more information. If you are drivingin dusty/dirty conditions, inspect the filter at each engineoil change.

How to Inspect the Engine AirCleaner/FilterTo inspect the air cleaner/filter, remove the filter fromthe vehicle and lightly shake the filter to releaseloose dust and dirt. If the filter remains caked with dirt, anew filter is required.

5-24

Page 271: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter, do thefollowing:

1. Loosen the two clips on the top of the engine aircleaner/filter housing and lift the filter cover tabsout of the housing.

2. Push the filter cover housing toward the engine.

3. Pull out the filter.

4. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/filter. SeeNormal Maintenance Replacement Parts onpage 6-13.

5. To reinstall the cover, position the tabs through theslots on the housing. A notch on the sides of thefilter cover will indicate the correct engagement.Reinstall the two clips on the top of the housingwhen you are finished.

{CAUTION:

Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filteroff can cause you or others to be burned. Theair cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps tostop flame if the engine backfires. If it is notthere and the engine backfires, you couldbe burned. Do not drive with it off, and becareful working on the engine with the aircleaner/filter off.

Notice: If the air cleaner/filter is off, a backfire cancause a damaging engine fire. And, dirt caneasily get into your engine, which will damage it.Always have the air cleaner/filter in place when youare driving.

5-25

Page 272: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Automatic Transaxle Fluid

When to Check and ChangeA good time to check your automatic transaxle fluidlevel is when the engine oil is changed.

Change both the fluid and filter every 50,000 miles(83 000 km) if the vehicle is mainly driven under one ormore of these conditions:

• In heavy city traffic where the outside temperatureregularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.

• In hilly or mountainous terrain.

• When doing frequent trailer towing.

• Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery service.

If you do not use your vehicle under any of theseconditions, change the fluid and filter at 100,000 miles(166 000 km).

See Scheduled Maintenance on page 6-4.

How to CheckBecause this operation can be a little difficult, you maychoose to have this done at the dealership servicedepartment.

If you do it yourself, be sure to follow all the instructionshere, or you could get a false reading on the dipstick.

Notice: Too much or too little fluid can damage thetransaxle. Too much can mean that some of the fluidcould come out and fall on hot engine or exhaustsystem parts, starting a fire. Too little fluid couldcause the transaxle to overheat. Be sure to get anaccurate reading if you check the transaxle fluid.

Wait at least 30 minutes before checking the transaxlefluid level if you have been driving:

• When outside temperatures are above 90°F (32°C).

• At high speed for quite a while.

• In heavy traffic — especially in hot weather.

• While pulling a trailer.

To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normaloperating temperature, which is 180°F to 200°F(82°C to 93°C).

Get the vehicle warmed up by driving about15 miles (24 km) when outside temperatures are above50°F (10°C). If it is colder than 50°F (10°C), youmay have to drive longer.

5-26

Page 273: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Checking the Fluid LevelPrepare your vehicle as follows:

• Park your vehicle on a level place. Keep the enginerunning.

• With the parking brake applied, place the shift leverin PARK (P).

• With your foot on the brake pedal, move the shiftlever through each gear range, pausing for aboutthree seconds in each range. Then, position the shiftlever in PARK (P).

• Let the engine run at idle for three to five minutes.

The transaxle fluid dipstickhandle is the black loopnear the rear of the enginecompartment, towardthe center. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 5-12 for moreinformation on location.

Then, without shutting off the engine, follow these steps:

1. Pull out the dipstick and wipe it with a clean ragor paper towel.

2. Push it back in all the way, wait three seconds andthen pull it back out again.

3. Check both sides ofthe dipstick, and readthe lower level.The fluid levelmust be in thecross-hatched area.

4. If the fluid level is in the acceptable range, push thedipstick back in all the way.

3400 V6 engine shown,3800 V6 and

3800 V6 Superchargedengines similar

3400 V6 engine shown,3800 V6 and

3800 V6 Superchargedengines similar

5-27

Page 274: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

How to Add FluidRefer to the Maintenance Schedule to determine whatkind of transaxle fluid to use. See Recommended Fluidsand Lubricants on page 6-12.

If the fluid level is low, add only enough of the properfluid to bring the level into the cross-hatched area on thedipstick.

1. Pull out the dipstick.

2. Using a long-neck funnel, add enough fluid at thedipstick hole to bring it to the proper level.It does not take much fluid, generally less thanone pint (0.5 L). Do not overfill.

Notice: Use of automatic transaxle fluid labeledother than DEXRON ®-III, Approved for theH-Specification, may damage your vehicle, and thedamages may not be covered by your warranty.Always use automatic transaxle fluid labeledDEXRON®-III, Approved for the H-Specification.

3. After adding fluid, recheck the fluid level asdescribed under “How to Check,” earlier inthis section.

4. When the correct fluid level is obtained, push thedipstick back in all the way.

Engine CoolantThe cooling system in your vehicle is filled withDEX-COOL® engine coolant. This coolant is designedto remain in your vehicle for five years or 150,000 miles(240 000 km), whichever occurs first, if you add onlyDEX-COOL® extended life coolant.

The following explains your cooling system and howto add coolant when it is low. If you have a problem withengine overheating or if you need to add coolant toyour radiator, see Engine Overheating on page 5-31.

A 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water andDEX-COOL® coolant will:

• Give freezing protection down to −34°F (−37°C).

• Give boiling protection up to 265°F (129°C).

• Protect against rust and corrosion.

• Help keep the proper engine temperature.

• Let the warning lights and gages work asthey should.

Notice: Using coolant other than DEX-COOL ® maycause premature engine, heater core or radiatorcorrosion. In addition, the engine coolant mayrequire changing sooner, at 30,000 miles (50 000 km)or 24 months, whichever occurs first. Any repairswould not be covered by your warranty. Always useDEX-COOL® (silicate-free) coolant in your vehicle.

5-28

Page 275: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

What to UseUse a mixture of one-half clean, drinkable water andone-half DEX-COOL® coolant which will not damagealuminum parts. If you use this coolant mixture, you donot need to add anything else.

{CAUTION:

Adding only plain water to your coolingsystem can be dangerous. Plain water, orsome other liquid such as alcohol, can boilbefore the proper coolant mixture will. Yourvehicle’s coolant warning system is set for theproper coolant mixture. With plain water or thewrong mixture, your engine could get too hotbut you would not get the overheat warning.Your engine could catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOL ® coolant.

Notice: If you use an improper coolant mixture,your engine could overheat and be badly damaged.The repair cost would not be covered by yourwarranty. Too much water in the mixture can freezeand crack the engine, radiator, heater core andother parts.

If you have to add coolant more than four times a year,have your dealer check your cooling system.

Notice: If you use the proper coolant, you do nothave to add extra inhibitors or additives which claimto improve the system. These can be harmful.

5-29

Page 276: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Checking Coolant

The coolant recovery tankis located between thepower steering fluidreservoir and theunderhood fuse block inthe engine compartmenton the passenger’s side ofthe vehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 5-12 for moreinformation on location.

The vehicle must be on a level surface. When yourengine is cold, the coolant level should be at the COLDmark or a little higher. When your engine is warm,the level should be up to the HOT mark or a little higher.

Adding CoolantIf you need more coolant, add the proper DEX-COOL®

coolant mixture at the coolant recovery tank, but becareful not to spill it.

If the coolant recovery tank is completely empty, addcoolant to the radiator. See Engine Overheatingon page 5-31.

{CAUTION:

Turning the radiator pressure cap when theengine and radiator are hot can allow steamand scalding liquids to blow out and burn youbadly. With the coolant recovery tank, you willalmost never have to add coolant at theradiator. Never turn the radiator pressurecap — even a little — when the engine andradiator are hot.

5-30

Page 277: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

You can be burned if you spill coolant on hotengine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycol,and it will burn if the engine parts are hotenough. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine.

Occasionally check the coolant level in the radiator. Forinformation on how to add coolant to the radiator,see Cooling System on page 5-34.

Radiator Pressure CapNotice: The radiator cap on your vehicle is apressure-type cap and must be tightly installed toprevent coolant loss and possible engine damagefrom overheating. Be sure the arrows on the cap lineup with the overflow tube on the radiator filler neck.

The radiator pressure cap is located in the front of theengine compartment on the passenger’s side of thevehicle, near the diagonal cross brace. See EngineCompartment Overview on page 5-12 for moreinformation on location.

Engine OverheatingYou will find a coolant temperature gage and a warningmessage about a hot engine on your instrument panelcluster. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gage onpage 3-34 and Hot Coolant Temperature WarningMessage on page 3-42.

5-31

Page 278: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If Steam Is Coming From Your Engine

{CAUTION:

Steam from an overheated engine can burnyou badly, even if you just open the hood. Stayaway from the engine if you see or hear steamcoming from it. Just turn it off and geteveryone away from the vehicle until it coolsdown. Wait until there is no sign of steam orcoolant before you open the hood.

If you keep driving when your engine isoverheated, the liquids in it can catch fire. Youor others could be badly burned. Stop yourengine if it overheats, and get out of thevehicle until the engine is cool.

See Overheated Engine Protection OperatingMode on page 5-33 for information on drivingto a safe place in an emergency.

Notice: If your engine catches fire because you keepdriving with no coolant, your vehicle can be badlydamaged. The costly repairs would not be covered byyour warranty. See Overheated Engine ProtectionOperating Mode on page 5-33 for information ondriving to a safe place in an emergency.

If No Steam Is Coming From YourEngineAn overheat warning along with a low coolant messagecan indicate a serious problem.

If you get an engine overheat warning, but see or hearno steam, the problem may not be too serious.Sometimes the engine can get a little too hot when you:

• Climb a long hill on a hot day.

• Stop after high-speed driving.

• Idle for long periods in traffic.

• Tow a trailer.

5-32

Page 279: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If you get the overheat warning with no sign of steam,try this for a minute or so:

1. In heavy traffic, let the engine idle in NEUTRAL (N)while stopped. If it is safe to do so, pull off the road,shift to PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N) and let theengine idle.

2. Turn on your heater to full hot at the highest fanspeed and open the windows as necessary.

If you no longer have the overheat warning, you candrive. Just to be safe, drive slower for about 10 minutes.If the warning does not come back on, you can drivenormally.

If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and park yourvehicle right away.

If there is still no sign of steam, you can idle the enginefor three minutes while you are parked. If you stillhave the warning, turn off the engine and get everyoneout of the vehicle until it cools down. Also, see“Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode” laterin this section.

You may decide not to lift the hood but to get servicehelp right away.

Overheated Engine ProtectionOperating ModeThis emergency operating mode allows your vehicle tobe driven to a safe place in an emergency situation.If an overheated engine condition exists, an overheatprotection mode which alternates firing groups ofcylinders helps prevent engine damage. In this mode,you will notice a significant loss in power and engineperformance. The low coolant light may come onand the temperature gage will indicate an overheatcondition exists. Driving extended miles (km) and/ortowing a trailer in the overheat protection mode shouldbe avoided.

Notice: After driving in the overheated engineprotection operating mode, to avoid engine damage,allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair.The engine oil will be severely degraded. Repair thecause of coolant loss, change the oil and reset the oillife system. See Engine Oil on page 5-18.

5-33

Page 280: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Cooling SystemWhen you decide it is safe to lift the hood, here is whatyou will see:

A. Engine Coolant Recovery TankB. Electric Engine Cooling FansC. Radiator Pressure Cap

A. Engine Coolant Recovery TankB. Electric Engine Cooling FansC. Radiator Pressure Cap

{CAUTION:

An electric engine cooling fan under the hoodcan start up even when the engine is not runningand can injure you. Keep hands, clothing andtools away from any underhood electric fan.

3400 V6 engine

3800 V6 engine shown, 3800 V6 Superchargedengine similar

5-34

Page 281: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If the coolant inside the coolant recovery tank is boiling,do not do anything else until it cools down. Thevehicle should be parked on a level surface.

The coolant recovery tank is located in the rear of theengine compartment on the passenger’s side of thevehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview onpage 5-12.

To check the coolant level, look for the COLD mark onthe side of the coolant recovery tank that faces theengine. When the engine is cold, the coolant level shouldbe at or above the COLD mark on the coolant recoverytank. If it is not, you may have a leak at the pressure capor in the radiator hoses, heater hoses, radiator, waterpump or somewhere else in the cooling system.

{CAUTION:

Heater and radiator hoses, and other engineparts, can be very hot. Do not touch them. Ifyou do, you can be burned.

Do not run the engine if there is a leak. If yourun the engine, it could lose all coolant. Thatcould cause an engine fire, and you could beburned. Get any leak fixed before you drive thevehicle.

If there seems to be no leak, with the engine on, checkto see if the electric engine cooling fans are running.If the engine is overheating, both fans should berunning. If they are not, your vehicle needs service.

Notice: Engine damage from running your enginewithout coolant is not covered by your warranty. SeeOverheated Engine Protection Operating Mode onpage 5-33 for information on driving to a safe placein an emergency.

Notice: Using coolant other than DEX-COOL ® maycause premature engine, heater core or radiatorcorrosion. In addition, the engine coolant mayrequire changing sooner, at 30,000 miles (50 000 km)or 24 months, whichever occurs first. Any repairswould not be covered by your warranty. Always useDEX-COOL® (silicate-free) coolant in your vehicle.

5-35

Page 282: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

How to Add Coolant to the CoolantRecovery TankIf you have not found a problem yet, but the coolantlevel is not at the COLD mark, add a 50/50 mixture ofclean, drinkable water and DEX-COOL® enginecoolant at the coolant recovery tank. See EngineCoolant on page 5-28.

{CAUTION:

Adding only plain water to your coolingsystem can be dangerous. Plain water, orsome other liquid such as alcohol, can boilbefore the proper coolant mixture will. Yourvehicle’s coolant warning system is set for theproper coolant mixture. With plain water or thewrong mixture, your engine could get too hotbut you would not get the overheat warning.Your engine could catch fire and you or otherscould be burned. Use a 50/50 mixture of clean,drinkable water and DEX-COOL ® coolant.

Notice: In cold weather, water can freeze and crackthe engine, radiator, heater core and other parts.Use the recommended coolant and the propercoolant mixture.

{CAUTION:

You can be burned if you spill coolant on hotengine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine parts are hotenough. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine.

When the coolant in the coolant recovery tank is at theCOLD mark, start your vehicle.

If the overheat warning continues, there is one morething you can try. You can add the proper coolantmixture directly to the radiator, but be sure the coolingsystem is cool before you do it.

5-36

Page 283: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Steam and scalding liquids from a hot coolingsystem can blow out and burn you badly. Theyare under pressure, and if you turn the radiatorpressure cap — even a little — they can comeout at high speed. Never turn the cap when thecooling system, including the radiator pressurecap, is hot. Wait for the cooling system andradiator pressure cap to cool if you ever haveto turn the pressure cap.

How to Add Coolant to the Radiator

Notice: Your engine has a specific radiatorfill procedure. Failure to follow this procedure couldcause your engine to overheat and be severelydamaged.

1. You can remove the radiator pressure cap whenthe cooling system, including the radiator pressurecap and upper radiator hose, is no longer hot.Turn the pressure cap slowly counterclockwise untilit first stops. Do not press down while turning thepressure cap.If you hear a hiss, wait for that to stop. A hissmeans there is still some pressure left.

5-37

Page 284: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

2. Then keep turning the pressure cap, but now pushdown as you turn it. Remove the pressure cap.

{CAUTION:

You can be burned if you spill coolant on hotengine parts. Coolant contains ethylene glycoland it will burn if the engine parts are hotenough. Do not spill coolant on a hot engine.

3. If you have the 3800 V6 engine, remove the3800 Series II V6 engine cover shield to access thebleed valve. 3.1. Clean the area around the engine oil fill tube

and cap before removing. Twist the oil filltube, with cap attached, counterclockwiseand remove it.

3.2. Lift the engine cover shield at the front, slidethe catch tab out of the engine bracket andremove the cover shield.

3.3. Put the oil fill tube, with cap attached, in thevalve cover oil fill hole until you are ready toreplace the cover shield.

5-38

Page 285: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

4. After the engine cools, open the coolant air bleedvalve or valves.

3400 V6 engine: There are two bleed valves. The first islocated on the thermostat housing. The second islocated on the thermostat bypass tube, on top of thewater pump housing.

3800 V6 engine: There is one bleed valve. It is locatedon the thermostat housing.

3400 V6 Bleed Valve #1 3400 V6 Bleed Valve #23800 Series II V6 Bleed Valve

5-39

Page 286: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

5. Fill the radiator with the proper DEX-COOL®

coolant mixture, up to the base of the fillerneck. See Engine Coolant on page 5-28 for moreinformation about the proper coolant mixture.If you see a stream of coolant coming from an airbleed valve, close the valve. Otherwise, closethe valves after the radiator is filled.

6. Rinse or wipe any spilled coolant from the engineand the compartment.

7. If you have the 3800 V6 engine, replace the3800 Series II V6 engine cover shield.

7.1. Remove the oil fill tube, with cap attached,from the valve cover.

7.2. Insert the catch tab on the cover shieldunder the bracket on the engine.

7.3. Place the hole in the cover shield over thehole in the valve cover. Install oil fill tube andcap by twisting clockwise.

8. Then fill the coolant recovery tank to the COLD mark.

9. Put the cap back on the coolant recovery tank, butleave the radiator pressure cap off.

5-40

Page 287: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

10. Start the engine and let it run until you can feel theupper radiator hose getting hot. Watch out for theengine cooling fans.

11. By this time, the coolant level inside the radiatorfiller neck may be lower. If the level is lower, addmore of the proper DEX-COOL® coolant mixturethrough the filler neck until the level reachesthe base of the filler neck.

12. Then replace the pressure cap. At any time duringthis procedure if coolant begins to flow out of thefiller neck, reinstall the pressure cap. Be surethe arrow on the pressure cap lines up properly.

13. Check the coolant in the recovery tank. The level inthe coolant recovery tank should be at the HOTmark when the engine is hot or at the COLD markwhen the engine is cold.

Power Steering Fluid

The power steering fluidreservoir is located towardthe rear of the enginecompartment on thepassenger’s side of thevehicle. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 5-12 for reservoirlocation.

5-41

Page 288: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

When to Check Power Steering FluidIt is not necessary to regularly check power steering fluidunless you suspect there is a leak in the system oryou hear an unusual noise. A fluid loss in this systemcould indicate a problem. Have the system inspectedand repaired.

How to Check Power Steering FluidTo check the power steering fluid, do the following:

1. Turn the key off and let the engine compartmentcool down.

2. Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean.

3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with aclean rag.

4. Replace the cap and completely tighten it.

5. Remove the cap again and look at the fluid level onthe dipstick.

When the 3400 V6 engine compartment is hot, the levelshould be at the H (hot) mark. When it is cold, thelevel should be at the C (cold) mark. If the fluid is at theADD mark, you should add fluid.

For the 3800 V6 engine, the level should be at the HOTmark when the engine compartment is hot. If the fluidis at the ADD mark, you should add fluid.

What to UseTo determine what kind of fluid to use, seeRecommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-12.Always use the proper fluid. Failure to use the properfluid can cause leaks and damage hoses and seals.

Windshield Washer Fluid

What to UseWhen you need windshield washer fluid, be sure to readthe manufacturer’s instructions before use. If you will beoperating your vehicle in an area where the temperaturemay fall below freezing, use a fluid that has sufficientprotection against freezing.

5-42

Page 289: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Adding Washer Fluid

When this message is displayed in the message center,it means the vehicle is low on windshield washerfluid. You should add more windshield washer fluidsoon. See Low Washer Fluid Warning Messageon page 3-46 for more information.

Open the cap with thewasher symbol on it. Addwasher fluid until thetank is full. See EngineCompartment Overview onpage 5-12 for moreinformation on location.

Notice:

• When using concentrated washer fluid, follow themanufacturer’s instructions for adding water.

• Do not mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid.Water can cause the solution to freeze anddamage your washer fluid tank and other parts ofthe washer system. Also, water does not clean aswell as washer fluid.

• Fill your washer fluid tank only three-quarters fullwhen it is very cold. This allows for expansion iffreezing occurs, which could damage the tank ifit is completely full.

• Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) in yourwindshield washer. It can damage your washersystem and paint.

United States Canada

5-43

Page 290: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Brakes

Brake Fluid

Your brake master cylinderreservoir is filled withDOT-3 brake fluid. SeeEngine CompartmentOverview on page 5-12 forthe location of thereservoir.

There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level inthe reservoir might go down. The first is that thebrake fluid goes down to an acceptable level duringnormal brake lining wear. When new linings are put in,the fluid level goes back up. The other reason isthat fluid is leaking out of the brake system. If it is, youshould have your brake system fixed, since a leakmeans that sooner or later your brakes will not workwell, or will not work at all.

So, it is not a good idea to top off your brake fluid.Adding brake fluid will not correct a leak. If you add fluidwhen your linings are worn, then you will have toomuch fluid when you get new brake linings. You shouldadd or remove brake fluid, as necessary, only whenwork is done on the brake hydraulic system.

{CAUTION:

If you have too much brake fluid, it can spill onthe engine. The fluid will burn if the engine ishot enough. You or others could be burned,and your vehicle could be damaged. Add brakefluid only when work is done on the brakehydraulic system.

When your brake fluid falls to a low level, your brakewarning light will come on. See Brake System WarningLight on page 3-32.

5-44

Page 291: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

What to AddWhen you do need brake fluid, use only DOT-3 brakefluid. Use new brake fluid from a sealed container only.See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-12.

Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap and the areaaround the cap before removing it. This will helpkeep dirt from entering the reservoir.

{CAUTION:

With the wrong kind of fluid in your brakesystem, your brakes may not work well, or theymay not even work at all. This could cause acrash. Always use the proper brake fluid.

Notice:

• Using the wrong fluid can badly damage brakesystem parts. For example, just a few drops ofmineral-based oil, such as engine oil, in yourbrake system can damage brake system parts sobadly that they will have to be replaced. Do notlet someone put in the wrong kind of fluid.

• If you spill brake fluid on your vehicle’s paintedsurfaces, the paint finish can be damaged. Becareful not to spill brake fluid on your vehicle. Ifyou do, wash it off immediately. See AppearanceCare on page 5-86.

5-45

Page 292: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Brake WearYour vehicle has four-wheel disc brakes.

Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators that make ahigh-pitched warning sound when the brake pads areworn and new pads are needed. The sound may comeand go or be heard all the time your vehicle is moving,except when you are pushing on the brake pedal firmly.

{CAUTION:

The brake wear warning sound means thatsoon your brakes will not work well. Thatcould lead to an accident. When you hear thebrake wear warning sound, have your vehicleserviced.

Notice: Continuing to drive with worn-out brakepads could result in costly brake repair.

Some driving conditions or climates may cause a brakesqueal when the brakes are first applied or lightlyapplied. This does not mean something is wrong withyour brakes.

Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary to helpprevent brake pulsation. When tires are rotated, inspectbrake pads for wear and evenly tighten wheel nuts inthe proper sequence to GM torque specifications.

Brake linings should always be replaced as completeaxle sets.

Brake Pedal TravelSee your dealer if the brake pedal does not return tonormal height, or if there is a rapid increase inpedal travel. This could be a sign of brake trouble.

Brake AdjustmentEvery time you apply the brakes, with or without thevehicle moving, your brakes adjust for wear.

5-46

Page 293: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Replacing Brake System PartsThe braking system on a vehicle is complex. Its manyparts have to be of top quality and work well together ifthe vehicle is to have really good braking. Yourvehicle was designed and tested with top-quality GMbrake parts. When you replace parts of your brakingsystem — for example, when your brake liningswear down and you need new ones put in — be sureyou get new approved GM replacement parts. If you donot, your brakes may no longer work properly. Forexample, if someone puts in brake linings that are wrongfor your vehicle, the balance between your front andrear brakes can change — for the worse. The brakingperformance you have come to expect can changein many other ways if someone puts in the wrongreplacement brake parts.

BatteryYour vehicle has a maintenance free battery. When it istime for a new battery, get one that has the replacementnumber shown on the original battery’s label. Werecommend an ACDelco® replacement battery. SeeEngine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 forbattery location.

Warning: Battery posts, terminals and relatedaccessories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the State of California to causecancer and reproductive harm. Wash hands afterhandling.

Vehicle StorageIf you are not going to drive your vehicle for 25 daysor more, remove the black, negative (−) cable fromthe battery. This will help keep your battery fromrunning down.

{CAUTION:

Batteries have acid that can burn you and gasthat can explode. You can be badly hurt if youare not careful. See Jump Starting onpage 5-48 for tips on working around a batterywithout getting hurt.

Also, for your audio system, see Theft-DeterrentFeature on page 3-87.

5-47

Page 294: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Jump StartingIf your battery has run down, you may want to useanother vehicle and some jumper cables to start yourvehicle. Be sure to use the following steps to do it safely.

{CAUTION:

Batteries can hurt you. They can be dangerousbecause:

• They contain acid that can burn you.• They contain gas that can explode or ignite.• They contain enough electricity to

burn you.

If you do not follow these steps exactly, some orall of these things can hurt you.

Notice: Ignoring these steps could result in costlydamage to your vehicle that would not be coveredby your warranty.

Trying to start your vehicle by pushing or pulling itwill not work, and it could damage your vehicle.

1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a 12-voltbattery with a negative ground system.

Notice: If the other vehicle’s system is not a 12-voltsystem with a negative ground, both vehicles canbe damaged. Only use vehicles with 12-volt systemswith negative grounds to jump start your vehicle.

2. Get the vehicles close enough so the jumper cablescan reach, but be sure the vehicles are not touchingeach other. If they are, it could cause a groundconnection you do not want. You would not be ableto start your vehicle, and the bad groundingcould damage the electrical systems.To avoid the possibility of the vehicles rolling, setthe parking brake firmly on both vehicles involved inthe jump start procedure. Put an automatictransaxle in PARK (P) or a manual transaxle inNEUTRAL before setting the parking brake.

5-48

Page 295: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Notice: If you leave your radio or other accessorieson during the jump starting procedure, they couldbe damaged. The repairs would not be coveredby your warranty. Always turn off your radio andother accessories when jump starting your vehicle.

3. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles. Unplugunnecessary accessories plugged into the cigarettelighter or the accessory power outlets. Turn offthe radio and all lamps that are not needed. Thiswill avoid sparks and help save both batteries. Andit could save the radio!

4. Open the hoods and locate the batteries. Find thepositive (+) and negative (−) terminal locations oneach vehicle.You will not need to access your battery for jumpstarting. Your vehicle has a remote positive (+) jumpstarting terminal for that purpose. The remotepositive (+) terminal is located in the enginecompartment on the passenger’s side of the vehicle,next to the upper underhood fuse block. SeeEngine Compartment Overview on page 5-12 formore information on location.

To uncover the remote positive (+) terminal, lift theplastic cap. You should always use the remotepositive (+) terminal instead of the positive (+)terminal on the battery.

{CAUTION:

An electric fan can start up even when theengine is not running and can injure you. Keephands, clothing and tools away from anyunderhood electric fan.

5-49

Page 296: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Using a match near a battery can cause batterygas to explode. People have been hurt doingthis, and some have been blinded. Use aflashlight if you need more light.

Be sure the battery has enough water. You donot need to add water to the battery installedin your new vehicle. But if a battery has fillercaps, be sure the right amount of fluid is there.If it is low, add water to take care of that first.If you do not, explosive gas could be present.

Battery fluid contains acid that can burn you.Do not get it on you. If you accidentally get itin your eyes or on your skin, flush the placewith water and get medical help immediately.

{CAUTION:

Fans or other moving engine parts can injureyou badly. Keep your hands away from movingparts once the engine is running.

5. Check that the jumper cables do not have loose ormissing insulation. If they do, you could get ashock. The vehicles could be damaged too.Before you connect the cables, here are somebasic things you should know. Positive (+) will go topositive (+) or to a remote positive (+) terminal ifthe vehicle has one. Negative (−) will go to a heavy,unpainted metal engine part or to a remotenegative (−) terminal if the vehicle has one.Do not connect positive (+) to negative (−), or youwill get a short that would damage the batteryand maybe other parts too. And do not connect thenegative (−) cable to the negative (−) terminal onthe dead battery because this can cause sparks.

5-50

Page 297: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

6. Connect the red positive (+) cable to the positive (+)terminal location of the vehicle with the deadbattery. Use a remote positive (+) terminal if thevehicle has one.

7. Do not let the other end touch metal. Connect it tothe positive (+) terminal location of the vehicle withthe good battery. Use a remote positive (+)terminal if the vehicle has one.

8. Now connect the black negative (−) cable to thenegative (−) terminal location of the vehicle withthe good battery. Use a remote negative (−) terminalif the vehicle has one.Do not let the other end touch anything until thenext step. The other end of the negative (−) cabledoes not go to the dead battery. It goes to aheavy, unpainted metal engine part or to a remotenegative (−) terminal on the vehicle with thedead battery.

9. Connect the other end of the negative (−) cable atleast 18 inches (45 cm) away from the dead battery,but not near engine parts that move. The electricalconnection is just as good there, and the chanceof sparks getting back to the battery is much less.

10. Now start the vehicle with the good battery and runthe engine for a while.

11. Try to start the vehicle that had the dead battery. Ifit will not start after a few tries, it probably needsservice.

5-51

Page 298: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Notice: If the jumper cables are removed in thewrong order, electrical shorting may occur anddamage the vehicle. The repairs would not becovered by your warranty. Remove the jumpercables in the correct order, making sure that thecables do not touch each other or other metal.

A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine PartB. Good Battery or Remote Positive (+) TerminalC. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal

To disconnect the jumper cables from both vehicles, dothe following:

1. Disconnect the black negative (−) cable from thevehicle that had the dead battery.

2. Disconnect the black negative (−) cable from thevehicle with the good battery.

3. Disconnect the red positive (+) cable from thevehicle with the good battery.

4. Disconnect the red positive (+) cable from the othervehicle.

5. Return the remote positive (+) terminal cover to itsoriginal position.

Jumper Cable Removal

5-52

Page 299: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Headlamp AimingHeadlamp aim has been preset at the factory andshould need no further adjustment.

If your vehicle is damaged in an accident, the headlampaim may be affected. Aim adjustment to the low beammay be necessary if it is difficult to see lane markers (forhorizontal aim), or if oncoming drivers flash their highbeams at you (for vertical aim). If you believe yourheadlamps need to be re-aimed, we recommend thatyou take your vehicle to your dealer for service.

Bulb ReplacementFor the proper type of replacement bulbs, seeReplacement Bulbs on page 5-56.

For any bulb changing procedure not listed in thissection, contact your dealer.

Halogen Bulbs

{CAUTION:

Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside andcan burst if you drop or scratch the bulb. You orothers could be injured. Be sure to read andfollow the instructions on the bulb package.

5-53

Page 300: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, andParking Lamps

A. Parking/Turn Signal LampB. Low-Beam HeadlampC. High-Beam Headlamp

To replace one of these bulbs, do the following:

1. Open the hood. See Hood Release on page 5-11for more information.

2. Remove the air baffle.

3. Remove the two headlamp fasteners by pulling upon them.

5-54

Page 301: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

4. Pull the headlamp assembly gently away from thevehicle and remove the electrical connector.

5. Remove the round dust caps to gain access tothe bulbs.

6. Turn the old bulb counterclockwise and remove itfrom the retaining ring by gently pulling it awayfrom the headlamp.

7. Remove the electrical connector from the bulb byraising the lock tab and pulling the connector awayfrom the bulb’s base.

8. Install the electrical connector to the bulb.

9. Install the new bulb by inserting the smallest tab onthe bulb base into the matching notch in theretaining ring. Turn the bulb a quarter-turn clockwiseuntil it stops.

10. Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to reinstall the headlampassembly.

Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplampsand Sidemarker Lamps

A. Rear Sidemarker LampB. Taillamps/Turn Signal and Stoplamp

5-55

Page 302: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

To replace one of these bulbs, do the following:

1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on page 2-10 for moreinformation.

2. Remove the convenience net, if your vehicle hasone. Unhook the net from the upper wing nut.

3. Remove the two upper (convenience net) wing nuts.

4. Pull the carpet away from the rear of the vehicle.

5. Remove the two remaining hex nuts.

6. Pull the assembly from the body carefully.

7. Remove the socket. To do so, press the tab, turn itcounterclockwise and pull it out.

8. Pull the old bulb out. Do not twist it.

9. Push the new bulb into the socket.

10. Reverse Steps 1 through 5 to reinstall the taillampassembly.

Back-Up LampsThe back-up lamps are located in the applique, on therear of the trunk lid. To replace a bulb, do the following:

1. Open the trunk. See Trunk on page 2-10 formore information.

2. Remove the nine hex nuts.

3. Pull the rear trunk applique away from the vehicle.

4. Remove the socket. To do so, press the tab,turn it counterclockwise and pull it out.

5. Pull the old bulb out. Do not twist it.

6. Push the new bulb into the socket.

7. Reinstall the socket in the assembly. Tighten thesocket by turning it clockwise.

8. Reinstall the applique and the nine hex nuts.

Replacement BulbsExterior Lamp Bulb Number

Back-Up 921

Front Parking/Turn Signal 3357NAK or3457NAK

HeadlampsHigh-beam 9005Low-beam 9006

Stoplamps, Taillamps, and TurnSignal 3057

For replacement bulbs not listed here, contact yourdealer.

5-56

Page 303: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Windshield Wiper BladeReplacementWindshield wiper blades should be inspected at leasttwice a year for wear or cracking. See “WindshieldWipers, Blade Check” under Scheduled Maintenance onpage 6-4 for more information.

Replacement blades come in different types and areremoved in different ways. For proper type and length,see Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts onpage 6-13. Here’s how to remove the wiper blades:

1. Turn on the wipers to the LO wipe setting.

2. Turn off the ignition while the wipers are at theouter positions of the wiper pattern. The bladesare more accessible for removal/replacement whilein this position.

3. Pull the windshield wiper arm away from thewindshield.

4. While holding the wiper arm away from the glass,push the release clip from under the bladeconnecting point and pull the old blade assemblydown toward the glass to remove it from thewiper arm.

5. Push the new wiper blade securely on the wiperarm until you hear the release clip click into place.

5-57

Page 304: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

TiresYour new vehicle comes with high-quality tires made bya leading tire manufacturer. If you ever have questionsabout your tire warranty and where to obtain service,see your GM Warranty booklet for details. For additionalinformation refer to the tire manufacturer’s bookletincluded with your vehicle’s Owner’s Manual.

{CAUTION:

Poorly maintained and improperly used tiresare dangerous.

• Overloading your tires can causeoverheating as a result of too muchfriction. You could have an air-out and aserious accident. See Loading YourVehicle on page 4-29.

• Underinflated tires pose the same dangeras overloaded tires. The resulting accidentcould cause serious injury. Check all tiresfrequently to maintain the recommendedpressure. Tire pressure should bechecked when your tires are cold. SeeInflation - Tire Pressure on page 5-64.

• Overinflated tires are more likely to becut, punctured or broken by a suddenimpact — such as when you hit a pothole.Keep tires at the recommended pressure.

• Worn, old tires can cause accidents. Ifyour tread is badly worn, or if your tireshave been damaged, replace them.

5-58

Page 305: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Tire Sidewall LabellingUseful information about a tire is molded into itssidewall. The examples below show a typical passengervehicle tire and a compact spare tire sidewall.

(A) Tire Size: The tire size is a combination of lettersand numbers used to define a particular tire’s width,height, aspect ratio, construction type and servicedescription. See the “Tire Size” illustration later in thissection for more detail.

(B) TPC Spec (Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification): Original equipment tires designed toGM’s specific tire performance criteria have a TPCspecification code molded onto the sidewall. GM’s TPCspecifications meet or exceed all federal safetyguidelines.

(C) DOT (Department of Transportation):The Department of Transportation (DOT) code indicatesthat the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Departmentof Transportation Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

(D) Tire Identification Number (TIN): The letters andnumbers following DOT (Department of Transportation)code is the Tire Identification Number (TIN). The TINshows the manufacturer and plant code, tire size, anddate the tire was manufactured. The TIN is molded ontoboth sides of the tire, although only one side may havethe date of manufacture.

(E) Tire Ply Material: The type of cord and number ofplies in the sidewall and under the tread.

(F) Uniform Tire Quality Grading (UTQG):Tire manufacturers are required to grade tires based onthree performance factors: treadwear, traction andtemperature resistance. For more information seeUniform Tire Quality Grading on page 5-70.

(G) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit: Maximumload that can be carried and the maximum pressureneeded to support that load.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example

5-59

Page 306: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

(A) Temporary Use Only: The compact spare tire ortemporary use tire has a tread life of approximately3,000 miles (5 000 km) and should not be drivenat speeds over 65 mph (105 km/h). The compact sparetire is for emergency use when a regular road tirehas lost air and gone flat. If your vehicle has a compactspare tire, see Compact Spare Tire on page 5-85and If a Tire Goes Flat on page 5-74.

(B) Tire Ply Material: The type of cord and number ofplies in the sidewall and under the tread.

(C) Tire Identification Number (TIN): The lettersand numbers following the DOT (Department ofTransportation) code is the Tire IdentificationNumber (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer andplant code, tire size, and date the tire was manufactured.The TIN is molded onto both sides of the tire, althoughonly one side may have the date of manufacture.

(D) Maximum Cold Inflation Load Limit: Maximumload that can be carried and the maximum pressureneeded to support that load.

(E) Tire Inflation: The temporary use tire or compactspare tire should be inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).For more information on tire pressure and inflation seeInflation - Tire Pressure on page 5-64.

(F) Tire Size: A combination of letters and numbersdefine a tire’s width, height, aspect ratio, constructiontype and service description. The letter T as thefirst character in the tire size means the tire is fortemporary use only.

(G) TPC Spec (Tire Performance CriteriaSpecification): Original equipment tires designed toGM’s specific tire performance criteria have a TPCspecification code molded onto the sidewall. GM’s TPCspecifications meet or exceed all federal safetyguidelines.

Compact Spare Tire Example

5-60

Page 307: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Tire SizeThe following illustration shows an example of a typicalpassenger vehicle tire size.

(A) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: The United Statesversion of a metric tire sizing system. The letter P as thefirst character in the tire size means a passengervehicle tire engineered to standards set by the U.S. Tireand Rim Association.

(B) Tire Width: The three-digit number indicates thetire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall.

(C) Aspect Ratio: A two-digit number that indicatesthe tire height-to-width measurements. For example, ifthe tire size aspect ratio is 60, as shown in item C of theillustration, it would mean that the tire’s sidewall is60 percent as high as it is wide.

(D) Construction Code: A letter code is used toindicate the type of ply construction in the tire. The letterR means radial ply construction; the letter D meansdiagonal or bias ply construction; and the letter B meansbelted-bias ply construction.

(E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of the wheel in inches.

(F) Service Description: These characters representthe load range and speed rating of the tire. The loadindex represents the load carry capacity a tire is certifiedto carry. The load index can range from 1 to 279. Thespeed rating is the maximum speed a tire is certifiedto carry a load. Speed ratings range from A to Z.

Tire Terminology and Definitions

Air Pressure: The amount of air inside the tire pressingoutward on each square inch of the tire. Air pressureis expressed in pounds per square inch (psi) orkiloPascal (kPa).

Accessory Weight: This means the combined weightof optional accessories. Some examples of optionalaccessories are, automatic transmission, power steering,power brakes, power windows, power seats, and airconditioning.

Aspect Ratio: The relationship of a tire’s height toits width.

5-61

Page 308: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Belt: A rubber coated layer of cords that is locatedbetween the plies and the tread. Cords may be madefrom steel or other reinforcing materials.

Bead: The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped bysteel cords that hold the tire onto the rim.

Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the plies arelaid at alternate angles less than 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Cold Inflation Pressure: The amount of air pressure ina tire, measured in pounds per square inch (psi) orkilopascals (kPa) before a tire has built up heatfrom driving. See Inflation - Tire Pressure on page 5-64.

Curb Weight: This means the weight of a motorvehicle with standard and optional equipment includingthe maximum capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, butwithout passengers and cargo.

DOT Markings: A code molded into the sidewall of atire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S.Department of Transportation (DOT) motor vehiclesafety standards. The DOT code includes the TireIdentification Number (TIN), an alphanumeric designatorwhich can also identify the tire manufacturer, productionplant, brand and date of production.

GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating, see LoadingYour Vehicle on page 4-29.

GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight Rating for the frontaxle, see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-29.

GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating for the rear axle,see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-29.

Intended Outboard Sidewall: The side of anasymmetrical tire, that must always face outward whenmounted on a vehicle.

KiloPascal (kPa): The metric unit for air pressure.

Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire: A tire used on light dutytrucks and some multipurpose passenger vehicles.

Load Index: An assigned number ranging from 1 to 279that corresponds to the load carrying capacity of a tire.

Maximum Inflation Pressure: The maximum airpressure to which a cold tire may be inflated. Themaximum air pressure is molded onto the sidewall.

Maximum Load Rating: The load rating for a tire at themaximum permissible inflation pressure for that tire.

Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight: The sum of curbweight; accessory weight; vehicle capacity weight;and production options weight.

Normal Occupant Weight: The number of occupants avehicle is designed to seat multiplied by 150 lbs (68 kg).See Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-29.

Occupant Distribution: Designated seating positions.

5-62

Page 309: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Outward Facing Sidewall: The side of anasymmetrical tire that has a particular side that facesoutward when mounted on a vehicle. The side of the tirethat contains a whitewall, bears white lettering orbears manufacturer, brand, and/or model name moldingthat is higher or deeper than the same moldings onthe other sidewall of the tire.

Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A tire used on passengercars and some light duty trucks and multipurposevehicles.

Recommended Inflation Pressure: Vehiclemanufacturer’s recommended tire inflation pressure andshown on the tire placard. See Inflation - Tire Pressureon page 5-64 and Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-29.

Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire in which the ply cordsthat extend to the beads are laid at 90 degrees to thecenterline of the tread.

Rim: A metal support for a tire and upon which the tirebeads are seated.

Sidewall: The portion of a tire between the tread andthe bead.

Speed Rating: An alphanumeric code assigned to atire indicating the maximum speed at which a tirecan operate.

Traction: The friction between the tire and the roadsurface. The amount of grip provided.

Tread: The portion of a tire that comes into contactwith the road.

Treadwear Indicators: Narrow bands, sometimescalled “wear bars,” that show across the tread of a tirewhen only 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) of tread remains. SeeWhen It Is Time for New Tires on page 5-68.

UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards): Atire information system that provides consumers withratings for a tire’s traction, temperature, and treadwear.Ratings are determined by tire manufacturers usinggovernment testing procedures. The ratings are moldedinto the sidewall of the tire. See Uniform Tire QualityGrading on page 5-70.

Vehicle Capacity Weight: The number of designatedseating positions multiplied by 150 lbs (68 kg) plusthe rated cargo load. See Loading Your Vehicleon page 4-29.

Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire: Load on anindividual tire due to curb weight, accessory weight,occupant weight, and cargo weight.

Vehicle Placard: A label permanently attached to avehicle showing the vehicle’s capacity weight andthe original equipment tire size and recommendedinflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading InformationLabel” under Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-29.

5-63

Page 310: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Inflation - Tire PressureTires need the correct amount of air pressure to operateeffectively.

Notice: Do not let anyone tell you thatunder-inflation or over-inflation is all right. It is not.If your tires do not have enough air (under-inflation),you can get the following:

• Too much flexing

• Too much heat

• Tire overloading

• Premature or irregular wear

• Poor handling

• Reduced fuel economy

If your tires have too much air (over-inflation), youcan get the following:

• Unusual wear

• Poor handling

• Rough ride

• Needless damage from road hazards

A Tire and Loading Information label is attached to thevehicle’s center pillar (B-pillar), below the driver’sdoor latch. This label shows your vehicle’s originalequipment tires and the correct inflation pressures foryour tires when they are cold. The recommendedcold tire inflation pressure, shown on the label, is theminimum amount of air pressure needed to support yourvehicle’s maximum load carrying capacity.

For additional information regarding how much weightyour vehicle can carry, and an example of the tireand loading information label, see Loading Your Vehicleon page 4-29. How you load your vehicle affectsvehicle handling and ride comfort, never load yourvehicle with more weight than it was designed to carry.

When to CheckCheck your tires once a month or more. Do not forgetto check the compact spare tire, it should be at60 psi (420 kPa). For additional information regardingthe compact spare tire, see Compact Spare Tireon page 5-85.

5-64

Page 311: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

How to CheckUse a good quality pocket-type gage to check tirepressure. You cannot tell if your tires are properly inflatedsimply by looking at them. Radial tires may look properlyinflated even when they are under-inflated. Check thetire’s inflation pressure when the tires are cold. Coldmeans your vehicle has been sitting for at leastthree hours or driven no more than 1 mile (1.6 km).

Remove the valve cap from the tire valve stem. Pressthe tire gage firmly onto the valve to get a pressuremeasurement. If the cold tire inflation pressure matchesthe recommended pressure on the Tire and LoadingInformation label, no further adjustment is necessary. Ifthe inflation pressure is low, add air until you reachthe recommended amount.

If you overfill the tire, release air by pushing on themetal stem in the center of the tire valve. Re-check thetire pressure with the tire gage.

Be sure to put the valve caps back on the valve stems.They help prevent leaks by keeping out dirt and moisture.

Tire Pressure Monitor SystemIf your vehicle has the tire pressure monitor system, itcan alert you to a large change in the pressure ofone tire. The system “learns” the pressure at each tirethroughout the operating speed range of your vehicle.The system normally takes between 45 and 90 minutesof driving to learn the tire pressures. This time maybe longer depending on your individual driving habits.Learning need not be accumulated during a singletrip. Once learned, the system will remember the tirepressures until the system is recalibrated.

After the system has learned tire pressures withproperly inflated tires, the LOW TIRE PRESSUREmessage will come on if the pressure in one tirebecomes 12 psi (83 kPa) lower than the otherthree tires. The tire pressure monitor system won’t alertyou if the pressure in more than one tire is low, if thesystem is not properly calibrated, or if the vehicleis moving faster than 70 mph (110 km/h).

5-65

Page 312: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

The tire pressure monitor system detects differences intire rotation speeds that are caused by changes in tirepressure. The system can alert you about a low tire — butit doesn’t replace normal tire maintenance. See Tires onpage 5-58.

When the LOW TIRE PRESSURE message comes on,you should stop as soon as you can and check allyour tires for damage. (If a tire is flat, see If a Tire GoesFlat on page 5-74.) Also check the tire pressure in allfour tires as soon as you can. See Inflation - TirePressure on page 5-64.

The LOW TIRE PRESSURE message will also bedisplayed (while the ignition is on) until you reset(calibrate) the system.

Don’t reset the tire pressure monitor system without firstcorrecting the cause of the problem and checkingand adjusting the pressure in all four tires. If you resetthe system when the tire pressures are incorrect,the system will not work properly and may not alert youwhen a tire is low.

Any time you adjust a tire’s pressure, rotate your tires,or have one or more tires repaired or replaced, you’llneed to reset (calibrate) the tire pressure monitorsystem. You’ll also need to reset the system wheneveryou buy new tires and whenever the vehicle’s batteryhas been disconnected.

The tire pressure monitor system can be reset twoways. To reset (calibrate) the system using the ignition,do the following:

1. Turn the ignition position to ON.

2. Pull the exterior lamp control from the ON positionto the OFF position three times.

To reset (calibrate) the system through the radio, do thefollowing:

1. Turn the ignition to ACC or ON and turn theradio off.

2. Press and hold the TUNE DISPL button on theradio for at least five seconds until SETTINGS isdisplayed.

3. Press the SEEK PSCAN up or down arrow to scrollthrough the main menu.

4. Scroll until TIRE MON appears on the display.

5-66

Page 313: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

5. Press the 1 PREV or 2 NEXT button to enter thesubmenu. RESET will be displayed.

6. Press the TUNE DISPL button to reset. A chime willbe heard to verify the new setting and DONE willbe displayed for one second.

7. Once the monitor has been reset, scroll until EXITappears on the display.

8. Press the TUNE DISPL button to exit programming.A chime will be heard to verify exit.

The system completes the calibration process duringdriving.

The system normally takes 15 to 20 minutes of drivingin each of three speed ranges to “learn” tire pressures.The speed ranges are 15 to 40 mph (25 to 65 km/h),40 to 65 mph (65 to 105 km/h) and above 65 mph(105 km/h). When learning is complete, the system willalert you after two to eight minutes if a tire is 12 psi(83 kPa) different from the other three tires. Detectionthresholds may be higher and detection times maybe longer on rough roads, curves and at high speeds.The system is not capable of detection at speeds greaterthan 70 mph (110 km/h).

Tire Inspection and RotationTires should be rotated every 5,000 to 8,000 miles(8 000 to 13 000 km).

Any time you notice unusual wear, rotate your tires assoon as possible and check wheel alignment. Alsocheck for damaged tires or wheels. See When It Is Timefor New Tires on page 5-68 and Wheel Replacementon page 5-71 for more information.

The purpose of regular rotation is to achieve moreuniform wear for all tires on the vehicle. The first rotationis the most important. See Scheduled Maintenanceon page 6-4 for scheduled rotation intervals.

When rotating your tires, always use the correct rotationpattern shown here.

5-67

Page 314: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Don’t include the compact spare tire in your tire rotation.

After the tires have been rotated, adjust the front andrear inflation pressures as shown on the Tire andLoading Information label.

Reset the Tire Inflation Monitor System. See TirePressure Monitor System on page 5-65.

Make certain that all wheel nuts are properly tightened.See “Wheel Nut Torque” under Capacities andSpecifications on page 5-102.

{CAUTION:

Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the parts towhich it is fastened, can make wheel nutsbecome loose after a time. The wheel couldcome off and cause an accident. When youchange a wheel, remove any rust or dirt fromplaces where the wheel attaches to the vehicle.In an emergency, you can use a cloth or apaper towel to do this; but be sure to use ascraper or wire brush later, if you need to, toget all the rust or dirt off. See Changing a FlatTire on page 5-74.

When It Is Time for New Tires

One way to tell when it’stime for new tires is tocheck the treadwearindicators, which willappear when your tireshave only 1/16 inch(1.6 mm) or less of treadremaining.

You need a new tire if any of the following statementsare true:

• You can see the indicators at three or more placesaround the tire.

• You can see cord or fabric showing through thetire’s rubber.

• The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut or snaggeddeep enough to show cord or fabric.

• The tire has a bump, bulge or split.

• The tire has a puncture, cut or other damage thatcan’t be repaired well because of the size orlocation of the damage.

5-68

Page 315: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Buying New TiresTo find out what kind and size of tires your vehicleneeds, look at the tire and loading information label. Formore information about this label and its location onyour vehicle, see Loading Your Vehicle on page 4-29.

The tires installed on your vehicle when it was new had aTire Performance Criteria Specification (TPC Spec)number on each tire’s sidewall. When you get new tires,GM recommends that you get tires with that same TPCSpec number. That way your vehicle will continue to havetires that are designed to give proper endurance,handling, speed rating, load range, traction, ride andother things during normal service on your vehicle. If yourtires have an all-season tread design, the TPC numberwill be followed by an “MS” (for mud and snow).

If you ever replace your tires with those not having aTPC Spec number, make sure they are the same size,load range, speed rating and construction type (bias,bias-belted or radial) as your original tires.

{CAUTION:

Mixing tires could cause you to lose controlwhile driving. If you mix tires of different sizesor types (radial and bias-belted tires), thevehicle may not handle properly, and youcould have a crash. Using tires of differentsizes may also cause damage to your vehicle.Be sure to use the same size and type tires onall wheels. It’s all right to drive with yourcompact spare temporarily, it was developedfor use on your vehicle. See Compact SpareTire on page 5-85.

{CAUTION:

If you use bias-ply tires on your vehicle, thewheel rim flanges could develop cracks aftermany miles of driving. A tire and/or wheelcould fail suddenly, causing a crash. Use onlyradial-ply tires with the wheels on your vehicle.

5-69

Page 316: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Uniform Tire Quality GradingQuality grades can be found where applicable on thetire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximumsection width. For example:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature AThe following information relates to the systemdeveloped by the United States National HighwayTraffic Safety Administration, which grades tires bytreadwear, traction and temperature performance. (Thisapplies only to vehicles sold in the United States.)The grades are molded on the sidewalls of mostpassenger car tires. The Uniform Tire Quality Gradingsystem does not apply to deep tread, winter-typesnow tires, space-saver or temporary use spare tires,tires with nominal rim diameters of 10 to 12 inches(25 to 30 cm), or to some limited-production tires.

While the tires available on General Motors passengercars and light trucks may vary with respect to thesegrades, they must also conform to federal safetyrequirements and additional General Motors TirePerformance Criteria (TPC) standards.

TreadwearThe treadwear grade is a comparative rating based onthe wear rate of the tire when tested under controlledconditions on a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one anda half (1.5) times as well on the government course asa tire graded 100. The relative performance of tiresdepends upon the actual conditions of their use,however, and may depart significantly from the normdue to variations in driving habits, service practices anddifferences in road characteristics and climate.

Traction – AA, A, B, CThe traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A,B, and C. Those grades represent the tire’s abilityto stop on wet pavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government test surfaces ofasphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poortraction performance. Warning: The traction gradeassigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead brakingtraction tests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

5-70

Page 317: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Temperature – A, B, CThe temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,representing the tire’s resistance to the generationof heat and its ability to dissipate heat when testedunder controlled conditions on a specified indoorlaboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature cancause the material of the tire to degenerate andreduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead tosudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to alevel of performance which all passenger car tires mustmeet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety StandardNo. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels ofperformance on the laboratory test wheel than theminimum required by law.

Warning: The temperature grade for this tire isestablished for a tire that is properly inflated and notoverloaded. Excessive speed, underinflation, orexcessive loading, either separately or in combination,can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure.

Wheel Alignment and Tire BalanceThe wheels on your vehicle were aligned and balancedcarefully at the factory to give you the longest tire lifeand best overall performance.

If you notice unusual tire wear or your vehicle pulling oneway or the other, the alignment may need to be reset. Ifyou notice your vehicle vibrating when driving on asmooth road, your wheels may need to be rebalanced.

Wheel ReplacementReplace any wheel that is bent, cracked or badly rustedor corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming loose, the wheel,wheel bolts and wheel nuts should be replaced. If thewheel leaks air, replace it (except some aluminumwheels, which can sometimes be repaired). See yourdealer if any of these conditions exist.

Your dealer will know the kind of wheel you need.

5-71

Page 318: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Each new wheel should have the same load-carryingcapacity, diameter, width, offset and be mountedthe same way as the one it replaces.

If you need to replace any of your wheels, wheel bolts orwheel nuts, replace them only with new GM originalequipment parts. This way, you will be sure to have theright wheel, wheel bolts and wheel nuts for your vehicle.

{CAUTION:

Using the wrong replacement wheels, wheelbolts or wheel nuts on your vehicle can bedangerous. It could affect the braking andhandling of your vehicle, make your tires loseair and make you lose control. You could havea collision in which you or others could beinjured. Always use the correct wheel, wheelbolts and wheel nuts for replacement.

Notice: The wrong wheel can also cause problemswith bearing life, brake cooling, speedometer orodometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height,vehicle ground clearance and tire or tire chainclearance to the body and chassis.See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5-74 for moreinformation.

Used Replacement Wheels

{CAUTION:

Putting a used wheel on your vehicle isdangerous. You can’t know how it’s been usedor how far it’s been driven. It could fail suddenlyand cause a crash. If you have to replace awheel, use a new GM original equipment wheel.

5-72

Page 319: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Tire Chains

{CAUTION:

If your vehicle has P235/55R17 size tires, don’tuse tire chains, there’s not enough clearance.

Tire chains used on a vehicle without theproper amount of clearance can cause damageto the brakes, suspension or other vehicleparts.The area damaged by the tire chainscould cause you to lose control of your vehicleand you or others may be injured in a crash.

Use another type of traction device only if itsmanufacturer recommends it for use on yourvehicle and tire size combination and roadconditions. Follow that manufacturer’sinstructions. To help avoid damage to yourvehicle, drive slowly, readjust or remove thedevice if it’s contacting your vehicle, and don’tspin your wheels.

If you do find traction devices that will fit,install them on the front tires.

Notice: If your vehicle has a tire size other thanP235/55R17 size tires, use tire chains only wherelegal and only when you must. Use only SAEClass ″S″ type chains that are the proper size for yourtires. Install them on the front tires and tighten themas tightly as possible with the ends securelyfastened. Drive slowly and follow the chainmanufacturer’s instructions. If you can hear thechains contacting your vehicle, stop and retightenthem. If the contact continues, slow down until itstops. Driving too fast or spinning the wheels withchains on will damage your vehicle.

5-73

Page 320: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

If a Tire Goes FlatIt’s unusual for a tire to “blowout” while you’re driving,especially if you maintain your tires properly. If air goesout of a tire, it’s much more likely to leak out slowly.But if you should ever have a “blowout,” here are a fewtips about what to expect and what to do:

If a front tire fails, the flat tire will create a drag thatpulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off theaccelerator pedal and grip the steering wheel firmly.Steer to maintain lane position, and then gently brake toa stop well out of the traffic lane.

A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts much like askid and may require the same correction you’d usein a skid. In any rear blowout, remove your foot from theaccelerator pedal. Get the vehicle under control bysteering the way you want the vehicle to go. It may bevery bumpy and noisy, but you can still steer. Gentlybrake to a stop, well off the road if possible.

{CAUTION:

Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to domaintenance or repairs is dangerous withoutthe appropriate safety equipment and training.The jack provided with your vehicle isdesigned only for changing a flat tire. If it isused for anything else, you or others could bebadly injured or killed if the vehicle slips offthe jack. Use the jack provided with yourvehicle only for changing a flat tire.

If a tire goes flat, the next part shows how to use yourjacking equipment to change a flat tire safely.

Changing a Flat TireIf a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and wheel damageby driving slowly to a level place. Turn on yourhazard warning flashers.

5-74

Page 321: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Changing a tire can be dangerous. The vehiclecan slip off the jack and roll over or fall on youor other people. You and they could be badlyinjured or even killed. Find a level place tochange your tire. To help prevent the vehiclefrom moving:

1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put the shift lever in PARK (P).

3. Turn off the engine and do not restartwhile the vehicle is raised.

4. Do not allow passengers to remain inthe vehicle.

To be even more certain the vehicle will notmove, you should put blocks at the front andrear of the tire farthest away from the onebeing changed. That would be the tire, on theother side, at the opposite end of the vehicle.

When you have a flat tire, use the following example as aguide to assist you in the placement of wheel blocks.

The following information will tell you next how to usethe jack and change a tire.

5-75

Page 322: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Removing the Spare Tire and ToolsThe equipment you’ll need is located in the trunk.

1. Turn the center nut onthe compact spare tirecover counterclockwiseto remove it. Thenremove the cover.

2. Remove the compact spare tire from the trunk. SeeCompact Spare Tire on page 5-85 for moreinformation about the compact spare.

3. Turn the nut holding the jack counterclockwise andremove it. Then remove the jack and wrench.

5-76

Page 323: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

The tools you’ll be using include the jack (A) extensionand protector/guide (B) and wheel wrench (C).

Removing the Flat Tire andInstalling the Spare TireYour vehicle may have center caps if equipped withaluminum wheels.

To remove the wheelcenter cap, use the flatend of the wheel wrenchand pry them off at the pryoff notch. Do not dropthe cap or lay it face down,as it could becomescratched or damaged.The wheel nuts are hiddenbehind the center cap.

5-77

Page 324: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Your vehicle may be equipped with wheel covers. Toremove the wheel covers and wheel nut caps, dothe following:

1. Loosen the plastic nutcaps with the wheelwrench in acounterclockwisedirection. If needed,you can finishloosening them withyour fingers. Theplastic nut caps will notcome off.

2. Use the flat end of the wheel wrench and pry alongthe edge of the cover until it comes off. The edge ofthe wheel cover could be sharp, so do not try toremove it with your bare hands. Do not dropthe cover or lay it face down, as it could becomescratched or damaged.

Once you have removed the wheel cover, center cap, orwheel nut caps, use the following procedure to removethe flat tire and install the spare tire.

1. Using the wheel wrench, loosen all the wheel nuts.Don’t remove them yet.

5-78

Page 325: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

The diagram shows you where you should placeyour jack to change a front tire. Use the bolts (A) asa guide when positioning the jack lift head (C)near the rear edge of the front wheel opening (B).For jacking at the vehicle’s front location, putthe jack lift about 8.5 inches (21.5 cm) from the rearedge of the front wheel opening in the cutout ofthe rocker panel molding.

The diagram shows you where to place your jack tochange a rear tire. Use the notch (B) as a guidewhen positioning the jack lift head (A) near the frontedge of the rear wheel opening (C).For jacking at the vehicle’s rear location, put thejack lift head about 4 inches (10 cm) from the frontedge of the rear wheel opening in the cutout ofthe rocker panel molding.

Jack Placement – Front Tire Jack Placement – Rear Tire

5-79

Page 326: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

2. Put the compact spare tire near you.

{CAUTION:

Getting under a vehicle when it is jacked up isdangerous. If the vehicle slips off the jack youcould be badly injured or killed. Never get undera vehicle when it is supported only by a jack.

{CAUTION:

Raising your vehicle with the jack improperlypositioned can damage the vehicle and evenmake the vehicle fall. To help avoid personalinjury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit thejack lift head into the proper location beforeraising the vehicle.

3. Raise the vehicle by turning the jack handleclockwise. Raise it far enough off the ground for thecompact spare tire to fit underneath the wheelwell of the vehicle.

4. Remove all wheel nuts and take off the flat tire.

5-80

Page 327: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

{CAUTION:

Rust or dirt on the wheel, or on the parts towhich it is fastened, can make the wheel nutsbecome loose after a time. The wheel couldcome off and cause an accident. When youchange a wheel, remove any rust or dirt fromthe places where the wheel attaches to thevehicle. In an emergency, you can use a clothor a paper towel to do this; but be sure to usea scraper or wire brush later, if you need to, toget all the rust or dirt off.

5. Remove any rust or dirtfrom the wheel bolts,mounting surfacesand spare wheel.

6. Install the compact spare tire.

{CAUTION:

Never use oil or grease on studs or nuts. Ifyou do, the nuts might come loose. Your wheelcould fall off, causing a serious accident.

7. Reinstall the wheel nutswith the rounded end ofthe nuts toward thewheel. Tighten each nutby hand until the wheelis held against the hub.

5-81

Page 328: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

8. Lower the vehicle by turning the jack handlecounterclockwise. Lower the jack completely.

{CAUTION:

Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tightenedwheel nuts can cause the wheel to come looseand even come off. This could lead to anaccident. Be sure to use the correct wheelnuts. If you have to replace them, be sure toget new GM original equipment wheel nuts.Stop somewhere as soon as you can and havethe nuts tightened with a torque wrench to theproper torque specification. See Capacitiesand Specifications on page 5-102 for wheel nuttorque specification.

Notice: Improperly tightened wheel nuts can leadto brake pulsation and rotor damage. To avoidexpensive brake repairs, evenly tighten the wheelnuts in the proper sequence and to the propertorque specification. See Capacities andSpecifications on page 5-102 for the wheel nuttorque specification.

5-82

Page 329: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

9. Tighten the wheel nutsfirmly in a crisscrosssequence as shown.

Notice: Wheel covers will not fit on your compactspare. If you try to put a wheel cover on the compactspare, you could damage the cover or the spare.

Do not try to put the wheel cover on your compact sparetire. It will not fit. Store the wheel cover in the trunkuntil you have the flat tire repaired or replaced.

Storing a Flat or Spare Tireand Tools

{CAUTION:

Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment in thepassenger compartment of the vehicle couldcause injury. In a sudden stop or collision,loose equipment could strike someone. Storeall these in the proper place.

After you’ve put the compact spare tire on your vehicle,you’ll need to store the flat tire in the trunk. Use thefollowing procedure to secure the flat tire in the trunk.

When storing a full-size tire, use the extension andprotector guide located in the foam holder to helpprevent wheel surface damage.

5-83

Page 330: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

To store a full-size tire, do the following:

1. Place the tire in the trunk, valve stem facing downwith the protector/guide through a wheel bolt hole.

2. Remove the protector/guide and attach the retainersecurely. The cover will not fit over a full-size tire,so be sure to store the cover as far forward aspossible.

3. Replace the protector/guide back in the foam holderwhen you put the compact spare tire back inthe trunk.

4. Put the cover back over the compact spare tire andtighten the center nut.

A. RetainerB. CoverC. Compact Spare TireD. NutE. JackF. Wheel WrenchG. Extension and

Protective GuideH. Foam HolderI. Bolt Screw

5-84

Page 331: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Compact Spare TireAlthough the compact spare tire was fully inflated whenyour vehicle was new, it can lose air after a time.Check the inflation pressure regularly. It should be60 psi (420 kPa).

After installing the compact spare on your vehicle, youshould stop as soon as possible and make sureyour spare tire is correctly inflated. The compact spareis made to perform well at speeds up to 65 mph(105 km/h) for distances up to 3,000 miles (5 000 km),so you can finish your trip and have your full-sizetire repaired or replaced where you want. You mustcalibrate the tire inflation monitor system after installingor removing the compact spare. See Tire PressureMonitor System on page 5-65. The system may not workcorrectly when the compact spare is installed on thevehicle. Of course, it’s best to replace your spare with afull-size tire as soon as you can. Your spare will lastlonger and be in good shape in case you need it again.

Notice: When the compact spare is installed, donot take your vehicle through an automatic car washwith guide rails. The compact spare can getcaught on the rails. That can damage the tire andwheel, and maybe other parts of your vehicle.

Don’t use your compact spare on other vehicles.

And don’t mix your compact spare tire or wheel withother wheels or tires. They won’t fit. Keep your spare tireand its wheel together.

Notice: Tire chains will not fit your compact spare.Using them can damage your vehicle and candamage the chains too. Do not use tire chains onyour compact spare.

5-85

Page 332: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Appearance CareCleaning products can be hazardous. Some are toxic.Other cleaning products can burst into flames if a matchis struck near them or if they get on a hot part of thevehicle. Some are dangerous if their fumes are inhaledin an enclosed space. When anything from a containeris used to clean the vehicle, be sure to follow themanufacturer’s warnings and instructions. Always openthe doors or windows of the vehicle when cleaningthe inside.

Never use these to clean the vehicle:

• Gasoline

• Benzene

• Naphtha

• Carbon Tetrachloride

• Acetone

• Paint Thinner

• Turpentine

• Lacquer Thinner

• Nail Polish Remover

They can all be hazardous — some more thanothers — and they can all damage the vehicle, too.

Do not use any of these products unless this manualsays you can. In many uses, these will damagethe vehicle:

• Alcohol

• Laundry Soap

• Bleach

• Reducing Agents

Fabric/CarpetUse a vacuum cleaner often to get rid of dust and loosedirt. Wipe vinyl, leather, plastic, and painted surfaceswith a clean, damp cloth.

GM-approved cleaning products can be obtained fromyour dealer.

Here are some cleaning tips:

• Always read the instructions on the cleaner label.

• Clean up stains as soon as you can before they set.

• Carefully scrape off any excess stain.

• Use a clean cloth or sponge, and change to a cleanarea often. A soft brush may be used if stains arestubborn.

• To avoid forming a ring on fabric after spot cleaning,clean the entire area immediately or it will set.

5-86

Page 333: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Most stains can be removed with club soda water. Toclean, use the following instructions:

1. For liquids: blot with a clean, soft, white cloth. Forsolids: remove as much as possible and thenvacuum or brush.

2. Apply club soda water to a clean, soft, white cloth. Donot over-saturate; the cloth should not drip water.

3. Clean the entire area. Avoid getting the fabrictoo wet.

4. Start cleaning from the seams into the stain toavoid a ring effect.

5. Continue cleaning, using a clean area of the clotheach time it becomes soiled.

6. When the stain is removed, blot the cleaned areawith another dry, clean, soft, white cloth.

Using Cleaner on Fabric1. First, try the cleaner on an area of the fabric that is

not easily seen to make sure the cleaner does notaffect the color of the fabric.

2. For liquids: blot with a clean, soft, white cloth. Forsolids: remove as much as possible and thenvacuum or brush.

3. Spray a small amount of the cleaner onto a cleansoft, white, cloth. Do not apply spray directly tothe fabric.

4. Start cleaning from the seams into the stain toavoid a ring effect.

5. Continue cleaning, using a clean area of the clotheach time it becomes soiled.

6. When the stain is removed, blot the cleaned areawith another dry, clean, soft, white cloth.

7. If the cleaner leaves a ring effect, follow up with theclub soda water instructions given earlier in thissection.

Special Fabric Cleaning ProblemsStains caused by such things as catsup, black coffee,egg, fruit, fruit juice, milk, soft drinks, vomit, urine, andblood can be removed using the club soda waterinstructions given earlier in this section. If an odor lingersafter cleaning vomit or urine, treat the area with a waterand baking soda solution: 1 teaspoon (5 ml) of bakingsoda to 1 cup (250 ml) of lukewarm water. Let dry.

Stains caused by oil and grease can be cleaned with anapproved GM cleaner and a clean, white cloth.

1. Carefully scrape off excess stain.

2. Clean with cool water and allow to dry completely.

3. If a stain remains, follow the “Using Cleaner onFabric” instructions described earlier.

5-87

Page 334: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

VinylUse warm water and a clean cloth.

• Rub with a clean, damp cloth to remove dirt. Thismay have to be done more than once.

• Things like tar, asphalt, and shoe polish will stain ifthey are not removed quickly. Use a clean clothand vinyl cleaner. See your dealer for this product.

LeatherUse a soft cloth with lukewarm water and a mild soap orsaddle soap and wipe dry with a soft cloth. Then, letthe leather dry naturally. Do not use heat to dry.

• For stubborn stains, use a leather cleaner.

• Never use oils, varnishes, solvent-based or abrasivecleaners, furniture polish, or shoe polish on leather.

• Soiled or stained leather should be cleanedimmediately. If dirt is allowed to work into the finish,it can harm the leather.

Instrument PanelUse only mild soap and water to clean the top surfacesof the instrument panel. Sprays containing siliconesor waxes may cause annoying reflections in thewindshield and even make it difficult to see through thewindshield under certain conditions.

Interior Plastic ComponentsUse only a mild soap and water solution on a soft clothor sponge. Commercial cleaners may affect thesurface finish.

Glass SurfacesGlass should be cleaned often. GM Glass Cleaner or aliquid household glass cleaner will remove normaltobacco smoke and dust films on interior glass. SeeVehicle Care/Appearance Materials on page 5-93.

Notice: If you use abrasive cleaners when cleaningglass surfaces on your vehicle, you could scratchthe glass and/or cause damage to the rear windowdefogger and the integrated radio antenna. Whencleaning the glass on your vehicle, use only a softcloth and glass cleaner.

5-88

Page 335: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Care of Safety BeltsKeep belts clean and dry.

{CAUTION:

Do not bleach or dye safety belts. If you do, itmay severely weaken them. In a crash, theymight not be able to provide adequateprotection. Clean safety belts only with mildsoap and lukewarm water.

WeatherstripsSilicone grease on weatherstrips will make them lastlonger, seal better, and not stick or squeak. Applysilicone grease with a clean cloth. During very cold,damp weather frequent application may be required. SeeRecommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-12.

Washing Your VehicleThe paint finish on the vehicle provides beauty, depth ofcolor, gloss retention, and durability.

The best way to preserve the vehicle’s finish is to keep itclean by washing it often with lukewarm or cold water.

Do not wash the vehicle in the direct rays of the sun.Use a car washing soap. Do not use strong soapsor chemical detergents. Be sure to rinse the vehicle well,removing all soap residue completely. GM-approvedcleaning products can be obtained from your dealer. SeeVehicle Care/Appearance Materials on page 5-93. Donot use cleaning agents that are petroleum based,or that contain acid or abrasives. All cleaning agentsshould be flushed promptly and not allowed to dry on thesurface, or they could stain. Dry the finish with a soft,clean chamois or an all-cotton towel to avoid surfacescratches and water spotting.

High pressure car washes may cause water to enterthe vehicle.

Cleaning Exterior Lamps/LensesUse only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth and acar washing soap to clean exterior lamps and lenses.Follow instructions under Washing Your Vehicleon page 5-89.

5-89

Page 336: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Finish CareOccasional waxing or mild polishing of the vehicle byhand may be necessary to remove residue fromthe paint finish. GM-approved cleaning products canbe obtained from your dealer. See VehicleCare/Appearance Materials on page 5-93.

The vehicle has a “basecoat/clearcoat” paint finish. Theclearcoat gives more depth and gloss to the coloredbasecoat. Always use waxes and polishes that arenon-abrasive and made for a basecoat/clearcoatpaint finish.

Notice: Machine compounding or aggressivepolishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish maydamage it. Use only non-abrasive waxes andpolishes that are made for a basecoat/clearcoatpaint finish on your vehicle.

Foreign materials such as calcium chloride and othersalts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, birddroppings, chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc.,can damage the vehicle’s finish if they remain on paintedsurfaces. Wash the vehicle as soon as possible. Ifnecessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are markedsafe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter.

Exterior painted surfaces are subject to aging, weather,and chemical fallout that can take their toll over a periodof years. To help keep the paint finish looking new, keepthe vehicle in a garage or covered whenever possible.

Windshield and Wiper BladesIf the windshield is not clear after using the windshieldwasher, or if the wiper blade chatters when running,wax, sap, or other material may be on the bladeor windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with a glasscleaning liquid or powder and water solution. Thewindshield is clean if beads do not form when it is rinsedwith water.

Grime from the windshield will stick to the wiper bladesand affect their performance. Clean the blade bywiping vigorously with a cloth soaked in full-strengthwindshield washer solvent. Then rinse the bladewith water.

Check the wiper blades and clean them as necessary;replace blades that look worn.

5-90

Page 337: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Aluminum WheelsNotice: If you use strong soaps, chemicals,abrasive polishes, cleaners, brushes, or cleanersthat contain acid on aluminum or chrome-platedwheels, you could damage the surface of thewheel(s). The repairs would not be covered by yourwarranty. Use only GM-approved cleaners onaluminum or chrome-plated wheels.

Keep the wheels clean using a soft clean cloth with mildsoap and water. Rinse with clean water. After rinsingthoroughly, dry with a soft clean towel. A wax may thenbe applied.

Notice: Using chrome polish on aluminum wheelscould damage the wheels. The repairs would notbe covered by your warranty. Use chrome polish onchrome wheels only.

The surface of these wheels is similar to the paintedsurface of the vehicle. Do not use strong soaps,chemicals, abrasive polishes, abrasive cleaners,cleaners with acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes onthem because the surface could be damaged. Do notuse chrome polish on aluminum wheels.

Notice: If you drive your vehicle through anautomatic car wash that has silicone carbide tirecleaning brushes, you could damage the aluminumor chrome-plated wheels. The repairs would notbe covered by your warranty. Never drive a vehicleequipped with aluminum or chrome-plated wheelsthrough an automatic car wash that uses siliconecarbide tire cleaning brushes.

Do not take the vehicle through an automatic car washthat has silicone carbide tire cleaning brushes. Thesebrushes can also damage the surface of these wheels.

TiresTo clean the tires, use a stiff brush with tire cleaner.

Notice: Using petroleum-based tire dressingproducts on your vehicle may damage the paintfinish and/or tires. When applying a tire dressing,always wipe off any overspray from all paintedsurfaces on your vehicle.

5-91

Page 338: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Sheet Metal DamageIf the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet metalrepair or replacement, make sure the body repair shopapplies anti-corrosion material to parts repaired orreplaced to restore corrosion protection.

Original manufacturer replacement parts will provide thecorrosion protection while maintaining the warranty.

Finish DamageAny stone chips, fractures or deep scratches in the finishshould be repaired right away. Bare metal will corrodequickly and may develop into major repair expense.

Minor chips and scratches can be repaired with touch-upmaterials available from your GM dealer. Larger areasof finish damage can be corrected in your GMdealer’s body and paint shop.

Underbody MaintenanceChemicals used for ice and snow removal and dustcontrol can collect on the underbody. If these are notremoved, corrosion and rust can develop on theunderbody parts such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan,and exhaust system even though they have corrosionprotection.

At least every spring, flush these materials from theunderbody with plain water. Clean any areas where mudand debris can collect. Dirt packed in close areas ofthe frame should be loosened before being flushed.Your GM dealer or an underbody car washing systemcan do this for you.

Chemical Paint SpottingSome weather and atmospheric conditions can create achemical fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall upon andattack painted surfaces on the vehicle. This damage cantake two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped discolorations, andsmall, irregular dark spots etched into the paint surface.

Although no defect in the paint job causes this, GM willrepair, at no charge to the owner, the surfaces ofnew vehicles damaged by this fallout condition within12 months or 12,000 miles (20 000 km) of purchase,whichever occurs first.

5-92

Page 339: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Vehicle Care/Appearance MaterialsSee your GM dealer for more information on purchasingthe following products.

Description Usage

Polishing ClothWax-Treated

Interior and exteriorpolishing cloth.

Tar and Road OilRemover

Removes tar, road oil,and asphalt.

Chrome Cleaner andPolish

Use on chrome orstainless steel.

White Sidewall TireCleaner

Removes soil and blackmarks from whitewalls.

Vinyl CleanerCleans vinyl tops,upholstery, andconvertible tops.

Glass Cleaner Removes dirt, grime,smoke and fingerprints.

Chrome and Wire WheelCleaner

Removes dirt and grimefrom chrome wheels andwire wheel covers.

Finish Enhancer

Removes dust,fingerprints, and surfacecontaminants. Spray onand wipe off.

Description Usage

Swirl Remover PolishRemoves swirl marks, finescratches, and other lightsurface contamination.

Cleaner Wax Removes light scratchesand protects finish.

Foaming Tire Shine LowGloss

Cleans, shines, andprotects in one step. Nowiping necessary.

Wash Wax Concentrate

Medium foamingshampoo. Cleans andlightly waxes.Biodegradable andphosphate free.

Spot Lifter

Quickly removes spotsand stains from carpets,vinyl, and clothupholstery.

Odor EliminatorOdorless spray odoreliminator used on fabrics,vinyl, leather and carpet.

See your General Motors parts department for theseproducts. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricantson page 6-12.

5-93

Page 340: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Vehicle Identification

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)

This is the legal identifier for your vehicle. It appears ona plate in the front corner of the instrument panel, onthe driver’s side. You can see it if you look through thewindshield from outside your vehicle. The VIN alsoappears on the Vehicle Certification and Service Partslabels and the certificates of title and registration.

Engine IdentificationThe eighth character in your VIN is the engine code.This code will help you identify your engine,specifications and replacement parts.

Service Parts Identification LabelYou will find this label in the trunk. It is very helpful if youever need to order parts. On this label, you will findthe following:

• VIN

• Model designation

• Paint information

• Production options and special equipment

Be sure that this label is not removed from the vehicle.

5-94

Page 341: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Electrical System

Add-On Electrical EquipmentNotice: Don’t add anything electrical to your vehicleunless you check with your dealer first. Someelectrical equipment can damage your vehicle andthe damage wouldn’t be covered by your warranty.Some add-on electrical equipment can keep othercomponents from working as they should.

Your vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting toadd anything electrical to your vehicle, see ServicingYour Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 1-58.

Headlamp WiringThe headlamp circuit is protected by individual fuses inthe underhood fuse block. An electrical overload willcause the fuse to blow. If this happens, have yourheadlamp system checked right away.

Windshield Wiper FusesThe windshield wiper motor is protected by a circuitbreaker and a fuse. If the motor overheats due to heavysnow, etc., the wiper will stop until the motor cools. Ifthe overload is caused by some electrical problem, haveit fixed.

Power Windows and Other PowerOptionsA circuit breaker in the driver’s side instrument panelfuse block protects the power windows and other poweraccessories. When the current load is too heavy, thecircuit breaker opens and closes, protecting thecircuit until the problem is fixed.

Fuses and Circuit BreakersThe wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected fromshort circuits by a combination of fuses and circuitbreakers. This greatly reduces the chance of firescaused by electrical problems.

Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If theband is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure youreplace a bad fuse with a new one of the identicalsize and rating.

5-95

Page 342: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Instrument Panel Fuse BlockThe wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected fromshort circuits by a combination of fuses. This greatlyreduces the chance of fires caused by electricalproblems.

Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If theband is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure youreplace a bad fuse with a new one of the identicalsize and rating.

Driver’s Side

Some fuses are in a fuseblock at the end of theinstrument panel onthe driver’s side of thevehicle. Pull off the coverlabeled FUSES toexpose the fuses.

Fuses Usage

PCM/BCM/CLSTR

Powertrain Control Module, BodyControl Module, Cluster (Ignition 0)

WPR Windshield Wipers, WindshieldWasher

PCM (CRANK) Powertrain Control Module (Crank)

CIG/AUX Accommodated Device (Accessory)

BCM Body Control Module (Accessory)

5-96

Page 343: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Fuses Usage

AIRBAG Airbag System

ABS/PCM Anti-lock Brake System, PowertrainControl Module, Brake Switch,Crank Relay, Canister Vent Solenoid(Run, Crank)

STOP Brake Lamps, Body Control Module(Run, Crank)

TRN/SIG Turn Signal Flashers

CRUISE Cruise Control Steering ColumnControls

AC/CRUISE HVAC Temp Door Motors & Module,Cruise Control Module

A/C FAN HVAC Blower

STR COL Steering Wheel Lighting

DR/LK Body Control Module, Door LockControls

PWR MIR Power Mirrors

CLSTR/BCM Cluster, Body Control Module, DataLink Connector (Battery)

LHHTD/ST/BCM

Driver’s Heated Seat, Body ControlModule, Battery Controlled Loads

Relays UsageRAP Retained Accessory Power RelayHEADLAMP Headlamp Relay

CircuitBreakers Usage

RETAINEDACCSRYPWR BRKR

Power Window, Sunroof Breaker

5-97

Page 344: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Passenger’s Side

Some fuses are in a fuseblock at the end of theinstrument panel onthe passenger’s side of thevehicle. Pull off thecover labeled FUSES toexpose the fuses.

Fuses UsageRH HTD ST Passenger Heated SeatPWR DROP Accommodated DeviceB/U LP Back-Up Lamps

DIC/RKE Driver Information Center, RemoteKeyless Entry, HVAC

TRK/ROOFBRP Trunk Lamps, Headliner Lamps

HVAC BLO HVAC Blower RelayI/P BRP Instrument Panel Footwell Lamps

5-98

Page 345: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Fuses UsageHTD MIR Heated MirrorsBRK SW Brake SwitchHAZ SW Hazard SwitchREAR PRK LP Rear Parking LampsAUX PWR Accessory Power Outlet (Battery)C/LTR Cigarette Lighter

RADIO Radio, Radio Amplifier, RemoteDigital Radio Receiver

FRT PARK LP Front Parking Lamps,Instrumentation Lighting

Relays UsagePARK LPRELAY Parking Lamps Relay

BACK UP LPRELAY Back-up Lamps Relay

BATT RUNDOWNPROTECTIONRELAY

Battery Run Down Protection Relay

REAR DEFOGRELAY

Rear Defogger Relay, Heated MirrorRelay

CircuitBreakers Usage

PWER SEATSBRKR Power Seat Circuit Breaker

REAR DEFOGBRKR Rear Defogger Breaker

Underhood Fuse BlockThe wiring circuits in your vehicle are protected fromshort circuits by a combination of fuses. This greatlyreduces the chance of fires caused by electricalproblems.

Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If theband is broken or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure youreplace a bad fuse with a new one of the identicalsize and rating.

5-99

Page 346: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Upper Fuse BlockSome fuses are in a fuse block in the enginecompartment on the passenger’s side of the vehicle.See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12for more information on location.

Fuses UsageLEFT I/P Left Fuse BlockRT I/P #1 Right Fuse Block (Battery)RT I/P #2 Right Fuse Block (Battery)

Fuses UsageU/HOOD #1 Underhood (Top) Fuse BlockHORN RLY Horn RelayBLANK BlankBLANK BlankFOG RLY Fog Lamps RelayF/PMP RLY Fuel Pump Relay

DRL/EXIT LTS Low (Left Front) & High (Left Front)Headlamps

EXT LTS Low (Right Front) & High (RightFront) Headlamps

PCM PCM BatteryA/C RLY(CMPR)

HVAC Compressor Relay &Generator

BLOWERMOTOR HVAC Blower Motor

Relays UsageFUEL PUMP Fuel PumpDRL RELAY Daytime Running LampsCRANK RLY Starter (Crank) RelayHORNS HornFOG LTS Fog Lamps

5-100

Page 347: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Lower Fuse BlockSome fuses are in a fuse block in the enginecompartment on the passenger’s side of the vehicle.See Engine Compartment Overview on page 5-12for more information on location.

Fuses UsageIGN SW Ignition SwitchRT I/P #3 Rear Defogger, Audio SystemU/HOOD #2 Ignition Relay, AIR Pump

Fuses UsageCOOLINGFANS Cooling Fans (Battery)

FAN CONT #2& #3 Cooling Fan Control Relays #2 & #3

FAN CONT #1 Cooling Fan Control Relays #1FUEL INJ Fuel InjectorsTRANS SOL Transmission SolenoidsA/C RLY(COIL) HVAC Control Relay

ENG DEVICESCanister Purge Solenoid, Mass AirFlow Sensor (MAF), AIR PumpRelay & Valve Control

DFI MDL Direct Fire Ignition Module

OXY SEN Oxygen Sensor (Pre and PostConverter)

Relays Usage

FAN CONT #3 Secondary Cooling Fan(Passenger’s Side)

FAN CONT #2 Cooling Fan Control RelayFAN CONT #1 Primary Cooling fan (Driver’s Side)IGN RLY Ignition RelayA/C CMPR HVAC Compressor

5-101

Page 348: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Capacities and SpecificationsThe following approximate capacities are given in English and metric conversions. See Recommended Fluids andLubricants on page 6-12 for more information.

ApplicationCapacities

English MetricAir Conditioning Refrigerant R134a 2.3 lbs 1.0 kg

Automatic TransaxlePan Removal and ReplacementAfter Complete Overhaul

When draining/replacing converter, more fluid may beneeded.

7.4 quarts10.0 quarts

7.0 L9.5 L

Cooling System Including Reservoir3400 V6 Engine3800 V6 Engine3800 Supercharged V6 Engine

11.3 quarts11.7 quarts11.7 quarts

10.7 L11.0 L11.0 L

Engine Oil with Filter3400 V6 Engine3800 V6 Engine3800 Supercharged V6 Engine

4.0 quarts4.5 quarts4.5 quarts

3.8 L4.2 L4.2 L

Fuel Tank 17.0 gallons 64.3 LAll capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in thismanual. Recheck fluid level after filling.

5-102

Page 349: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Engine SpecificationsEngine VIN Code Transaxle Spark Plug Gap

3400 V6 E Automatic 0.060 inches (1.52 mm)

3800 V6 K Automatic 0.060 inches (1.52 mm)

3800 Supercharged V6 1 Automatic 0.060 inches (1.52 mm)

5-103

Page 350: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

✍ NOTES

5-104

Page 351: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Maintenance Schedule ......................................6-2Introduction ...................................................6-2Maintenance Requirements ..............................6-2Your Vehicle and the Environment ....................6-2Using Your Maintenance Schedule ....................6-2Scheduled Maintenance ...................................6-4Additional Required Services ............................6-6Maintenance Footnotes ...................................6-7

Owner Checks and Services ............................6-9At Each Fuel Fill ............................................6-9At Least Once a Month ...................................6-9At Least Once a Year ...................................6-10Recommended Fluids and Lubricants ...............6-12Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts ..........6-13Maintenance Record .....................................6-14

Section 6 Maintenance Schedule

6-1

Page 352: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Maintenance Schedule

IntroductionImportant: Keep engine oil at the proper level andchange as recommended.

Have you purchased the GM Protection Plan? The Plansupplements your new vehicle warranties. See yourWarranty and Owner Assistance booklet or your dealerfor details.

Maintenance RequirementsNotice: Maintenance intervals, checks, inspections,replacement parts and recommended fluids andlubricants as prescribed in this manual are necessaryto keep your vehicle in good working condition. Anydamage caused by failure to follow scheduledmaintenance may not be covered by warranty.

Your Vehicle and the EnvironmentProper vehicle maintenance not only helps to keep yourvehicle in good working condition, but also helps theenvironment. All recommended maintenance isimportant. Improper vehicle maintenance can evenaffect the quality of the air we breathe. Improper fluidlevels or the wrong tire inflation can increase the level ofemissions from your vehicle. To help protect ourenvironment, and to keep your vehicle in good condition,be sure to maintain your vehicle properly.

Using Your Maintenance ScheduleWe at General Motors want to help you keep your vehiclein good working condition. But we do not know exactlyhow you will drive it. You may drive very short distancesonly a few times a week. Or you may drive long distancesall the time in very hot, dusty weather. You may use yourvehicle in making deliveries. Or you may drive it to work,to do errands or in many other ways.

Because of all the different ways people use theirvehicles, maintenance needs vary. You may need morefrequent checks and replacements. So please readthe following and note how you drive. If you have anyquestions on how to keep your vehicle in good condition,see your GM Goodwrench dealer.

6-2

Page 353: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

This schedule is for vehicles that:

• carry passengers and cargo within recommendedlimits. You will find these limits on the tire andloading information label. See Loading Your Vehicleon page 4-29.

• are driven on reasonable road surfaces within legaldriving limits.

• use the recommended fuel. See Gasoline Octaneon page 5-5.

The services in Scheduled Maintenance on page 6-4should be performed when indicated. See AdditionalRequired Services on page 6-6 and MaintenanceFootnotes on page 6-7 for further information.

{CAUTION:

Performing maintenance work on a vehicle canbe dangerous. In trying to do some jobs, youcan be seriously injured. Do your ownmaintenance work only if you have therequired know-how and the proper tools andequipment for the job. If you have any doubt,see your GM Goodwrench dealer to have aqualified technician do the work.

Some maintenance services can be complex. So,unless you are technically qualified and have thenecessary equipment, you should have your GMGoodwrench dealer do these jobs.

When you go to your GM Goodwrench dealer for yourservice needs, you will know that GM-trained andsupported service technicians will perform the workusing genuine GM parts.

If you want to purchase service information, see ServicePublications Ordering Information on page 7-11.

Owner Checks and Services on page 6-9 tells you whatshould be checked, when to check it and what you caneasily do to help keep your vehicle in good condition.

The proper replacement parts, fluids and lubricants touse are listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricantson page 6-12 and Normal Maintenance ReplacementParts on page 6-13. When your vehicle is serviced,make sure these are used. All parts should be replacedand all necessary repairs done before you or anyoneelse drives the vehicle. We recommend the use ofgenuine GM parts.

6-3

Page 354: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Scheduled MaintenanceWhen the CHANGE ENGINE OIL message comes on, itmeans that service is required for your vehicle. Have yourvehicle serviced as soon as possible within the next600 miles (1 000 km). It is possible that, if you are drivingunder the best conditions, the engine oil life system maynot indicate that vehicle service is necessary for over ayear. However, your engine oil and filter must be changedat least once a year and at this time the system must bereset. Your GM Goodwrench dealer has GM-trainedservice technicians who will perform this work usinggenuine GM parts and reset the system.

If the engine oil life system is ever reset accidentally,you must service your vehicle within 3,000 miles(5 000 km) since your last service. Remember to resetthe oil life system whenever the oil is changed. SeeEngine Oil Life System on page 5-21 for information onthe Engine Oil Life System and resetting the system.

When the change engine oil message appears, certainservices, checks and inspections are required.Required services are described in the following for“Maintenance I” and “Maintenance II.” Generally,it is recommended that your first service beMaintenance I, your second service be Maintenance IIand that you alternate Maintenance I and Maintenance IIthereafter. However, in some cases, Maintenance IImay be required more often.

Maintenance I — Use Maintenance I if the changeengine oil message comes on within 10 months since thevehicle was purchased or Maintenance II was performed.

Maintenance II — Use Maintenance II if the previousservice performed was Maintenance I. Always useMaintenance II whenever the message comes on10 months or more since the last service or if themessage has not come on at all for one year.

6-4

Page 355: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Scheduled MaintenanceService Maintenance I Maintenance II

Change engine oil and filter. See Engine Oil on page 5-18. Reset oil life system.See Engine Oil Life System on page 5-21. An Emission Control Service. • •

Visually check for any leaks or damage. See footnote (k). • •Inspect engine air cleaner filter. If necessary, replace filter. See Engine AirCleaner/Filter on page 5-24. An Emission Control Service.See footnotes † and (m).

Rotate tires and check inflation pressures and wear. See Tires on page 5-58. • •Inspect brake system. See footnote (a). • •Check engine coolant and windshield washer fluid levels and add fluid asneeded. • •

Perform any needed additional services. See “Additional Required Services” inthis section. • •

Inspect suspension and steering components. See footnote (b). •Inspect engine cooling system. See footnote (c). •Inspect wiper blades. See footnote (d). •Inspect restraint system components. See footnote (e). •Lubricate body components. See footnote (f). •Check transaxle fluid level and add fluid as needed. •Replace passenger compartment air filter (if equipped). See footnote (g). •Inspect throttle system. See footnote (j). •

6-5

Page 356: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Additional Required ServicesThe following services should be performed at the first maintenance service (I or II) after the indicatedmiles (kilometers) shown for each item.

Additional Required Services

Service and Miles (Kilometers)25,000

(41 500)50,000

(83 000)75,000

(125 000)100,000

(166 000)125,000

(207 500)150,000

(240 000)

Inspect fuel system for damage orleaks. • • • • • •

Inspect exhaust system for loose ordamaged components. • • • • • •

Replace engine air cleaner filter. SeeEngine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 5-24.An Emission Control Service.

• • •

Supercharger service (if equipped). AnEmission Control Service. Seefootnotes † and (l).

• • • • • •

Change automatic transaxle fluid andfilter (severe service). See footnote (h). • • •

Change automatic transaxle fluid andfilter (normal service). •

Replace spark plugs. Inspect sparkplug wires. An Emission ControlService.

6-6

Page 357: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Additional Required Services (cont’d)

Service and Miles (Kilometers)25,000

(41 500)50,000

(83 000)75,000

(125 000)100,000

(166 000)125,000

(207 500)150,000

(240 000)

Engine cooling system service (orevery 5 years, whichever occurs first).An Emission Control Service. Seefootnote (i).

Inspect engine accessory drive belt. AnEmission Control Service. •

Maintenance Footnotes† The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or theCalifornia Air Resources Board has determined that thefailure to perform this maintenance item will not nullifythe emission warranty or limit recall liability prior tothe completion of the vehicle’s useful life. We, however,urge that all recommended maintenance services beperformed at the indicated intervals and themaintenance be recorded.

(a) Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for properhook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, chafing, etc. Inspectdisc brake pads for wear and rotors for surfacecondition. Inspect other brake parts, including calipers,parking brake, etc.

(b) Visually inspect front and rear suspension andsteering system for damaged, loose or missing parts orsigns of wear. Inspect power steering lines andhoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks,chafing, etc.

(c) Visually inspect hoses and have them replaced if theyare cracked, swollen or deteriorated. Inspect all pipes,fittings and clamps; replace with genuine GM parts asneeded. To help ensure proper operation, a pressure testof the cooling system and pressure cap and cleaning theoutside of the radiator and air conditioning condenser isrecommended at least once a year.

(d) Visually inspect wiper blades for wear or cracking.Replace blade inserts that appear worn or damagedor that streak or miss areas of the windshield.

6-7

Page 358: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

(e) Make sure the safety belt reminder light and all yourbelts, buckles, latch plates, retractors and anchoragesare working properly. Look for any other loose ordamaged safety belt system parts. If you see anythingthat might keep a safety belt system from doing itsjob, have it repaired. Have any torn or frayed safety beltsreplaced. Also look for any opened or broken airbagcoverings, and have them repaired or replaced.(The airbag system does not need regular maintenance.)

(f) Lubricate all key lock cylinders. Lubricate all hingesand latches, including those for the body doors, hood,secondary latch, pivots, spring anchor, release pawl, rearcompartment, glove box door, console door and anyfolding seat hardware. More frequent lubrication may berequired when exposed to a corrosive environment.Applying silicone grease on weatherstrips with a cleancloth will make them last longer, seal better and not stickor squeak.

(g) If you drive regularly under dusty conditions, thefilter may require replacement more often.

(h) Change automatic transaxle fluid and filter if thevehicle is mainly driven under one or more of theseconditions:

− In heavy city traffic where the outside temperatureregularly reaches 90°F (32°C) or higher.

− In hilly or mountainous terrain.

− When doing frequent trailer towing.− Uses such as found in taxi, police or delivery

service.

(i) Drain, flush and refill cooling system. See EngineCoolant on page 5-28 for what to use. Inspect hoses.Clean radiator, condenser, pressure cap and filler neck.Pressure test the cooling system and pressure cap.

(j) Check throttle system for interference or binding andfor damaged or missing parts. Replace parts asneeded. Replace any components that have high effortor excessive wear. Do not lubricate accelerator orcruise control cables.

(k) A fluid loss in any vehicle system could indicate aproblem. Have the system inspected and repairedand the fluid level checked. Add fluid if needed.

(l) For supercharged engines only: Check thesupercharger oil level and add the proper superchargeroil as needed (or every 36 months, whichever occursfirst). See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants onpage 6-12.

(m) If you drive regularly under dusty conditions, inspectthe filter at each engine oil change.

6-8

Page 359: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Owner Checks and ServicesThese owner checks and services should be performedat the intervals specified to help ensure the safety,dependability and emission control performance of yourvehicle. Your GM Goodwrench dealer can assist youwith these checks and services.

Be sure any necessary repairs are completed at once.Whenever any fluids or lubricants are added to yourvehicle, make sure they are the proper ones, as shownin Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 6-12.

At Each Fuel FillIt is important to perform these underhood checks ateach fuel fill.

Engine Oil Level CheckCheck the engine oil level and add the proper oil ifnecessary. See Engine Oil on page 5-18 for furtherdetails.

Notice: It is important to check your oil regularlyand keep it at the proper level. Failure to keep yourengine oil at the proper level can cause damageto your engine not covered by your warranty.

Engine Coolant Level CheckCheck the engine coolant level and addDEX-COOL® coolant mixture if necessary. See EngineCoolant on page 5-28 for further details.

Windshield Washer Fluid Level CheckCheck the windshield washer fluid level in the windshieldwasher tank and add the proper fluid if necessary.

At Least Once a Month

Tire Inflation CheckVisually inspect your tires and make sure tires are inflatedto the correct pressures. Do not forget to check yourspare tire. See Tires on page 5-58 for further details.Check to make sure the spare tire is stored securely.Push, pull and then try to turn the spare tire. If it moves,tighten it. See Changing a Flat Tire on page 5-74.

6-9

Page 360: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

At Least Once a Year

Starter Switch Check

{CAUTION:

When you are doing this inspection, thevehicle could move suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could be injured.

1. Before you start, be sure you have enough roomaround the vehicle.

2. Firmly apply both the parking brake and the regularbrake. See Parking Brake on page 2-22 if necessary.Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be ready toturn off the engine immediately if it starts.

3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The startershould work only in PARK (P) or NEUTRAL (N).If the starter works in any other position, contactyour GM Goodwrench dealer for service.

Automatic Transaxle Shift Lock ControlSystem Check

{CAUTION:

When you are doing this inspection, thevehicle could move suddenly. If the vehiclemoves, you or others could be injured.

1. Before you start, be sure you have enough roomaround the vehicle. It should be parked on a levelsurface.

2. Firmly apply the parking brake. See Parking Brakeon page 2-22 if necessary.Be ready to apply the regular brake immediately ifthe vehicle begins to move.

3. With the engine off, turn the ignition to ON, but donot start the engine. Without applying the regularbrake, try to move the shift lever out of PARK (P)with normal effort. If the shift lever moves outof PARK (P), contact your GM Goodwrench dealerfor service.

6-10

Page 361: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Ignition Transaxle Lock CheckWhile parked, and with the parking brake set, try to turnthe ignition to OFF in each shift lever position.

• The ignition should turn to OFF only when the shiftlever is in PARK (P).

• The key should come out only in OFF.

Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service isrequired.

Parking Brake and Automatic TransaxlePark (P) Mechanism Check

{CAUTION:

When you are doing this check, your vehiclecould begin to move. You or others could beinjured and property could be damaged. Makesure there is room in front of your vehicle incase it begins to roll. Be ready to apply theregular brake at once should the vehicle beginto move.

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle facingdownhill. Keeping your foot on the regular brake, set theparking brake.

• To check the parking brake’s holding ability: Withthe engine running and transaxle in NEUTRAL (N),slowly remove foot pressure from the regularbrake pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by theparking brake only.

• To check the PARK (P) mechanism’s holding ability:With the engine running, shift to PARK (P). Thenrelease the parking brake followed by theregular brake.

Contact your GM Goodwrench dealer if service isrequired.

Underbody Flushing ServiceAt least every spring, use plain water to flush anycorrosive materials from the underbody. Take care toclean thoroughly any areas where mud and other debriscan collect.

6-11

Page 362: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Recommended Fluids andLubricantsFluids and lubricants identified below by name, partnumber or specification may be obtained from yourdealer.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Engine Oil

Engine oil which meets GM StandardGM6094M and displays theAmerican Petroleum InstituteCertified for Gasoline Enginesstarburst symbol. GM Goodwrenchoil meets all the requirements for yourvehicle. To determine the properviscosity for your vehicle’s engine,see Engine Oil on page 5-18.

Engine Coolant

50/50 mixture of clean, drinkablewater and use onlyDEX-COOL® Coolant. See EngineCoolant on page 5-28.

Hydraulic BrakeSystem

Delco Supreme 11 Brake Fluid orequivalent DOT-3 brake fluid.

WindshieldWasher Solvent GM Optikleen® Washer Solvent.

Usage Fluid/Lubricant

Power SteeringSystem

GM Power Steering Fluid(GM Part No. U.S. 89021184, inCanada 89021186).

AutomaticTransaxle

DEXRON®-III AutomaticTransmission Fluid. Look for“Approved for the H-Specification”on the label.

Key LockCylinders

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube(GM Part No. U.S. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

SuperchargerSupercharger Oil (GM Part No. U.S.12345982, in Canada 10953513).See Supercharger Oil on page 5-23.

Hood LatchAssembly,Secondary

Latch, Pivots,Spring Anchorand Release

Pawl

Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol(GM Part No. U.S. 12346293, inCanada 992723) or lubricantmeeting requirements of NLGI #2,Category LB or GC-LB.

Hood and DoorHinges

Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube(GM Part No. U.S. 12346241, inCanada 10953474).

WeatherstripConditioning

Dielectric Silicone Grease(GM Part No. U.S. 12345579, inCanada 992887).

6-12

Page 363: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Normal Maintenance Replacement PartsReplacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your GM dealer.

Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts

Part GM Part Number AC Delco PartNumber

Automatic Transaxle Filter 1035125824206433 —

Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 10351258 A1614C

Engine Oil Filter 25010792 PF47

Passenger Compartment Air Filter 10340216 CF132

Spark Plugs 12568387 41-101

Windshield Wiper Blades (Shepherd’s Hook Type)22 inches (56.0 cm) 10350320 8-T22

6-13

Page 364: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Maintenance RecordAfter the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service and thetype of services performed in the boxes provided. See Maintenance Requirements on page 6-2 in this section.Any additional information from Owner Checks and Services on page 6-9 can be added on the following record pages.Also, you should retain all maintenance receipts.

Maintenance Record

Date OdometerReading Serviced By Maintenance I or

Maintenance II Services Performed

6-14

Page 365: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Maintenance Record (cont’d)

Date OdometerReading Serviced By Maintenance I or

Maintenance II Services Performed

6-15

Page 366: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Maintenance Record (cont’d)

Date OdometerReading Serviced By Maintenance I or

Maintenance II Services Performed

6-16

Page 367: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Customer Assistance and Information ...............7-2Customer Satisfaction Procedure ......................7-2Online Owner Center ......................................7-3Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY)

Users ........................................................7-4Customer Assistance Offices ............................7-4GM Mobility Reimbursement Program ................7-5Roadside Assistance Program ..........................7-6Courtesy Transportation ...................................7-7Vehicle Data Collection and Event Data

Recorders ..................................................7-9

Reporting Safety Defects ................................7-10Reporting Safety Defects to the United States

Government ..............................................7-10Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian

Government ..............................................7-11Reporting Safety Defects to

General Motors .........................................7-11Service Publications Ordering Information .........7-11

Section 7 Customer Assistance and Information

7-1

Page 368: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Customer Assistance andInformation

Customer Satisfaction ProcedureYour satisfaction and goodwill are important toyour dealer and to Chevrolet. Normally, any concernswith the sales transaction or the operation of yourvehicle will be resolved by your dealer’s sales or servicedepartments. Sometimes, however, despite the bestintentions of all concerned, misunderstandings canoccur. If your concern has not been resolved to yoursatisfaction, the following steps should be taken:

STEP ONE: Discuss your concern with a member ofdealership management. Normally, concerns canbe quickly resolved at that level. If the matter hasalready been reviewed with the sales, service or partsmanager, contact the owner of the dealership orthe general manager.

STEP TWO: If after contacting a member of dealershipmanagement, it appears your concern cannot beresolved by the dealership without further help, contactthe Chevrolet Customer Assistance Center by calling1-800-222-1020. In Canada, contact GM of CanadaCustomer Communication Centre by calling1-800-263-3777 (English) or 1-800-263-7854 (French).

We encourage you to call the toll-free number in orderto give your inquiry prompt attention. Please havethe following information available to give the CustomerAssistance Representative:

• Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This isavailable from the vehicle registration or title, or theplate at the top left of the instrument panel andvisible through the windshield.

• Dealership name and location.

• Vehicle delivery date and present mileage(kilometers).

When contacting Chevrolet, please remember that yourconcern will likely be resolved at a dealer’s facility.That is why we suggest you follow Step One first if youhave a concern.

STEP THREE: Both General Motors and your dealerare committed to making sure you are completelysatisfied with your new vehicle. However, if you continueto remain unsatisfied after following the procedureoutlined in Steps One and Two, you should file with theBBB Auto Line Program to enforce any additionalrights you may have. Canadian owners refer to yourWarranty and Owner Assistance Information booklet forinformation on the Canadian Motor Vehicle ArbitrationPlan (CAMVAP).

7-2

Page 369: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

The BBB Auto Line Program is an out of court programadministered by the Council of Better Business Bureausto settle automotive disputes regarding vehicle repairs orthe interpretation of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Although you may be required to resort to this informaldispute resolution program prior to filing a court action,use of the program is free of charge and your case willgenerally be heard within 40 days. If you do not agreewith the decision given in your case, you may reject it andproceed with any other venue for relief available to you.

You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using thetoll-free telephone number or write them at the followingaddress:

BBB Auto Line ProgramCouncil of Better Business Bureaus, Inc.4200 Wilson BoulevardSuite 800Arlington, VA 22203-1838

Telephone: 1-800-955-5100

This program is available in all 50 states and the Districtof Columbia. Eligibility is limited by vehicle age,mileage, and other factors. General Motors reserves theright to change eligibility limitations and/or discontinueits participation in this program.

Online Owner CenterThe Owner Center is a resource for your GM ownershipneeds. Specific vehicle information can be found inone place.

The Online Owner Center allows you to:

• Get e-mail service reminders.

• Access information about your specific vehicle,including tips and videos and an electronicversion of this owner’s manual (United States only).

• Keep track of your vehicle’s service history andmaintenance schedule.

• Find GM dealers for service nationwide.

• Receive special promotions and privileges onlyavailable to members (United States only).

Refer to the web for updated information.

To register your vehicle, visit www.MyGMLink.com(United States) or My GM Canada withinwww.gmcanada.com (Canada).

7-3

Page 370: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Customer Assistance for TextTelephone (TTY) UsersTo assist customers who are deaf, hard of hearing, orspeech-impaired and who use Text Telephones (TTYs),Chevrolet has TTY equipment available at its CustomerAssistance Center. Any TTY user can communicatewith Chevrolet by dialing: 1-800-833-CHEV (2438).(TTY users in Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830.)

Customer Assistance OfficesChevrolet encourages customers to call the toll-freenumber for assistance. If a U.S. customer wishesto write to Chevrolet, the letter should be addressed toChevrolet’s Customer Assistance Center.

United States — Customer AssistanceChevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

1-800-222-10201-800-833-2438 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance: 1-800-CHEV-USA® (243-8872)Fax Number: 313-381-0022

From Puerto Rico:1-800-496-9992 (English)1-800-496-9993 (Spanish)Fax Number: 313-381-0022

From U.S. Virgin Islands:1-800-496-9994Fax Number: 313-381-0022

Canada — Customer AssistanceGeneral Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre, 163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

1-800-263-3777 (English)1-800-263-7854 (French)1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone devices (TTYs))Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800

7-4

Page 371: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Overseas — Customer AssistancePlease contact the local General Motors Business Unit.

Mexico, Central America andCaribbean Islands/Countries(Except Puerto Rico and U.S. VirginIslands) — Customer Assistance

General Motors de Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.Customer Assistance CenterPaseo de la Reforma # 2740Col. Lomas de BezaresC.P. 11910, Mexico, D.F.01-800-508-0000Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0 800

GM Mobility ReimbursementProgramThis program, available to qualified applicants, canreimburse you up to $1,000 toward eligible aftermarketdriver’s or passenger’s adaptive equipment you mayrequire for your vehicle, such as hand controls andwheelchair/scooter lifts.

The offer is available for a limited period of time fromthe date of vehicle purchase/lease. For more details, orto determine your vehicle’s eligibility, visitgmmobility.com or call the GM Mobility AssistanceCenter at 1-800-323-9935. Text telephone (TTY) users,call 1-800-833-9935.

GM of Canada also has a Mobility Program. Call1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) for details. TTY users call1-800-263-3830.

7-5

Page 372: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Roadside Assistance ProgramAs the owner of a new Chevrolet vehicle, you areautomatically enrolled in the Chevrolet RoadsideAssistance program. This value-added service isintended to provide you with peace of mind as you drivein the city or travel the open road. Call Chevrolet’sRoadside Assistance at 1-800-CHEV-USA,(1-800-243-8872) 24 hours a day, 365 days a year tospeak with a Chevrolet Roadside Assistancerepresentative.

We will provide the following services during theBumper-to-Bumper warranty period, at no expenseto you:

• Fuel Delivery: Delivery of enough fuel($5 maximum) for the customer to get to thenearest service station.

• Lock-out Service (identification required):Replacement keys or locksmith service willbe covered at no charge if you are unable to gainentry into your vehicle. Delivery of the replacementkey will be covered within 10 miles (16 km).

• Emergency Tow: Tow to the nearest dealership forwarranty service or in the event of avehicle-disabling accident. Assistance providedwhen the vehicle is mired in sand, mud, or snow.

• Flat Tire Change: Installation of a spare tire will becovered at no charge. The customer is responsiblefor the repair or replacement of the tire if notcovered by a warrantable failure.

• Jump Start: No-start occurrences which require abattery jump start will be covered at no charge.

• Dealer Locator Service

In many instances, mechanical failures are coveredunder Chevrolet’s Bumper-to-Bumper warranty.However, when other services are utilized, our RoadsideAssistance Representatives will explain any paymentobligations you might incur.

For prompt and efficient assistance when calling, pleaseprovide the following to the Roadside AssistanceRepresentative:

• Your name, home address, and home telephonenumber.

• Telephone number of your location.

• Location of the vehicle.

• Model, year, color, and license plate number.

• Mileage, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), anddelivery date of the vehicle.

• Description of the problem.

7-6

Page 373: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

While we hope you never have the occasion to use ourservice, it is added security while traveling for you andyour family. Remember, we are only a phone call away.Chevrolet Roadside Assistance: 1-800-CHEV-USA(1-800-234-8872), text telephone (TTY) users, call1-888-889-2438.

Chevrolet reserves the right to limit services orreimbursement to an owner or driver when, inChevrolet’s judgement, the claims become excessive infrequency or type of occurrence.

Roadside Assistance is not part of or included in thecoverage provided by the New Vehicle Limited Warranty.Chevrolet reserves the right to make any changes ordiscontinue the Roadside Assistance program atany time without notification.

Canadian Roadside AssistanceVehicles purchased in Canada have an extensiveroadside assistance program accessible from anywherein Canada or the United States. Please refer to theWarranty and Owner Assistance Information book.

Courtesy TransportationChevrolet has always exemplified quality and value inits offering of motor vehicles. To enhance yourownership experience, we and our participating dealersare proud to offer Courtesy Transportation, a customersupport program for new vehicles.

The Courtesy Transportation program is offered to retailpurchase/lease customers in conjunction with theBumper-to-Bumper coverage provided by the NewVehicle Limited Warranty. Several transportation optionsare available when warranty repairs are required. This willreduce your inconvenience during warranty repairs.

Scheduling Service AppointmentsWhen your vehicle requires warranty service, you shouldcontact your dealer and request an appointment. Byscheduling a service appointment and advisingyour service consultant of your transportation needs,your dealer can help minimize your inconvenience.

If your vehicle cannot be scheduled into the servicedepartment immediately, keep driving it until it can bescheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem issafety-related. If it is, please call your dealership, letthem know this, and ask for instructions.

If the dealer requests that you simply drop the vehicleoff for service, you are urged to do so as early inthe work day as possible to allow for same day repair.

7-7

Page 374: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Transportation OptionsWarranty service can generally be completed while youwait. However, if you are unable to wait, Chevrolethelps minimize your inconvenience by providing severaltransportation options. Depending on the circumstances,your dealer can offer you one of the following:

Shuttle ServiceParticipating dealers can provide you with shuttleservice to get you to your destination with minimalinterruption of your daily schedule. This includes a oneway or round trip shuttle service to a destination upto 10 miles (16 km) from the dealership.

Public Transportation or FuelReimbursementIf your vehicle requires overnight warranty repairs,reimbursement of up to a five-day maximum may beavailable for the use of public transportation such as ataxi or bus. In addition, should you arrange transportationthrough a friend or relative, reimbursement forreasonable fuel expenses of up to a five-day maximummay be available. Claim amounts should reflect actualcosts and be supported by original receipts.

Courtesy Rental VehicleYour dealer may arrange to provide you with a courtesyrental vehicle or reimburse you for a rental vehiclethat you obtain if your vehicle is kept for a warrantyrepair. Reimbursement will be limited to a maximum of$30.00 a day and must be supported by receipts.This requires that you sign and complete a rentalagreement and meet state, local and rental vehicleprovider requirements. Requirements vary andmay include minimum age requirements, insurancecoverage, credit card, etc. You are responsible for fuelusage charges and may also be responsible fortaxes, levies, usage fees, excessive mileage or rentalusage beyond the completion of the repair.

Generally it is not possible to provide a like-vehicle as acourtesy rental.

7-8

Page 375: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Additional Program InformationCourtesy Transportation is available during theBumper-to-Bumper warranty coverage period, but it isnot part of the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Aseparate booklet entitled “Warranty and OwnerAssistance Information” furnished with each new vehicleprovides detailed warranty coverage information.

Courtesy Transportation is available only at participatingGM dealers and all program options, such as shuttleservice, may not be available at every dealer. Pleasecontact your GM dealer for specific information aboutavailability. All Courtesy Transportation arrangements willbe administered by appropriate dealer personnel.

Canadian Vehicles: For warranty repairs during theComplete Vehicle Coverage period of the GeneralMotors of Canada New Vehicle Limited Warranty,alternative transportation may be available under theCourtesy Transportation Program. Please consultyour dealer for details.

General Motors reserves the right to unilaterally modify,change or discontinue Courtesy Transportation atany time and to resolve all questions of claim eligibilitypursuant to the terms and conditions describedherein at its sole discretion.

Vehicle Data Collection and EventData RecordersYour vehicle, like other modern motor vehicles, has anumber of sophisticated computer systems that monitorand control several aspects of the vehicle’s performance.Your vehicle uses on-board vehicle computers to monitoremission control components to optimize fuel economy,to monitor conditions for airbag deployment and, if soequipped, to provide anti-lock braking and to help thedriver control the vehicle in difficult driving situations.Some information may be stored during regularoperations to facilitate repair of detected malfunctions;other information is stored only in a crash event bycomputer systems, such as those commonly called eventdata recorders (EDR).

In a crash event, computer systems, such as the AirbagSensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) in your vehiclemay record information about the condition of the vehicleand how it was operated, such as data related toengine speed, brake application, throttle position, vehiclespeed, safety belt usage, airbag readiness, airbagperformance, and the severity of a collision. Thisinformation has been used to improve vehicle crashperformance and may be used to improve crashperformance of future vehicles and driving safety. Unlikethe data recorders on many airplanes, these on-boardsystems do not record sounds, such as conversation ofvehicle occupants.

7-9

Page 376: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

To read this information, special equipment is neededand access to the vehicle or the device that storesthe data is required. GM will not access informationabout a crash event or share it with others other than:

• with the consent of the vehicle owner or, if thevehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee,

• in response to an official request of police or similargovernment office,

• as part of GM’s defense of litigation through thediscovery process, or

• as required by law.

In addition, once GM collects or receives data, GM may:

• use the data for GM research needs,

• make it available for research where appropriateconfidentiality is to be maintained and need isshown, or

• share summary data which is not tied to a specificvehicle with non-GM organizations for researchpurposes.

Others, such as law enforcement, may have access tothe special equipment that can read the informationif they have access to the vehicle or the devicethat stores the data.

If your vehicle is equipped with OnStar®, please checkthe OnStar® subscription service agreement or manualfor information on its operations and data collection.

Reporting Safety Defects

Reporting Safety Defects to theUnited States GovernmentIf you believe that your vehicle has a defect which couldcause a crash or could cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the National Highway TrafficSafety Administration (NHTSA), in addition to notifyingGeneral Motors.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open aninvestigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists ina group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedycampaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved inindividual problems between you, your dealer, orGeneral Motors.

To contact NHTSA, you may either call the Auto SafetyHotline toll-free at 1-800-424-9393 (or 366-0123 inthe Washington, D.C. area) or write to:

NHTSA, U.S. Department of TransportationWashington, D.C. 20590

You can also obtain other information about motorvehicle safety from the hotline.

7-10

Page 377: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Reporting Safety Defects to theCanadian GovernmentIf you live in Canada, and you believe that your vehiclehas a safety defect, you should immediately notifyTransport Canada, in addition to notifying GeneralMotors of Canada Limited. You may write to:

Transport Canada330 Sparks StreetTower COttawa, Ontario K1A 0N5

Reporting Safety Defects toGeneral MotorsIn addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport Canada) ina situation like this, we certainly hope you will notifyGeneral Motors. Please call the Chevrolet CustomerAssistance Center at 1-800-222-1020, or write:

Chevrolet Motor DivisionChevrolet Customer Assistance CenterP.O. Box 33170Detroit, MI 48232-5170

In Canada, please call us at 1-800-263-3777 (English)or 1-800-263-7854 (French). Or, write:

General Motors of Canada LimitedCustomer Communication Centre, 163-0051908 Colonel Sam DriveOshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7

Service Publications OrderingInformation

Service ManualsService Manuals have the diagnosis and repairinformation on engines, transmission, axle suspension,brakes, electrical, steering, body, etc.

Transmission, Transaxle, TransferCase Unit Repair ManualThis manual provides information on unit repair serviceprocedures, adjustments, and specifications for GMtransmissions, transaxles, and transfer cases.

7-11

Page 378: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Service BulletinsService Bulletins give technical service informationneeded to knowledgeably service General Motors carsand trucks. Each bulletin contains instructions toassist in the diagnosis and service of your vehicle.

In Canada, information pertaining to Product ServiceBulletins can be obtained by contacting your GeneralMotors dealer or by calling 1-800-GM-DRIVE(1-800-463-7483).

Owner’s InformationOwner publications are written specifically for ownersand intended to provide basic operational informationabout the vehicle. The owner’s manual will includethe Maintenance Schedule for all models.

In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, Owner’s Manual, andWarranty Booklet.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $35.00

Without Portfolio: Owner’s Manual only.

RETAIL SELL PRICE: $25.00

Current and Past Model Order FormsService Publications are available for current andpast model GM vehicles. To request an order form,please specify year and model name of the vehicle.

ORDER TOLL FREE: 1-800-551-4123Monday-Friday 8:00 AM - 6:00 PMEastern TimeFor Credit Card Orders Only(VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit Helm, Inc. on theWorld Wide Web at: www.helminc.com

Or you can write to:

Helm, IncorporatedP.O. Box 07130Detroit, MI 48207

Prices are subject to change without notice and withoutincurring obligation. Allow ample time for delivery.

Note to Canadian Customers: All listed prices arequoted in U.S. funds. Canadian residents are to makechecks payable in U.S. funds.

7-12

Page 379: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

AAccessory Power Outlets ................................. 3-19Additives, Fuel ................................................. 5-6Add-On Electrical Equipment ............................ 5-95Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ................................. 5-24Air Conditioning .............................................. 3-21Airbag

Readiness Light .......................................... 3-31Airbag Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) ...... 7-9Airbag System ................................................ 1-49

How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...................... 1-56Servicing Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .......... 1-58What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...................... 1-55What Will You See After an Airbag Inflates? ........ 1-56When Should an Airbag Inflate? .................... 1-54Where Are the Airbags? ............................... 1-52

Antenna, Backglass ......................................... 3-90Antenna, XM™ Satellite Radio Antenna System ..... 3-91Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ........................... 4-6Anti-Lock Brake, System Warning Light .............. 3-33Appearance Care ............................................ 5-86

Aluminum Wheels ........................................ 5-91Care of Safety Belts .................................... 5-89Chemical Paint Spotting ............................... 5-92Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses .................... 5-89Fabric/Carpet .............................................. 5-86Finish Care ................................................. 5-90

Appearance Care (cont.)Finish Damage ............................................ 5-92Glass Surfaces ............................................ 5-88Instrument Panel ......................................... 5-88Interior Plastic Components ........................... 5-88Leather ...................................................... 5-88Sheet Metal Damage ................................... 5-92Tires .......................................................... 5-91Underbody Maintenance ............................... 5-92Vehicle Care/Appearance Materials ................ 5-93Vinyl .......................................................... 5-88Washing Your Vehicle ................................... 5-89Weatherstrips .............................................. 5-89Windshield and Wiper Blades ........................ 5-90

Ashtrays ........................................................ 3-20Audio System(s) ............................................. 3-52

Audio Steering Wheel Controls ...................... 3-87Backglass Antenna ...................................... 3-90Care of Your Cassette Tape Player ................ 3-88Care of Your CD Player ............................... 3-90Care of Your CDs ........................................ 3-90Chime Level Adjustment ............................... 3-91Radio with Cassette ..................................... 3-53Radio with Cassette and CD ......................... 3-74Radio with CD ............................................ 3-64Setting the Time .......................................... 3-52Theft-Deterrent Feature ................................ 3-87

1

Page 380: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Audio System(s) (cont.)Understanding Radio Reception ..................... 3-88Vehicle Customization Settings ...................... 3-91XM™ Satellite Radio Antenna System ............ 3-91

Automatic TransaxleFluid .......................................................... 5-26Operation ................................................... 2-20

BBackglass Antenna .......................................... 3-90Battery .......................................................... 5-47

Run-Down Protection ................................... 3-19Battery Warning Message ................................ 3-41Before Leaving on a Long Trip ......................... 4-21Brake

Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) ........................ 4-6Emergencies ................................................ 4-8Low Fluid Warning Message ......................... 3-47Parking ...................................................... 2-22System Warning Light .................................. 3-32

Brakes .......................................................... 5-44Braking ........................................................... 4-5Braking in Emergencies ..................................... 4-8Break-In, New Vehicle ..................................... 2-16Bulb Replacement ........................................... 5-53

Back-Up Lamps ........................................... 5-56Halogen Bulbs ............................................ 5-53

Bulb Replacement (cont.)Headlamp Aiming ........................................ 5-53Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, and Parking

Lamps .................................................... 5-54Replacement Bulbs ...................................... 5-56Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps and

Sidemarker Lamps ................................... 5-55Buying New Tires ........................................... 5-69

CCalifornia Fuel .................................................. 5-6Canadian Owners ................................................ iiCapacities and Specifications .......................... 5-102Carbon Monoxide ................... 2-10, 2-26, 4-24, 4-36Care of

Safety Belts ................................................ 5-89Your Cassette Tape Player ............................ 3-88Your CD Player ........................................... 3-90Your CDs ................................................... 3-90

Center Console Storage Area ........................... 2-36Center Front Passenger Position, Safety Belts ....... 1-22Chains, Tire ................................................... 5-73Change Engine Oil Message ............................ 3-44Check

Engine Light ............................................... 3-35Checking Things Under the Hood ...................... 5-10Chemical Paint Spotting ................................... 5-92

2

Page 381: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Child RestraintsChild Restraint Systems ............................... 1-35Infants and Young Children ........................... 1-31Lower Anchorages and Top Tethers for

Children (LATCH System) .......................... 1-42Older Children ............................................. 1-29Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the

LATCH System ........................................ 1-44Securing a Child Restraint in a Rear Seat

Position .................................................. 1-44Securing a Child Restraint in the Right Front

Seat Position ........................................... 1-46Top Strap ................................................... 1-40Top Strap Anchor Location ............................ 1-41Where to Put the Restraint ........................... 1-38

Chime Level Adjustment .................................. 3-91Cigarette Lighter ............................................. 3-20Cleaning

Aluminum Wheels ........................................ 5-91Exterior Lamps/Lenses ................................. 5-89Fabric/Carpet .............................................. 5-86Finish Care ................................................. 5-90Glass Surfaces ............................................ 5-88Instrument Panel ......................................... 5-88Interior Plastic Components ........................... 5-88Leather ...................................................... 5-88Tires .......................................................... 5-91

Cleaning (cont.)Underbody Maintenance ............................... 5-92Vinyl .......................................................... 5-88Washing Your Vehicle ................................... 5-89Weatherstrips .............................................. 5-89Windshield and Wiper Blades ........................ 5-90

Climate Control SystemAir Filter, Passenger Compartment ................. 3-25Dual .......................................................... 3-21Outlet Adjustment ........................................ 3-24

Comfort Guides, Rear Safety Belt ..................... 1-26Compact Spare Tire ........................................ 5-85Content Theft-Deterrent .................................... 2-14Control of a Vehicle .......................................... 4-5Convenience Net ............................................ 2-37Coolant

Engine Temperature Gage ............................ 3-34Heater, Engine ............................................ 2-19Hot Temperature Warning Message ................ 3-42

Cooling System .............................................. 5-34Courtesy Lamps ............................................. 3-17Cruise Control Lever ....................................... 3-11Cruise Control Light ........................................ 3-38Customer Assistance Information

Courtesy Transportation .................................. 7-7Customer Assistance for Text Telephone (TTY)

Users ....................................................... 7-4

3

Page 382: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Customer Assistance Information (cont.)Customer Assistance Offices ........................... 7-4Customer Satisfaction Procedure ..................... 7-2GM Mobility Reimbursement Program ............... 7-5Reporting Safety Defects to General Motors ....... 7-11Reporting Safety Defects to the Canadian

Government ............................................ 7-11Reporting Safety Defects to the United States

Government ............................................ 7-10Roadside Assistance Program ......................... 7-6Service Publications Ordering Information ........ 7-11

DDaytime Running Lamps/Automatic Headlamp

System ...................................................... 3-16Defensive Driving ............................................. 4-2Delayed Entry Lighting ..................................... 3-18Delayed Exit Lighting ....................................... 3-18Delayed Headlamps ........................................ 3-15Doing Your Own Service Work ........................... 5-4Dome Lamp ................................................... 3-17Door

Ajar Warning Message ................................. 3-45Locks .......................................................... 2-8Power Door Locks ......................................... 2-9Programmable Automatic Door Locks ............... 2-9

DriverPosition, Safety Belt ..................................... 1-13

Driver Information Center (DIC) ......................... 3-49Driving

At Night ..................................................... 4-15City ........................................................... 4-19Defensive ..................................................... 4-2Drunken ....................................................... 4-2Freeway ..................................................... 4-20Hill and Mountain Roads .............................. 4-22In Rain and on Wet Roads ........................... 4-17Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out ................. 4-29Winter ........................................................ 4-24

Dual Climate Control System ............................ 3-21

EElectrical System

Add-On Equipment ...................................... 5-95Fuses and Circuit Breakers ........................... 5-95Headlamp Wiring ......................................... 5-95Instrument Panel Fuse Block ......................... 5-96Power Windows and Other Power Options ...... 5-95Underhood Fuse Block ................................. 5-99Windshield Wiper Fuses ............................... 5-95

4

Page 383: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

EngineAir Cleaner/Filter ......................................... 5-24Battery ....................................................... 5-47Change Oil Message ................................... 3-44Check and Service Engine Soon Light ............ 3-35Coolant ...................................................... 5-28Coolant Heater ............................................ 2-19Coolant Temperature Gage ........................... 3-34Engine Compartment Overview ...................... 5-12Exhaust ..................................................... 2-26Low Oil Level Message ................................ 3-43Oil ............................................................. 5-18Overheated Protection Operating Mode ........... 5-33Overheating ................................................ 5-31Starting ...................................................... 2-17Supercharger Oil ......................................... 5-23

Entry Lighting ................................................. 3-17Event Data Recorders (EDR) ............................. 7-9Extender, Safety Belt ....................................... 1-28Exterior Lamps ............................................... 3-14

FFilter

Engine Air Cleaner ...................................... 5-24Finish Damage ............................................... 5-92Flash-to-Pass ................................................... 3-9

Flat Tire ........................................................ 5-74Flat Tire, Changing ......................................... 5-74Flat Tire, Storing ............................................. 5-83Fluid

Automatic Transaxle ..................................... 5-26Power Steering ........................................... 5-41Windshield Washer ...................................... 5-42

Fog Lamps .................................................... 3-16Folding Rear Seat ............................................ 1-6Front Storage Area ......................................... 2-36Fuel ............................................................... 5-5

Additives ...................................................... 5-6California Fuel .............................................. 5-6Filling a Portable Fuel Container .................... 5-10Filling Your Tank ........................................... 5-8Fuels in Foreign Countries .............................. 5-7Gage ......................................................... 3-39Gasoline Octane ........................................... 5-5Gasoline Specifications .................................. 5-6Low Warning Message ................................. 3-47

FusesFuses and Circuit Breakers ........................... 5-95Instrument Panel Fuse Block ......................... 5-96Underhood Fuse Block ................................. 5-99Windshield Wiper ......................................... 5-95

5

Page 384: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

GGage

Engine Coolant Temperature ......................... 3-34Fuel .......................................................... 3-39Speedometer .............................................. 3-30Tachometer ................................................. 3-30

Garage Door Opener ....................................... 2-32Gasoline

Octane ........................................................ 5-5Specifications ............................................... 5-6

Glove Box ..................................................... 2-36GM Mobility Reimbursement Program .................. 7-5

HHazard Warning Flashers ................................... 3-6Head Restraints ............................................... 1-6Headlamp

Aiming ....................................................... 5-53Headlamp Wiring ............................................ 5-95Headlamps

Bulb Replacement ....................................... 5-53Daytime Running Lamps/Automatic Headlamp

System ................................................... 3-16Delayed ..................................................... 3-15Flash-to-Pass ............................................... 3-9Halogen Bulbs ............................................ 5-53

Headlamps (cont.)Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, and Parking

Lamps .................................................... 5-54High/Low Beam Changer ................................ 3-8

Heated Seats ................................................... 1-4Heater ........................................................... 3-21Highbeam On Light ......................................... 3-38Highbeam Out Warning Message ...................... 3-48Highway Hypnosis ........................................... 4-22Hill and Mountain Roads .................................. 4-22HomeLink® Transmitter .................................... 2-32HomeLink® Transmitter, Programming ................ 2-32Hood

Checking Things Under ................................ 5-10Release ..................................................... 5-11

Horn ............................................................... 3-6Hot Coolant Temperature Warning Message ........ 3-42How to Use This Manual ...................................... iiHow to Wear Safety Belts Properly ................... 1-13

IIgnition Positions ............................................. 2-16Infants and Young Children, Restraints ............... 1-31Inflation -- Tire Pressure .................................. 5-64Instrument Panel

Brightness .................................................. 3-17Cluster ....................................................... 3-27Overview ..................................................... 3-4

6

Page 385: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

JJump Starting ................................................. 5-48

KKeyless Entry System ....................................... 2-3Keys ............................................................... 2-2

LLabelling, Tire Sidewall .................................... 5-59Lamps

Battery Run-Down Protection ......................... 3-19Courtesy .................................................... 3-17Dome ........................................................ 3-17Exterior ...................................................... 3-14Fog ........................................................... 3-16Reading ..................................................... 3-18

LATCH SystemChild Restraints ........................................... 1-42Securing a Child Restraint Designed for the

LATCH System ........................................ 1-44Light

Airbag Readiness ........................................ 3-31Anti-Lock Brake System Warning ................... 3-33Brake System Warning ................................. 3-32

Light (cont.)Cruise Control ............................................. 3-38Highbeam On ............................................. 3-38Malfunction Indicator .................................... 3-35Safety Belt Reminder ................................... 3-30TCS Warning Light ...................................... 3-33Traction Control System (TCS) Warning .......... 3-33

LightingDelayed Entry ............................................. 3-18Delayed Exit ............................................... 3-18Entry ......................................................... 3-17Parade Dimming .......................................... 3-18

Lockout Protection .......................................... 2-10Locks

Door ........................................................... 2-8Lockout Protection ....................................... 2-10Power Door .................................................. 2-9Programmable Automatic Door Locks ............... 2-9

Loss of Control ............................................... 4-14Low Brake Fluid Warning Message .................... 3-47Low Engine Oil Level Message ......................... 3-43Low Fuel Warning Message ............................. 3-47Low Oil Pressure Message ............................... 3-42Low Tire Message .......................................... 3-44Low Washer Fluid Warning Message ................. 3-46Lumbar

Manual Controls ............................................ 1-3

7

Page 386: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

MMaintenance Schedule

Additional Required Services ........................... 6-6At Each Fuel Fill ........................................... 6-9At Least Once a Month .................................. 6-9At Least Once a Year .................................. 6-10Introduction .................................................. 6-2Maintenance Footnotes .................................. 6-7Maintenance Record .................................... 6-14Maintenance Requirements ............................. 6-2Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts ......... 6-13Owner Checks and Services ........................... 6-9Recommended Fluids and Lubricants ............. 6-12Scheduled Maintenance ................................. 6-4Using Your ................................................... 6-2Your Vehicle and the Environment ................... 6-2

Malfunction Indicator Light ................................ 3-35Manual Lumbar Controls .................................... 1-3Manual Seats ................................................... 1-2Message

Battery Warning .......................................... 3-41Center ....................................................... 3-40Change Engine Oil ...................................... 3-44Door Ajar Warning ....................................... 3-45Highbeam Out Warning ................................ 3-48Hot Coolant Temperature Warning .................. 3-42

Message (cont.)Low Brake Fluid Warning .............................. 3-47Low Engine Oil Level ................................... 3-43Low Fuel Warning ....................................... 3-47Low Oil Pressure ......................................... 3-42Low Tire ..................................................... 3-44Low Washer Fluid Warning ........................... 3-46Security ..................................................... 3-46Service Traction System Warning ................... 3-40Service Vehicle Soon ................................... 3-48Traction Active ............................................ 3-41Trunk Ajar Warning ...................................... 3-45

MirrorsAutomatic Dimming Rearview ........................ 2-28Automatic Dimming Rearview with OnStar® ....... 2-29Manual Rearview Mirror ................................ 2-28Manual Rearview Mirror with OnStar® ............. 2-28Outside Convex Mirror ................................. 2-30Outside Power Mirrors .................................. 2-29

MyGMLink.com ................................................ 7-3

NNew Vehicle Break-In ...................................... 2-16Normal Maintenance Replacement Parts ............ 6-13

8

Page 387: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

OOdometer ...................................................... 3-30Odometer, Trip ............................................... 3-30Off-Road Recovery .......................................... 4-12Oil

Engine ....................................................... 5-18Pressure Message ....................................... 3-42Supercharger, Engine ................................... 5-23

Older Children, Restraints ................................ 1-29Online Owner Center ........................................ 7-3OnStar® System ............................................. 2-30Other Warning Devices ...................................... 3-6Outlet Adjustment ............................................ 3-24Outside

Convex Mirror ............................................. 2-30Power Mirrors ............................................. 2-29

Overheated Engine Protection Operating Mode ..... 5-33Owner Checks and Services .............................. 6-9Owners, Canadian ............................................... ii

PParade Dimming ............................................. 3-18Park (P)

Shifting Into ................................................ 2-23Shifting Out of ............................................ 2-25

ParkingBrake ........................................................ 2-22Over Things That Burn ................................. 2-26

Passenger Compartment Air Filter ..................... 3-25Passing ......................................................... 4-13Passlock® ...................................................... 2-15Power

Accessory Outlets ........................................ 3-19Door Locks .................................................. 2-9Electrical System ......................................... 5-95Retained Accessory (RAP) ............................ 2-17Six-Way Seats .............................................. 1-3Steering Fluid ............................................. 5-41Windows .................................................... 2-13

Programmable Automatic Door Locks .................. 2-9Programming the HomeLink® Transmitter ........... 2-32

QQuestions and Answers About Safety Belts ......... 1-12

9

Page 388: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

RRadiator Pressure Cap .................................... 5-31Radios .......................................................... 3-52

Care of Your Cassette Tape Player ................ 3-88Care of Your CD Player ............................... 3-90Care of Your CDs ........................................ 3-90Radio with Cassette ..................................... 3-53Radio with Cassette and CD ......................... 3-74Radio with CD ............................................ 3-64Setting the Time .......................................... 3-52Theft-Deterrent ............................................ 3-87Understanding Reception .............................. 3-88

Reading Lamps .............................................. 3-18Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides ...................... 1-26Rear Seat Passengers, Safety Belts .................. 1-23Rear Storage Area .......................................... 2-36Rearview Mirror, Automatic Dimming .................. 2-28Rearview Mirror, Automatic Dimming

with OnStar® .............................................. 2-29Rearview Mirror with OnStar® ........................... 2-28Rearview Mirrors ............................................. 2-28Reclining Seatbacks .......................................... 1-4Recommended Fluids and Lubricants ................. 6-12

Recreational Vehicle Towing ............................. 4-34Remote Keyless Entry System ............................ 2-3Remote Keyless Entry System, Operation ............ 2-4Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the

Spare Tire .................................................. 5-77Removing the Spare Tire and Tools ................... 5-76Replacement Bulbs ......................................... 5-56Reporting Safety Defects

Canadian Government .................................. 7-11General Motors ........................................... 7-11United States Government ............................ 7-10

Restraint System CheckChecking Your Restraint Systems ................... 1-58Replacing Restraint System Parts After

a Crash .................................................. 1-59Restraint Systems

Checking .................................................... 1-58Replacing Parts ........................................... 1-59

Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...................... 2-17Right Front Passenger Position, Safety Belts ...... 1-21Roadside

Assistance Program ....................................... 7-6Rocking Your Vehicle to Get it Out .................... 4-29Running Your Engine While You Are Parked ....... 2-27

10

Page 389: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

SSafety Belt

Reminder Light ............................................ 3-30Safety Belts

Care of ...................................................... 5-89Center Front Passenger Position .................... 1-22Driver Position ............................................ 1-13How to Wear Safety Belts Properly ................ 1-13Questions and Answers About Safety Belts ........ 1-12Rear Safety Belt Comfort Guides for Children

and Small Adults ...................................... 1-26Rear Seat Passengers ................................. 1-23Right Front Passenger Position ...................... 1-21Safety Belt Extender .................................... 1-28Safety Belt Use During Pregnancy ................. 1-21Safety Belts Are for Everyone ......................... 1-8Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster ........................ 1-20

Safety Warnings and Symbols .............................. iiiScheduled Maintenance ..................................... 6-4Seats

Head Restraints ............................................ 1-6Heated Seats ............................................... 1-4Manual ........................................................ 1-2Manual Lumbar ............................................. 1-3Reclining Seatbacks ...................................... 1-4Six-Way Power Seats .................................... 1-3Split Folding Rear Seat .................................. 1-6

Securing a Child RestraintDesigned for the LATCH System ................... 1-44Rear Seat Position ...................................... 1-44Right Front Seat Position .............................. 1-46

Service ........................................................... 5-3Adding Equipment to the Outside of Your

Vehicle ..................................................... 5-5Doing Your Own Work ................................... 5-4Engine Soon Light ....................................... 3-35Message .................................................... 3-46Publications Ordering Information ................... 7-11Traction System Warning Message ................. 3-40Vehicle Soon Message ................................. 3-48

Servicing Your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle .............. 1-58Setting the Time ............................................. 3-52Sheet Metal Damage ....................................... 5-92Shifting Into Park (P) ....................................... 2-23Shifting Out of Park (P) ................................... 2-25Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster ........................... 1-20Signals, Turn and Lane-Change .......................... 3-8Spare Tire

Installing .................................................... 5-77Removing ................................................... 5-76Storing ....................................................... 5-83

Specifications, Capacities ............................... 5-102Speedometer .................................................. 3-30Split Folding Rear Seat ..................................... 1-6

11

Page 390: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

Starting Your Engine ....................................... 2-17Steering ........................................................ 4-10Steering Wheel Controls, Audio ......................... 3-87Steering Wheel, Tilt Wheel ................................. 3-6Storage Areas

Center Console Storage Area ........................ 2-36Convenience Net ......................................... 2-37Front Storage Area ...................................... 2-36Glove Box .................................................. 2-36Rear Storage Area ....................................... 2-36

Stuck in Sand, Mud, Ice or Snow ...................... 4-28Sun Visors ..................................................... 2-13Sunroof ......................................................... 2-37

TTachometer .................................................... 3-30Taillamps

Turn Signal, Stoplamps and SidemarkerLamps .................................................... 5-55

TCS Warning Light .......................................... 3-33Theft-Deterrent, Radio ..................................... 3-87Theft-Deterrent Systems ................................... 2-14

Content Theft-Deterrent ................................ 2-14Passlock® ................................................... 2-15

Tilt Wheel ........................................................ 3-6Tire

Low Message ............................................. 3-44

Tires ............................................................. 5-58Aluminum Wheels, Cleaning .......................... 5-91Buying New Tires ........................................ 5-69Chains ....................................................... 5-73Changing a Flat Tire .................................... 5-74Cleaning .................................................... 5-91Compact Spare Tire ..................................... 5-85If a Tire Goes Flat ....................................... 5-74Inflation -- Tire Pressure ............................... 5-64Inspection and Rotation ................................ 5-67Installing the Spare Tire ................................ 5-77Pressure Monitor System .............................. 5-65Removing the Flat Tire ................................. 5-77Removing the Spare Tire and Tools ............... 5-76Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools ............ 5-83Tire Sidewall Labelling .................................. 5-59Tire Terminology and Definitions .................... 5-61Uniform Tire Quality Grading ......................... 5-70Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ................. 5-71Wheel Replacement ..................................... 5-71When It Is Time for New Tires ...................... 5-68

Top Strap ...................................................... 1-40Top Strap Anchor Location ............................... 1-41Towing

Recreational Vehicle ..................................... 4-34Towing a Trailer .......................................... 4-36Your Vehicle ............................................... 4-34

12

Page 391: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

TractionActive Message ........................................... 3-41Control System (TCS) .................................... 4-8Control System Warning Light ....................... 3-33Service Traction System Warning Message ....... 3-40

TransaxleFluid, Automatic ........................................... 5-26

Transaxle Operation, Automatic ......................... 2-20Trip Computer ................................................ 3-51Trip Odometer ................................................ 3-30Trunk ............................................................ 2-10Trunk Ajar Warning Message ............................ 3-45Turn and Lane-Change Signals .......................... 3-8Turn Signal/Multifunction Lever ........................... 3-7

UUnderstanding Radio Reception ........................ 3-88Uniform Tire Quality Grading ............................ 5-70

VVehicle

Control ........................................................ 4-5Customization Settings ................................. 3-91Damage Warnings ........................................... iv

Vehicle (cont.)Service Soon Message ................................. 3-48Symbols ......................................................... iv

Vehicle Data Collection and Event DataRecorders .................................................... 7-9

Vehicle IdentificationNumber (VIN) ............................................. 5-94Service Parts Identification Label ................... 5-94

Vehicle Personalization .................................... 2-38Ventilation Adjustment ...................................... 3-24Visors ........................................................... 2-13

WWarning Lights, Gages and Indicators ................ 3-26Warnings

Hazard Warning Flashers ............................... 3-6Other Warning Devices .................................. 3-6Safety and Symbols ......................................... iiiVehicle Damage .............................................. iv

Washer Fluid Low Warning Message ................. 3-46Wheels

Alignment and Tire Balance .......................... 5-71Replacement ............................................... 5-71

Where to Put the Restraint ............................... 1-38Windows ....................................................... 2-12

Power ........................................................ 2-13

13

Page 392: 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M · 2005 Chevrolet Impala Owner Manual M. GENERAL MOTORS, GM, the GM Emblem, CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET Emblem, the IMPALA Emblem, and the name IMPALA

WindshieldWiper Blades, Cleaning ................................ 5-90

Windshield Washer ......................................... 3-10Fluid .......................................................... 5-42

Windshield WiperBlade Replacement ...................................... 5-57Fuses ........................................................ 5-95Windshield Wipers ......................................... 3-9

Winter Driving ................................................ 4-24

XXM™ Satellite Radio Antenna System ................ 3-91

YYour Vehicle and the Environment ....................... 6-2

14